Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout3313 S Bristol St - PlanOVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK AREA LEGEND ASSEMBLY BUSINESS KITCHEN STORAGE UNOCUPIED PATH B PATH A 112' - 0" 110' - 0" 175 SF OFFICE 124 SF EMPLOYEE AREA 150 SF UTILITY 47 SF RESTROOM 563 SF DRY STORAGE 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 183 SF SALES 286 SF CRAFT AREA 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT LOCATION HA Z E L D E L L R D . WESTFIELD RD S M I L L C R E E K R D PROPERTY LINE ITEMS NOT INCLUDED UNDER THE PERMITTING OF THESE DRAWINGS SIGNAGE, SPRINKLERS, WALK-IN UNIT • SIGN DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED SEPARATELY BY OTHERS. SIGN SHOP DRAWINGS IDENTIFYING THE METHOD AND MATERIALS OF ITS ASSEMBLY AND ATTACHMENT DETAILS SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. • IF REQUIRED GC RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL NECESSARY FIRE ALARM AND SPRINKLER DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTING FOR REQUIRED PERMITS NOTE: AREA SQUARE FOOTAGE SHOWN ARE FOR THE BUILDING CODE REVIEWERS USE AND REVIEW ONLY. AREA CALCULATIONS SHOWN NOT RELATED TO TENANT LEASING INFORMATION. TOTAL:PERSONS: NOTE: AREA SQUARE FOOTAGES SHOWN ARE FOR THE BUILDING CODE REVIEWERS USE AND REVIEW ONLY. AREA CALCULATIONS SHOWN ARE NOT RELATED TO TENANT LEASING INFORMATION. INTERIOR TENANT FIT-OUT OF AN EXISTING TENANT SPACE. QUICK TRANSACTION FOOD TENANT SELLING BUNDT CAKES. SCOPE TO INCLUDE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DESIGN. TRAVEL DISTANCES Path ID Actual Travel Distance A 67' - 4" B 67' - 4" SHEET NO SHEET NAME Current Revision Current Revision Date G-101 PROJECT INFORMATION 4 03/10/2026 G-102 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES AND DETAILS 3 02/09/2026 G-103 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE 2 12/05/2025 G-104 DISABLED ACCESS COMPLIANCE 4 03/10/2026 G-105 SITE PLAN 4 03/10/2026 A-100 DEMOLITION PLAN A-101 FLOOR PLAN & ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 3 02/09/2026 A-102 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS 4 03/10/2026 A-103 FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT PLAN 1 09/23/2025 A-104 WALK-IN COOLER PLANS & SHELVING ELEVATIONS 2 12/05/2025 A-105 FINISH PLAN & SCHEDULE 1 09/23/2025 A-201 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A-301 INTERIOR DECOR A-302 FRONT OF HOUSE ELEVATIONS A-303 KITCHEN ELEVATIONS 1 09/23/2025 A-304 KITCHEN ELEVATIONS 2 12/05/2025 A-401 MILLWORK / COUNTER DETAILS & ELEVATIONS R-100 PHONE / DATA / CABLE NETWORKING R-101 PHONE / DATA / CABLE NETWORKING E-000 ELECTRICAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & LEGENDS E-100 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E-200 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E-210 ELECTRICAL ROOF EQUIPMENT POWER PLAN E-300 POWER ONE-LINE, PANEL SCHEDULES & DETAILS E-400 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-410 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-500 ENERGY FORMS M-000 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M-010 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M-020 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS M-100 HVAC PLAN M-200 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M-300 MECHANICAL DETAILS MP-100 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN P-000 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P-100 PLUMBING SUPPLY PLAN P-100.1 PLUMBING SITE PLAN P-200 PLUMBING DWV PLAN P-300 PLUMBING DETAILS S1.0 STRUCTURAL NOTES S2.0 STRUCTURAL DETAILS AND PARTIAL PLAN PROJECT GENERAL NOTES:BUILDING CODE SUMMARY: OCCUPANT & TRAVEL DISTANCE SCHEDULES: PROJECT SCOPE SUMMARY: DEFERRED SUBMITTALS: SHEET INDEX: CITY OF SANTA ANA, CA -ORANGE COUNTY 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE 2022 CALIFORNIA FUEL GAS CODE 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION TOTAL NUMBER OF STORIES FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM B -BUSINESS VB SHELL BUILDING 1 LEVEL NOT SPRINKLERED BUILDING CODE AGENCY/JURISDICTION BUILDING CODE PROJECT DIRECTORY: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: CITY OF SANTA ANA 20 CIVIC CENTER PLAZA ROSS ANNEX, M-20 SANTA ANA, CA 92701 FRANCHISEE PARTNER: Fresh Dining Concepts LLC HEALTH DEPARTMENT: ORANGE COUNTY HEALTH 405 W. 5TH ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92701 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN CONTACT: OCULUS INC. 1 SOUTH MEMORIAL DRIVE SUITE 1500 ST. LOUIS, MO 63102 ENGINEER CONTACT: CASE ENGINEERING 796 MERUS COURT FENTON, MO 63026 ENGINEER OF RECORD: JOHN VIRTUDAZO 636-349-1600 FAX: 636-349-1730 DARRELL CASE FRANCHISOR: NOTHING BUNDT FRANCHISING, INC. 5005 LYNDON B. JOHNSON FWY SUITE 600 DALLAS, TX 75244 ELENI MEJIAS 972-632-8722 ELENI.MEJIAS@NOTHINGBUNDTCAKES.COM CHELSEA PENISTON CHELSEAP@OCULUSINC.COM 314-367-6100 714-647-5800 714-433-6074 WWW.OCHEALTHINFO.COM OKEY M. REESE 724-875-8580 OREESE@FRESHDININGCONCEPTS.COM LOCATION PLAN:KEY PLAN: 1. THE USE OF THESE DOCUMENTS IS RESTRICTED TO THE ORIGINAL SITE FOR WHICH THEY ARE PREPARED. REUSE OR REPRODUCTION OF THE DOCUMENTS, (WHOLE OR IN PART) FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE IS PROHIBITED. OCULUS, INC. RETAINS ALL RIGHTS OF OWNERSHIP FOR THESE DOCUMENTS. 2. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AS SET FORTH BY OCULUS, INC. SHALL APPLY TO THE PROJECT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR AND SUB-CONTRACTORS SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS TOGETHER WITH EXERCISING PRECAUTIONS FOR THE PROTECTION OF PERSONS INCLUDING EMPLOYEES AND PROPERTY. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SUB-CONTRACTORS TO INITIATE, MAINTAIN AND SUPERVISE ALL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS, PRECAUTIONS, AND PROGRAMS IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK. 4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE WORK AND FOR THE MEANS, METHODS, PROCEDURES, TECHNIQUES, AND SEQUENCES OF CONSTRUCTION. 5. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE REQUIRED PERMITS, FEES, AND INSPECTIONS AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING BODIES HAVING LEGAL JURISDICTION. 6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO GUARANTEE WORK INCLUDING WORK DONE BY SUB-CONTRACTORS FOR A PERIOD OF (1) YEAR COMMENCING WITH THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. 7. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SCHEDULING AND THE EXPERIENCE OF ON-SITE TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES AS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND GENERAL CONDITIONS. 8. WHEN CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS DELIVERY OF ITEMS NOTED ON PLANS EITHER IN CONTRACT OR NOT IN CONTRACT HE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOSS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THESE ITEMS. 9. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE A JOB PHONE ON THE PREMISES DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 10. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO HAVE A FULL TIME QUALIFIED SUPERVISOR ON THE SITE WHILE WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. 11. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE ACTUAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. SAW CUTTING AND CORING LOCATIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED IN FIELD BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CUTTING/ CORING. 13. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS WITH THE DRAWINGS. IN PARTICULAR OVERALL WALL DIMENSIONS, INCOMING UTILITIES, ETC. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO REPORT IMMEDIATELY TO THE ARCHITECT ANY VARIANCES OR FIELD CONDITIONS THAT MAY CAUSE CONSTRUCTION PROBLEMS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 14. DO NOT SCALE THE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. PARTITION LOCATIONS, ALL DOOR AND OPENING LOCATIONS SHALL BE SHOWN ON FLOOR PLAN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT. FLOOR PLAN BY ARCHITECT SUPERSEDED OTHER PLANS. DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF FINISHES INCLUDING CONCRETE TOPPING, CERAMIC TILE, ETC. "HOLD" DENOTES CRITICAL DIMENSIONS. 15. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO FACE OF MATERIAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 16. DIMENSIONS ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS LOCATING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF STEEL COLUMNS AND STEEL BEAMS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 17. GC TO PROVIDE 2A10BC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AT A RATE OF ONE EXTINGUISHER PER 3,000 SF FOR LIGHT HAZARD. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ARE PLACED SO THAT NO POINT OF THE BUILDING IS FURTHER THAN 75'-0" FROM AN EXTINGUISHER. TYPE K FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED NEAR THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AND IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL. 18. POST OCCUPANT LOAD SIGN. G. C. SHALL ACQUIRE APPROPRIATE WORDING FOR POSTING OF ROOM CAPACITY FROM PRESIDING AGENCY AND FABRICATE ACCORDINGLY. 19. GC TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF REQUIRED BLOCKING IN ADVANCE. 20. GC TO CONTACT MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER OF ITEM(S) RECEIVED NON-FUNCTIONING OR DAMAGED FOR PROPER RETURN PROCEDURES TO RESULT IN NO INCREASE OF COST TO THE OWNER. 1/8" = 1'-0"S9 OCCUPANCY & EGRESS PLAN ROOM NAME AREA OCCUPANCY TYPE LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANT COUNT BAKING / FROSTING 345 SF KITCHEN 200 SF 2 CUSTOMER LOBBY 288 SF ASSEMBLY 15 SF 20 SALES 183 SF BUSINESS 150 SF 2 DRY STORAGE 563 SF STORAGE 300 SF 2 WALK-IN CHILLER 289 SF STORAGE 300 SF 1 WALK-IN COOLER 82 SF STORAGE 300 SF 1 CRAFT AREA 286 SF KITCHEN 200 SF 2 RESTROOM 47 SF UNOCUPIED 0 SF UTILITY 150 SF KITCHEN 200 SF 1 EMPLOYEE AREA 124 SF STORAGE 300 SF 1 OFFICE 175 SF KITCHEN 200 SF 1 2531 SF 33 CODE EXEMPTION SUMMARY: 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE 2902.3, EXCEPTION #2: PUBLIC TOILET FACILITIES ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR SPACES INTENDED FOR QUICK TRANSACTIONS, INCLUDING TAKE-OUT, PICKUP AND DROP-OFF, HAVING A PUBLIC ACCESS AREA LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 300 SF. 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE 303.1.2 #1: A ROOM OR SPACE USED FOR ASSEMBLY PURPOSES WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF LESS THAN 50 PERSONS AND ACCESSORY TO ANOTHER OCCUPANCY SHALL BE CLASSIFIED AS A GROUP B OCCUPANCY OR AS PART OF THAT OCCUPANCY. 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE 11B-202.4 #2: IF THE FOLLOWING ELEMENTS OF A PATH OF TRAVEL HAVE BEEN CONSTRUCTED OR ALTERED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, IT SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO RETROFIT SUCH ELEMENTS TO REFLECT THE INCREMENTAL CHANGES IN THIS CODE SOLELY BECAUSE OF AN ALTERATION TO AN AREA SERVED BY THOSE ELEMENTS OF THE PATH OF TRAVEL: 1. A PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO THE BUILDING OR FACILITY 2. TOILET AND BATHING FACILITIES SERVING THE AREA 3. DRINKING FOUNTAINS SERVING THE AREA 4. PUBLIC TELEPHONES SERVING THE AREA 5. SIGNS OCCUPANT LOAD OCCUPANT LOAD SQ. FT. TOTAL LEASABLE SQ. FT. TOTAL EXITS REQUIRED EXITS PROVIDED REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN DOORS PER CODE ACTUAL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXIT DOORS MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE WIDTH OF EXIT PASSAGEWAY (TABLE 1020.3) SEE OCCUPANT SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET 2,543 SF 1 2 112'-0" / 2 = 56'-0" 110'-0" 75' MAX COMMON PATH -200' MAX EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE WIDTH NOT LESS THAN 36" (< 50 OCCUPANTS) SANTA ANA - SOUTH(#0972) 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 1 : 2 7 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 G-101 PROJECT INFORMATION ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 # Description Date 2 HEALTH AND CITY COMMENTS 12/05/2025 4 CITY COMMENTS 03/10/2026 2 2 4 42" 18" MAX 16" MIN56 " 60" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT WATER CLOSET MAX >10"-24"30" MA X 34 " MA X 46 " 30 " 48" MIN 17" 80 " 27 " 4" MAX ø 5' - 7" 60 " 40 " 20 " MIN 12" MIN 40" MIN 12" 24" 48 " 30" 48 " 30" MAX 10" 10"30" MI N 15 " MA X 48 " 30 " 48" X Z X Z Y 48" 30 " 48" 48" 48 " MI N 15 " MI N 32 " MAX 24"MI N 32 " MIN 60" MIN 48" XMI N 18 " PR E F E R R E D 24 " NOTE: X = 12" IF DOOR HAS BOTH A CLOSER AND A LATCH NOTE: X = 20" MAX.WHEN Y = 48" MAX. Z > 20" -25" MAX. WHEN Y = 44" MAX. NOTE: X = 36" MIN. IF Y = 60" X = 42" MIN/ IF Y-54" 60" NOTE: Y = 48" IF DOOR HAS BOTH A CLOSER AND A LATCH NOTE: Y = 54" IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER NOTE: X = 48" IF DOOR HAS A CLOSER NOTES: 404.2.5 THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS. "THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED 3/4" IN HEIGHT FOR EXTERIOR SLIDING DOORS OR 1/2" FOR OTHER TYPES OF DOORS. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES AT ACCESSIBLE DOORWAYS SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2" 404.2.7 DOOR HARDWARE "HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. LEVEL OPERATED MECHANISMS, PUSH TYPE MECHANISMS, AND U-SHAPED HANDLES ARE ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS..." 12 " 18 " MIN 48" MIN 42" PULL SIDE PUSH SIDE PULL SIDE PUSH SIDEPULL SIDE PUSH SIDECLEAR DOORWAY WIDTH CLEAR DOORWAY DEPTH FRONT APPROACHES HINGE SIDE APPROACHES LATCH SIDE APPROACHES UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH NOTES: 1) ROOM SIGNAGE 6" x 9" PLASTIC SIGN WITH MINIMUM 5/8" HIGH WHITE LETTERS RAISED TO 1/32" ON DARK BLUE BACKGROUND. LETTERS TO BE UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED w/ GRADE II BRAILLE 2) CHARACTER SYMBOLS TO INCLUDE MALE AND FEMALE SYMBOL ALONG WITH SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY (WITH A 1:1 WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO) ACCOMPANIED WITH GRADE II BRAILLE 3) ADHERE SIGN TO CLEAN, DRY WALL SURFACE WHERE INDICATED 4) SIGNAGE ILLUSTRATED, BY GEOGRAPHICS, INC. AND CAN BE FOUND AT MOST LARGE OFFICE SUPPLY STORES 9" . 6". RESTROOM GRADE II BRAILLE DARK BLUE PLASTIC (FIELD) BACKGROUND w/ WHITE RAISED EMBLEMS BA S E L I N E O F H I G H E S T R A I S E D CH A R A C T E R A T 6 0 " A F F . M I N 36" 12"24" MAX 12" MIN 42" MIN 54" 9" 34 " M A X 33 1 / 2 " 27 " 8" 11"6" 4" MAX. PROJECTION FROM WALL RA I S E D C H A R A C T E R O N S I G N 60 " T O B A S E L I N E O F H I G H E S T OP E R A B L E P A R T 40 " T O H I G H E S T RE F L E C T I V E S U R F A C E S 40 " M A X B O T O F 34 " M I N - 4 4 " M A X 44 " 1' - 3 " M I N CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AT LAVATORIES 307.2 304 60 INCH DIAMETER T-SHAPED FOR 180 DEGREE TURNS 308.2 308.2.2 308.3.2 404.2 404.2.4.1 24x36 MIRROR SWITCH DOOR HARDWARE THERMOSTAT FIRE ALARM SOAP DISPENSER PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER ADA COMPLIANT TOILET SIGNAGE ADA COMPLIANT CLEARANCE INSULATE WATER & DRAIN PIPES PER ADA REQUIREMENTS 8" MIN DEPTH x 30" MIN WIDTH KNEE SPACE LAVATORY 42" S.S. GRAB BAR (START 12" OFF WALL) 36" S.S. GRAB BAR FLUSH LEVER MOUNTED ON WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREA 42" S.S. GRAB BAR 36" S.S. GRAB BAR MI N 1' - 6 " 64" 33 " M I N 36 " M A X X Y Y X 7" - 9" 8" MIN/ MAX 1' - 7 " M I N DISPENSER TO BE COMPLIANT WITH 11B-309.4 BA S E L I N E O F L O W E S T B R A I L L E CH A R A C T E R A T 4 8 " A F F . M I N 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 1 : 2 8 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 G-102 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES AND DETAILS ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES:ACCESSIBLE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE:PROTRUDING OBJECTS:WHEEL CHAIR TURNING SPACE: ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS: ACCESSIBLE MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS: ACCESSIBLE MAXIMUM REACH: RESTROOM SIGNAGE: WHILE IT IS THE INTENT OF THE ARCHITECT, HIS EMPLOYEES, AND ASSIGNS TO ADHERE TO ALL ASPECTS AND REGULATIONS OF ALL APPLICABLE AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RELIEVED OF SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACTS AS PERTAINING TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. HE SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE TO IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY DESIGNER OF POSSIBLE DISCREPANCIES. HE SHALL ALSO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO ITEMS LISTED BELOW: • STRUCTURAL STRENGTH. THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS, TUB AND SHOWER SEATS, FASTENERS, AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS. 1. BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR OR SEAT INDUCED BY THE MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT. 2. SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR OR THE SEAT BY THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT. IF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND ITS MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER SUPPORT IS CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY RESTRAINED, THEN DIRECT AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL BE TOTALED FOR THE COMBINED SHEAR STRESS, WHICH SHALL NOT EXCEED ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS. 3. SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER THE FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE OR THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, WHICHEVER IS THE SMALLER ALLOWABLE LOAD. 4. TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OF 250 LBF PLUS THE MAXIMUM MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. 5. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. • 604.6 FLUSH CONTROLS. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND OPERATED OR AUTOMATIC. HAND OPERATED FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-309 EXCEPT THEY SHALL BE LOCATED 44 INCHES (1118 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE OPEN SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET EXCEPT IN AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS COMPLYING WITH SECTION 11B-604.8.2. • 606.4 FAUCETS. CONTROLS FOR FAUCETS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-309. HAND-OPERATED METERING FAUCETS SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR 10 SECONDS MINIMUM. • 606.5 EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES. WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS. • 609.2 CROSS SECTION. GRAB BARS SHALL HAVE A CROSS SECTION COMPLYING WITH SECTION 11B-609.2.1. • 609.2.1 CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION. GRAB BARS WITH CIRCULAR CROSS SECTIONS SHALL HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 11/4 INCHES (32 MM) MINIMUM AND 2 INCHES (51 MM) MAXIMUM. • 309.4 OPERATION. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5 POUNDS (22.2 N) MAXIMUM.. • THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST. • NO THRESHOLD SHALL EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. • MAXIMUM FORCE REQUIRED TO OPEN EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. MAXIMUM FORCE REQUIRED TO OPEN INTERIOR DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. • IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN PORTION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 5 INCHES FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. • PROVIDE SIGNAGE WITH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. • SIGNAGE HEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES. • RESTROOM SIGNAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE RESPECTIVE RESTROOM DOOR. # Description Date 2 HEALTH AND CITY COMMENTS 12/05/2025 3 CITY COMMENTS 02/09/2026 2 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 1 : 2 9 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 G-103 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE Bulkhead Coverings x Acoustical Ceilings x Transition Strips/Thresholds x Epoxy Floor x x Provide and Install by GC. GC to order from Milamar/PPG. 1.800.459.7659 DwayneThomas@ppg.com Walk-off Mat x KES Install by GC. Provided by KES. FOH Floor tile x Bring the Joy' and Dot Decals x x Install by GC. Provided by owner/vendor Furniture/Saloon Door touch up x Touch up paint provided by vendor FRP x Prime/Paint Walls, Ceilings, Doors, Frames, Misc x Gypboard x Division 9 - Finishes Keying Systems x Remove and Replace Storefront for Cake Case x As needed Window Vinyl x x Supply and Install by sign vendor Window Tint - BOH x Windows x Saloon Door Hinges x x Install by GC. Provided by Clark or Shipp. Saloon Doors x Clark Install by GC. Provided by Clark. Door Operators x Door Hardware x Solid Core Wood Doors and Frames x Hollow Metal Doors and Frames x Aluminum Entrance/Storefront x Division 8 - Doors and Windows Interior Caulking and Sealant x Final connection of utilities to building x Acoustical Insulation x Internet Service x (NOT USED) x Water Service x x Account by owner. Inspections, installs, startup by GC (NOT USED) x Electrical Service x x Account by owner. Inspections, installs, startup by GC (NOT USED) x Gas Service x x Account by owner. Inspections, installs, startup by GC Vapor Barrier x Division 33 - Utilities Demising Wall Insulation and Fire Rating x As needed unless otherwise negotiated. Sprinkler Piping Seismic Restraints x Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Sprinkler System x Millwork - BOH Counters and Non-wire Shelves x Clark Install by GC. Provided by Clark.Division 21 - Fire Suppression Millwork - FOH Furniture, Counters, Shelves x Clark Install by GC. Provided by Clark. Security Cameras x Optional. Confirm with owner. Millwork - FOH Wainscotting, Trim, Corner Bead x Final connections to equipment (Dishwasher) x Blocking in Walls x Music System (Mood Media) x Mood Media Division 6 - Wood and Plastics Digital Menu Boards x Supply and Install by LV vendor unless otherwise negotiated Interior stairs, landings, ramps, ladders x Low Voltage Devices x x Supply and Install by LV vendor. Schedule by GC. Metal roof decking x Low Voltage Wiring x x Wiring by LV vendor unless otherwise negotiated. Schedule by GC. Light Guage Metal Framing x Electrical Panels and Breakers x Structural Steel Framing x Wiring and Devices x Roof Scuppers, downspouts x Lighting Fixtures x x Provide and Install by GC. GC to order from Meletio - Jim Ellis 972.559.6943 jellis@meletio.com Fascia and Soffits x Division 16 - Electrical Flashings x Thermostats x GC to confirm location with Owner Stainless Steel - Backsplash for 3-comp sink x System Start-up and Commissioning x Stainless Steel - I/O gap covers, end caps, trim x Rooftop equipment connections including gas lines x Exterior Stairs, landings ramps, ladders x Refrigeration and Condensers x Supply and install by WIC vendor. Division 5 - Metals Walk-ins x Provide and Install by KES unless otherwise negotiated. Schedule by GC. Exterior Repairs (Patching @ Signage) x LL or Signage vendor Oven x x LBC Provide and Install by LBC. Schedule by GC. (NOT USED) x Structual Reinforcement for RTUs x (NOT USED) x HVAC Fans, Condensers (non-WIC), Piping x Division 4 - Masonry Roofing x Unless otherwise negotiated, verify lease requirments Bollards, Barriers x As needed Roof Penetrations x Unless otherwise negotiated, verify lease requirments Stairs Landings and Ramps x As needed RTU Curbs x Leveling Compound x RTUs x Concrete Flooring x Exhaust Duct, Grille, and components x Contrete Sawcutting, Removal, and Pourback x HVAC duct, diffuser, and components x Division 3 - Concrete Final connections to equipment (Dishwasher, Water Dispenser) x Landscaping, paving, and restoration x As required for grease trap Restoom Fixures - Per Accessory Schedule x (NOT USED) x By GC unless otherwise negotiated Water Heaters x (NOT USED) x By GC unless otherwise negotiated Water Dispenser x Interior Demo x By GC unless otherwise negotiated Dishwasher x Ecolab Supply and Install by Ecolab. Final Connections by GC. (NOT USED) Mop Sink x Division 2 - Site Hand Sinks x KES Supply by KES. Install by GC. Final Cleaning x 3-comp Sink x KES Supply by KES. Install by GC. Trafic Control x As needed Domestic Drainage/Venting Piping and Fittings x Fire Extinguishing Equipment x Sanitry Drainage/Venting Piping and Fittings x PPE x Division 15 - Plumbing and HVAC Temp Power x As needed Oven Racks KES Supply and install by KES Storage Container x As needed WIC Wire Shelves KES Supply and install by KES Temp Restrooms x As needed BOH Wire Shelves KES Supply and install by KES Dumpster and Recyling Bins x BOH Metal Tables KES Supply and install by KES Garbage Removal x FOH Display Furniture x Clark Install by GC. Provided by Clark Crane Permit x As needed Division 12 - Furnishings Permit Fees x Mop Holder x x Install by GC. Supply by KES. GC to confirm locations with Owner. Third Party Inspections x As needed Deco fixtures (peg board, bow chain, celo holder etc) x KES Install by GC. Supply by KES. GC to confirm locations with Owner. HVAC Test and Balance x Baking Equipment (Mixers, etc) KES Supply and install Defered Submital - WIC x WIC Vendor Division 11 - Equipment HVAC x Cloud Sign x x Install by GC. Supply by vendor. Defered Submital - Fire Sprinkler x See cover sheet to determine if... Fire Extinguishers x Defered Submital - Fire Alarm x Restroom Accessories - Per Schedule x Division 1 General Requirements Division 10 - Specialties Scope\Party Architect Owner GC Vendor Other Notes Scope\Party Architect Owner GC Vendor Other Notes # Description Date 2 HEALTH AND CITY COMMENTS 12/05/2025 2 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 1 : 3 0 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 G-104 DISABLED ACCESS COMPLIANCE ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 # Description Date 4 CITY COMMENTS 03/10/2026 4 H Y D D S H Y D H Y D S S MM H Y D H Y D H Y D S MMM H Y D VT VT VT VT VT M M VT VT VT VT VT VT VT VTT VT VT VT VT VT VT M VT VT VT VT VT VT VT VT VT M AP N : 4 1 0 - 2 2 2 - 2 5 & 41 0 - 2 2 2 - 2 6 AP N : 4 1 0 - 2 2 2 - 2 4 , 4 1 0 - 2 1 2 - 6 4 , 41 0 - 2 1 2 - 6 5 , & 4 1 0 - 2 1 2 - 6 6 AP N : 4 1 0 - 2 2 2 - 2 7 , 4 1 0 - 2 2 2 - 2 8 41 0 - 2 2 2 - 3 1 , & 4 1 0 - 2 2 2 - 3 2 AL T O N A V E N U E 60 ' P U B L I C R I G H T O F WA Y 42 . 8 ' A C P A V E M E N T WI D T H MA C A R T H U R B L V D . PU B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y , W I D T H VA R I E S AC P A V E M E N T W I D T H VA R I E S 25 25 24 BRISTOL STREET 120' PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY103.8' AC PAVEMENT WIDTH A A A A A A A A A A A A A AA A A A 28.0' (TIE) 25.0' (TIE) 66.9' (TIE) 65.6' (TIE) 28.8' (TIE) 32.6' (TIE) 19.7' (TIE) 19.5' (TIE) 3.74' (TIE) 3.91' (TIE) 9.5' (TIE) 8.9' (TIE) 16.1' (TIE) 20.0' (TIE) 39.5' (TIE) 67.2' (TIE) 24 24 2525 25 25 25 RE T A I L / S T R I P CE N T E R 10 11 10 11 11 1012 15 15 12 12 1212 12 9 15 13 13 6 6 10 13 9 1 14 11 7 10 6 4 12 6 3 4 2 2 4 5 5 6 2 3 6 55 10 9 19 33 1 3 S O U T H B R I S T O L ST R E E T ACCESSIBLE PATH (PER 2025 CBC) FROM HANDICAP PARKING SPACES PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE NO SLOPES, CURBS, OR RAMPS PRESENT 0 0 0 0 THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED PUSH TO EXIT 3" HIGH MIN INDIVIDUAL VINYL LETTERS, CENTERS ABOVE ENTRY DOOR ON EXTERIOR - COLOR AND TEXT TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD, CONFIRM LOCATION AND SIZE WITH FIRE MARSHALL MOUNTED ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR SEE PLAN S36/A00a FOR LOCATION ENTRY/EXIT DOOR SIGNAGE (VINYL SIGN) LO W E S T B R A I L L E 48 " M I N T O B A S E L I N E O F 6" THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED SIGN REQUIREMENTS: 1. READILY VISIBLE AND DURABLE SIGN SHALL BE PLACED ON OR ADJACENT TO THE DOOR. 2. HEIGHT OF LETTERS 1" MINIMUM HELVETICA FONT, WHITE OR BLACK LETTERS TO CONTRAST WITH STOREFRONT COLOR. A-1 EXIT DOOR SIGNAGE PUSH TO EXIT SIGN REQUIREMENTS: 1. SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED 40"-48" AFF. 2. THE EXIT DEVICE SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED BY SIGN ON BAR. 3. LETTERS SHALL BE LOCATED ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND 4. COORDINATE AND INSTAL ANY SIGNAGE THAT ACCOMPANIED THE EXIT DEVICE BAR. IF NONE WAS SUPPLIED, ORDER AS SPECIFIED. A-2 EXIT DEVICE SIGNAGE ROOM NAME SIGN REQUIREMENTS: 1. UPPERCASE CHARACTERS RAISED 1/32" 2. HEIGHT OF LETTERS 1" MINIMUM IN HELVETICA FONT WITH WHITE LETTERS ON BLUE BACKGROUND. 3. TEXT VARIES, SEE PLANS FOR TEXT AND LOCATIONS. A-3 SIGN VIEW ROOM NAME EXIT ROUTE SE E N O T E # 3 S 1 2 / A 0 . 1 b SE E N O T E # 3 S 1 2 / A 0 . 1 b EQ EQ 6" "EXIT" OR "EXIT ROUTE" OR "ROOM NAME" SIGN. SIGNS THAT IDENTIFY EXITS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE APPROACH LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR AS ONE EXITS THE ROOM OR SPACE EXIT, EXIT ROUTE, ROOM NAME SIGNAGE (PLASTIC SIGN) FOR LOCATIONS, SEE A2.1 B-1-INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY B-2 SIGNAGE A1 B1 B2 A2 A3 6" 6" - AFFIX THE INTERNATIONAL ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL AT ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES PER CBC SECTION 11 B-404.1. THE SIGN SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTIONS 11 B-703.7. THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE SINGLE DOOR AND RIGHT SIDE OF THE DOUBLE DOORS 60" AFF PER CBC SECTION 11 B-703.4.1. NON-GLARE BLUE FINISH BACKGROUND COLOR NO. 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD 595B NON-GLARE LIGHT OR WHITE FIGURE TO CONTRAST WITH BACKGROUND AT INTERIOR AT EXTERIOR AT INTERIOR AT INTERIOR EXIT LI N E O F T E X T O R C H A R A C T E R S 60 " M A X T O B A S E L I N E O F H I G H E S T 1. EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: A. 5' ACCESS AISLE (8' ACCESS AISLE AT VAN STALLS) ON THE PASSENGER SIDE OF THE VEHICLE. B. CONFORMING CURB RAMPS ALONG THE PATH OF TRAVEL FROM THE ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE AND PUBLIC WAY TO THE ENTRANCE OF THE BUILDING/TENANT SPACE AS REQURED C. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE PER [CBC 11B-502.6] a. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE IDENTIFICATION ON A POLE OR WALL. b. PAINTED UNIVERSAL ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL ON THE PAVED SURFACE OF EACH ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL. c. "VAN ACCESSIBLE" SIGN ON EACH VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL. d. PAINTED "NO PARKING" SIGN ON THE PAVED SURFACE OF THE ACCESS AISLE. e. A WARNING SIGN AT THE ENTRANCE TO THE PARKING AREA FROM THE STREET REGARDING UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES SHALL NOT USE THE DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES. f. ON THE POLE/WALL SIGN, ADD A SIGN STATING: "$250 MINIMUM FINE". g. THE BORDER OF THE ACCESS AISLE SHALL BE PAINTED BLUE. EXISTING PARKING STALLS & SIGNAGE EXISTING PARKING STALLS & SIGNAGE HANDICAP SYMBOL IN CONFORMANCE WITH ADA STANDARDS AND TITLE 24 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, WHITE AND BLUE PAINT, TYP HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE RESERVED PARKING SIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADA AND TITLE 24 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS (TYP). SIGN SHALL BE ROUGHLY CENTERED ON PARKING STALL AND VISIBLE FROM A PARKED CAR -MAX 5' FROM END OF STALL 70 SQ INCH ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL WITH $250 FINE LISTED BELOW PAINT 4" WIDE STRIPE AT 3' ON CENTER AT 45 DEGREE ANGLE TO TRAFFIC AND BORDER, PAINTED CONTRASTING BLUE PER CBC 1129B.3 WHITE LETTERING 12" MIN HEIGHT NO P A R K I N G 18' - 0" MIN DEPTH 36". 36 " . 12 ' M I N W I D T H 8' - 0 " M I N 12 ' M I N W I D T H MAX 1:48MA X 1: 4 8 36". 36 " . MA X 1: 4 8 MAX 1:48 EXISTING STALL LAYOUT 1" = 50'-0"K1 SITE PLAN 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 1 : 3 1 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 G-105 SITE PLAN ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 # Description Date 4 CITY COMMENTS 03/10/2026 4 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES: WHILE IT IS THE INTENT OF THE ARCHITECT, HIS EMPLOYEES, AND ASSIGNS TO ADHERE TO ALL ASPECTS AND REGULATIONS OF ALL APPLICABLE AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RELIEVED OF SOLE RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACTS AS PERTAINING TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONTAINED HEREIN PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. HE SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE TO IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY DESIGNER OF POSSIBLE DISCREPANCIES. HE SHALL ALSO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO ITEMS LISTED BELOW: • STRUCTURAL STRENGTH. THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS, TUB AND SHOWER SEATS, FASTENERS, AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS. 1. BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR OR SEAT INDUCED BY THE MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT. 2. SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR OR THE SEAT BY THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT. IF THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND ITS MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER SUPPORT IS CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY RESTRAINED, THEN DIRECT AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL BE TOTALED FOR THE COMBINED SHEAR STRESS, WHICH SHALL NOT EXCEED ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS. 3. SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER THE FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE OR THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, WHICHEVER IS THE SMALLER ALLOWABLE LOAD. 4. TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN A FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OF 250 LBF PLUS THE MAXIMUM MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF 250 LBF SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE. 5. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. • 11B-604.6 FLUSH CONTROLS. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND OPERATED OR AUTOMATIC. HAND OPERATED FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-309 EXCEPT THEY SHALL BE LOCATED 44 INCHES (1118 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE OPEN SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET EXCEPT IN AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENTS COMPLYING WITH SECTION 11B-604.8.2. • 11B-606.4 FAUCETS. CONTROLS FOR FAUCETS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-309. HAND-OPERATED METERING FAUCETS SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR 10 SECONDS MINIMUM. • 11B-606.5 EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES. WATER SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS. 11B-609.2 CROSS SECTION. GRAB BARS SHALL HAVE A CROSS SECTION COMPLYING WITH SECTION 11B-609.2.1 (OR 11B-609.2.2. -NOT USED) • 11B-609.2.1 CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION. Grab bars with circular cross sections shall have an outside diameter of 11/4 inches (32 mm)minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum. • 11B-309.4 OPERATION. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5 POUNDS (22.2 N) MAXIMUM.. • THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST. • NO THRESHOLD SHALL EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. • MAXIMUM FORCE REQUIRED TO OPEN EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. MAXIMUM FORCE REQUIRED TO OPEN INTERIOR DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. • IF A DOOR HAS A CLOSER, THEN THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN PORTION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 5 INCHES FROM THE LATCH, MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. • PROVIDE SIGNAGE WITH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. • SIGNAGE HEIGHT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES. • RESTROOM SIGNAGE SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE RESPECTIVE RESTROOM DOOR. ENTRY/EXIT SIGNAGE A.F.F. DEMO ACT 10' - 2"A.F.F. DEMO ACT 9' - 11" A.F.F. DEMO ACT 9' - 11" A.F.F. DEMO ACT 9' - 11" A.F.F. DEMO ACT 9' - 11" A.F.F. DEMO ACT 9' - 11" 7 8 8 8' - 6" 5' - 5 " 13' - 0" 12' - 8"87' - 5" 24 ' - 2 " 5' - 1 " 11' - 4"9' - 10"87' - 5" 5' - 1 0 " 12 ' - 5 " 21' - 6" 7' - 0 " 5' - 1 " 1 2 3 4 5 5 5 3 6 4 5 1 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval 1/4" = 1'-0" 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 1 : 3 2 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-100 DEMOLITION PLAN ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 SHEET NOTES:KEYNOTES: KEY # KEYNOTE TEXT 1 DEMO ALL FLOOR FINISHES. ENSURE NO RESIDUE REMAINS. PREPARE CONCRETE SLAB FOR INSTALLATION OF EPOXY FLOORING, REFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2 EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM AND ENTRY DOORS TO REMAIN. VERIFY STOREFRONT GLAZING IS FULLY TEMPERED ACCORDING TO THE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE CODES. 3 DEMO NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS AS INDICATED. PATCH & REPAIR EXISTING REMAINING PARTITIONS DAMAGED BY DEMOLITIONS. PATCH & PREP TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS SCHEDULED. 4 EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME TO BE DEMOLISHED. GC TO ENLARGE DOOR OPENIGN IN ORDER TO INSTALL NEW 42" DOOR. 5 EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED, RELOCATED OR CAP PLUMBING LINES BELOW SLAB AS REQUIRED. 6 REMOVE ALL EXISTING COUNTER TOPS AND ASSOCIATED CABINETS AND LEGS. PREP SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW FINISH. 7 DEMO EXISTING CEILING TILE, CEILING GRID, LIGHTS AND HANGER WIRES THROUGHOUT SPACE. DUCTWORK TO BE REWORKED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW STORE LAYOUT. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. 8 REMOVE EXISTING LIGHTING THROUGHOUT ENTIRE SPACE. GC TO RELOCATE POWER OR TERMINATE POWER AT SOURCE AS REQUIRED BY CODE. • COORDINATE DEMOLITION AND DEBRIS REMOVAL REQUIREMENTS w/OWNER. • PREVIOUS IMPROVEMENTS, FIXTURES, AND BUSINESS SYSTEMS NOT TO BE USED SHALL BE REMOVED. REMOVE EXISTING UTILITIES NOT BEING REUSED, BACK TO POINT-OF-CONNECTION AND CAP AS REQUIRED. LEAVE REMAINING CONSTRUCTION IN A SAFE STATE. DO NOT ABANDON ANY SYSTEMS OR PREVIOUS IMPROVEMENTS. • THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR SYSTEMS AND FINISHES DURING DEMOLITION AND THROUGHOUT THE PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE MEASURES AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL MUNICIPALITY. • STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE BUILDING OR BUILDING'S STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS (OF ANY TYPE) REQUIRE APPROVAL FROM AN APPROVED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. • FINISHES, SYSTEMS, MATERIALS, ETC. WHICH ARE TO REMAIN MUST BE RESTORED TO A LIKE-NEW CONDITION OR REPLACED. • CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING ANY SURFACES DAMAGED OR ALTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. • DEMOLISHED ITEMS SHALL BE THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. ITEMS NOT CLAIMED AND STORED BY THE OWNER SHALL BE SAFELY DISCARDED. • PROTECT FINISHES THAT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN AND HAVE PROFESSIONALLY CLEANED UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 1/4" = 1'-0"J1 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"S1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN # Description Date PT-4 FRP B-2 A F H A-302G10 G1 R1 R1060 " 60 " 19' - 6"16' - 0"51' - 1 1/4" 2" 2" 7' - 6"13' - 7 1/8" 109' - 4" 2' - 0" 14' - 1 1/8"7' - 1 3/4"26' - 0 1/8"6' - 4"26' - 9 5/8"7' - 0" 24 ' - 2 " E X I S T I N G C L E A R , F . V . 24 ' - 9 " E X I S T I N G L E A S E L I N E ; F . V . 2' - 7 " 6' - 7 1 / 2 " 8' - 9 " 33' - 0"9' - 3 7/8" 8' - 8 " 8' - 8 " 4' - 5 3 / 8 " 14 ' - 1 1 " 4' - 9 5 / 8 " 2' - 4 7 / 8 " 2' - 5 1 / 8 " 2' - 11" 10 ' - 2 " 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 183 SF SALES 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING 563 SF DRY STORAGE 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 286 SF CRAFT AREA 47 SF RESTROOM 150 SF UTILITY 124 SF EMPLOYEE AREA 175 SF OFFICE 109' - 4" EXISTING CLEAR, F.V. 110' - 4" EXISTING LEASE LINE; F.V. 01 1 2 2 03 02 A BB1 B1B C B B 8' - 1 0 " 6' - 6 " A34 555 12 ' - 5 " 27' - 8" 3' - 4" 5 5 B B 6 24" x 132"24" x 60" 7 8 8 9 8' - 8 " 10 10 A-104 P1 11 04 12 13 06 07 A-101 D4 5 4' - 7" 14 A-303 E1 A-303 E5 L1E12 A-303S11 S1 A-304 F1 A-303 L9 A-304 F11 A-304 P13 P1 36' - 8" 5 5 15 2 9 6 16 F1 F9 A-401 F9 A-401 F9 A-401 1' - 2 " 1' - 2" PROVIDE 6" CONCRETE CURB WITH CONTINUOUS COVED BASE S5 G-102 S5 G-102 S5 G-102 1 1.INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF GYP. BD. TO FACE OF GYP. BD. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. (U.N.O.) 2. WORK SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES, ORDINANCES, RESTRICTIONS, AND CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE. TAKE NECESSARY SAFETY MEASURES AND COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC PROTECTION (BARRICADES, SIGNS, DUST BARRIERS, ETC.) 3. A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY SHALL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY OF THE BUILDING. 4.EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER TYPES, SIZES, AND LOCATIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED WITH THE LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITY. TYPE K FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PROVIDED NEAR THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AND IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL. REFERENCE COVER SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES. 6. FIELD MEASURE LOCATIONS IN WHICH NEW CONSTRUCTION MEETS EXISTING CONDITIONS TO ENSURE FINISHES ARE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT TO REMAIN. 7. G.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 8. NO TOXIC OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS WITH A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF GREATER THAN 50 ARE PERMITTED WITHIN WALLS. ALL WOOD BLOCKING USED SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT. 9. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR WALL HUNG CABINETS, COUNTER TOPS, WALL MOUNTED SHELVING, PLUMBING FIXTURES, ETC. TO ENSURE ADEQUATE SUPPORT. 10. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE 5/8" WATER RESISTANT "GREENBOARD" AT NON RATED WALLS WITHIN WET AREAS. 11.ALL DOORS ARE 4" OFF ADJACENT WALL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (U.N.O.) 12. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT ALL EXISTING TENANT DEMISING WALLS ARE COMPLETE TO DECK AND SEALED TO COMPLETE RATED ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING CODES. 1. G.C. TO PROVIDE 3/4" QUARTER ROUND AT ALL SALES AREA, WAINSCOT, BASE BOARD, AND POS STATIONS. 2.NO FOOD PREP TAKES PLACE IN CRAFT AREA AND AREA DESIGNATED FOR MANAGER'S DESK. ALL FOOD PREP TAKES PLACE IN BAKING / FROSTING AREA. CRAFTING AREA IS USED STRICTLY FOR DECORATING CAKE BOXES AND PREPARING OTHER DECORATIONS. DECORATION OF CAKE ITSELF TAKES PLACE IN FROSTING AREA. 1. PLUMBING MATERIAL AND INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. 2. REFERENCE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND SIZE OF ACCESS PANELS. 3.FIXTURES, ACCESSORIES, AND MANEUVERING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT A.D.A., STATE OR LOCAL REGULATIONS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND CLEARANCES. 4. EMERGENCY LIGHTING PROVIDES THE ILLUMINATION LEVEL PRESCRIBED BY CODE. (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION) 5. REFERENCE FLOOR FINISH PLAN AND MATERIAL SELECTIONS FOR FLOOR AND WALL FINISHES. 6. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES SHALL BE INSULATED PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. MINIMUM HOT WATER SUPPLY INSULATION SHALL BE PREMOLDED FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION WITH WHITE ALL SERVICE JACKET. INSULATION THICKNESS SHALL BE MIN. 1"; SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 7. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, (GRAB BARS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH CONCEALED ANCHOR PLATES.) 8. MOUNT GRAB BARS AT 34 1/2" TO CENTERLINE AFF. 9. ALL GWB. IN RESTROOMS TO BE WATER RESISTANT. 10. REMOVE TRIM BEHIND MIRROR FOR A FLUSH MOUNTING CONDITION. A PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER SURFACE MOUNTED, FORT HOWARD BRAND "VISTA" LEVER ROLL TOWEL DISPENSER #DIS-58553, OR EQUAL B TOILET PAPER HOLDER SURFACE MOUNTED, FORT HOWARD BRAND MICRO TWIN TOILET PAPER DISPENSER #DIS-52102, OR EQUAL C GRAB BAR 36", 1-12" DIAMETER, 18 GA., TYPE 304 SS w/CONCEALED MOUNT, SMOOTH #4 POLISHED SATIN FINISH. BOBRICK #B-6206 D GRAB BAR 42", 1-12" DIAMETER, 18 GA., TYPE 304 SS w/CONCEALED MOUNT, SMOOTH #4 POLISHED SATIN FINISH. BOBRICK #B-6206 E (NOT USED) F LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER WALL MOUNTED, BOBRICK #B-4112 CONTURA, 20 GA. STAINLESS STEEL G WATER CLOSET BARRIER FREE, FLOOR MOUNTED, ADA COMPLIANT WATER CLOSET; SEE PLUMBING FOR SPECIFICATION H LAVATORY ADA COMPLIANT LAVATORY , SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFICATION J MIRROR 24" x 36" FRAMED MIRROR, BOBRICK #B-165-2436 EXISTING FULL-HEIGHT WALL TO REMAIN NEW FULL HEIGHT WALL STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM COOLER / FREEZER WALL PANEL EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION DOOR PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL WALL PARTITION TAGX FOR WALL PARTITION INFORMATION REFER TO A-102. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR STRUCTURAL CONNECTION DETAILS B-2 FRP PT-4 4' - 4 " PT-4 FRP D C B G B-2 PT-4 FRP B-2 J H F B G D C 04 47 SF RESTROOM 4' - 0 " C L E A R 5' - 0" CLEAR 5' - 0 " C L E A R 1' - 0 " 3' - 0"6" 6' - 3 1 / 4 " 7' - 6" ø 5' - 7" MIN.CLEAR H A F G C J D B A101 D C A B 1' - 6" 3' - 7 3 / 4 " 2' - 6" CLEAR 1/4" = 1'-0"S1 FLOOR PLAN / FINISH PLAN KEY # KEYNOTE TEXT 1 EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM AND ENTRY DOORS TO REMAIN. VERIFY STOREFRONT GLAZING IS FULLY TEMPERED ACCORDING TO THE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE CODES. 2 PROVIDE P.O.S. REGISTER COUNTERS - REFERENCE CASEWORK DETAILS. REFERENCE OBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH ON G-102. 3 COUNTERS FURNISHED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY G.C. OFFICE COUNTER TO BE MOUNTED TO WALL WITH LEDGER AND METAL BRACKETS. PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. 4 DATA RACK PROVIDED BY OTHERS. 5 PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL CORNER OR CAP GUARD THROUGHOUT KITCHEN. SET ABOVE BASE. APPLY WITH CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE AND SCREWS. (HALF PARTITIONS AT MOP SINK TO HAVE CAP GUARDS TO 6'-8") 6 ALUMINUM WALL CLOSURE TRIM BETWEEN COOLER AND WALL. REFERENCE FINISH DETAILS SHEET 1-105. 7 PROVIDE CRAFTING COUNTER. REFERENCE CASEWORK DETAILS. 8 PROVIDE BLOCKING AT 24" CELLOPHANE CUTTER. REFER TO DETAIL S9/A-102. BOTTOM OF CELLOPHANE CUTTER TO BE MOUNTED AT 3'-0" A.F.F. (LOADED UNIT APPROX. 150 LBS.) 9 EXISTING DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN. 10 WALK-IN COOLER AND CHILLER DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS BY OTHERS UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. 11 PROVIDE ROOM SIGNAGE AT TOILET ROOM AND DOOR. REF. SHEET G-102. 12 EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 13 REFERENCE ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 14 CONFERENCE TABLE AND CHAIRS TO BE PROVIDED BY OWNER. 15 STRIP RESTROOM SIDE OF EXISTING WALL FINISH AND PROVIDE WATER RESISTANT GYP. BOARD. 16 PROVIDE TYPE X GWB BEHIND OVEN. SHEET NOTES: KEYNOTES: 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 1 : 3 6 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-101 FLOOR PLAN & ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 GENERAL FLOOR PLAN NOTES: GENERAL RESTROOM PLAN NOTES: RESTROOM ACCESSORIES PLAN LEGEND 1/2" = 1'-0"A RESTROOM ELEVATION A 1/2" = 1'-0"B RESTROOM ELEVATION B 1/2" = 1'-0"C RESTROOM ELEVATION C 1/2" = 1'-0"D RESTROOM ELEVATION D SEE FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY MOUNTING LEGEND OF G-102 FOR DIMENSIONAL LOCATIONS 1/2" = 1'-0"D4 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN # Description Date 1 HEALTH COMMENTS 09/23/2025 3 CITY COMMENTS 02/09/2026 3 3 3 3 D2 D3 REFERENCE SCHEDULE FOR WIDTH HINGED SIDE METAL FRAME w/ RIGID INTERLOCKING CORNERS MODIFY CAFE DOORS TO BE SINGLE DOOR w/ PIVOT ON ONE JAMB ONLY (A) NON-RATED PARTITIONS 5/8" GREENBOARD GWB. o/ METAL STUDS (WATER RESISTANT GREENBOARD ON WET WALLS) METAL STUD FRAMING (B) RATED PARTITIONS (C) LOBBY ONLY BACK OF HOUSE COORDINATE HEIGHTS WITH EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS/DRAWINGS OR ELEVATIONS 5/8" PLYWOOD WALL BACKER (FIRE RATED WHERE REQUIRED), INSTALL BETWEEN EACH STUD TO INSIDE STUD FLANGE FRP WALL COVERING EXISTING DEMISING PARTITION 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB. EXISTING METAL STUD FRAMING 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL PANEL o/ MIN. (3) STUDS 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB. FRP WALL COVERING HEIGHTS AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT IN LOBBY. METAL STUD FRAMING; REFERENCE PLAN FOR WALL TYPE 5/8" PLYWOOD WALL BACKER (FIRE RATED WHERE REQUIRED), INSTALL BETWEEN EACH STUD TO INSIDE STUD FLANGE 5/8" GWB. EACH SIDE WALL FINISH AS SCHEDULED COORDINATE HEIGHTS WITH EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS/DRAWINGS OR ELEVATIONS BACK OF HOUSE COORDINATE HEIGHTS WITH EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS/DRAWINGS OR ELEVATIONS COORDINATE HEIGHTS WITH EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS/DRAWINGS OR ELEVATIONS DOUBLE ACTING CAFE DOOR METAL FRAME w/ DOUBLE RABBIT AND SNAP ON CASING; PAINT PT-4. SIZE FRAME TO FIT WALL 5/8" GWB. BOTH SIDES 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS (DOUBLE AT JAMBS AND HEAD) DOOR METAL FRAME w/ DOUBLE RABBIT AND SNAP ON CASING; PAINT PT-4. SIZE FRAME TO FIT WALL 5/8" GWB. BOTH SIDES 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS (DOUBLE AT JAMBS AND HEAD) SET BOTTOM TRACK IN BED OF SEALANT TO REDUCE WATER TRANSFER FINISH FLOORING AS SCHEDULED BASE AS SCHEDULED 5/8" DUROCK TO 12" A.F.F. (KITCHEN AND WET AREAS) WET SIDE 362S162-33 @ 24" O.C. 5/8" GWB. (W.R. IN KITCHEN AREAS) ABOVE DUROCK; REFERENCE DETAILS FOR WALL BACKING AT ALL KITCHEN WALLS SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM AS SCHEDULED SEE N12-A102 5/8" GWB SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM AS SCHEDULED LOBBY SIDE 15'-4" MAX AFF 0.157" DIA x 1" EMBED HILTI X-U @ 16" O.C. (ICC ESR-2269) WET SIDE 5/8" GWB SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM AS SCHEDULED 4/I-101, TYP. SET BOTTOM TRACK IN BED OF SEALANT TO REDUCE WATER TRANSFER FINISH FLOORING AS SCHEDULED BASE AS SCHEDULED 5/8" DUROCK TO 12" A.F.F. (KITCHEN AND WET AREAS) WET SIDE 362S162-33 @ 24" O.C. 5/8" GWB. (W.R. IN KITCHEN AREAS) ABOVE DUROCK; REFERENCE DETAILS FOR WALL BACKING AT ALL KITCHEN WALLS SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM AS SCHEDULED 3-5/8", 20 GA. METAL STUD DIAGONAL BRACING AT 48" o.c. TO TOP OF ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE 15'-4" MAX AFF 0.157" DIA x 1" EMBED HILTI X-U @ 16" O.C. (ICC ESR-2269) WET SIDE 0.157" DIA x 1" EMBED HILTI X-U @ 16" O.C. (ICC ESR-2269) BASE AS SCHEDULED FINISH FLOORING AS SCHEDULED 5/8" DUROCK TO 12" A.F.F. (KITCHEN AND WET AREAS) 5/8" GWB. (W.R. IN KITCHEN AREAS) ABOVE DUROCK; REFERENCE DETAILS FOR WALL BACKING AT ALL KITCHEN WALLS FRP o/ 5 /8" GWB. o/ 3-5/8", 22 GA. METAL STUDS AT 12" o.c. SS END CAP ON TOP OF WALL 6' - 8" PITCON INDUSTRIES SOFTFORMS SKB TUBE STEEL KNEEWALL BRACING KIT (OR EQUAL) - 2" x 2" TUBE STEEL WITH 3.5" X 5" BASE PLATE - 46" TALL CUT TO HEIGHT IN FIELD - INSTALL AT 48" OC PLAN VIEW FULL HEIGHT STAINLESS STEEL WALL END CAP (4) 1/4" DIA (MIN) x 2 1/2" TITEN-HD AT SKB BASE PLATE (ICC ESR-2713) (4) 1/4" DIA (MIN) x 2 1/2" TITEN-HD AT SKB BASE PLATE (ICC ESR-2713) 2' -6" 6' -8" 10 ' -0" FLUE TO ROOF (WHERE OCCURS); REFERENCE MECHANICAL SHEETS. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATE AT CEILING MOUNT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION STUD WALL PER PLAN LOCATION OF TANKLESS WATER HEATER; REFERENCE PLUMBING FRP (ALL WALLS) 5/8" 'GREENBOARD' BACKFLOW PREVENTOR -REF. PLUMBING FAUCET -REF. PLUMBING 5/8" DUROCK TO 12" A.F.F. IN KITCHEN AND WET AREAS MOP SINK; REFERENCE PLUMBING FINISH FLOORING AS SCHEDULED TOP CONNECTION PER DETAIL B1 OR N12/A102, AS OCCURS 5/8" TYPE X GYP. BOARD 362S162-33 @ 16"O.C.W/ FIBERGLASS INSULATION SEE RCP (2) #10 SCREWS @ 16" O.C CAULK1/ 2 " TOP TRACK WITH DEFLECTION TRACK. 17 ' - 7 " M A X ( V . I . F . ) 0.157" DIA x 1" EMBED HILTI X-U @ 16" O.C. (ICC ESR-2269) NOTE: ALL SCREWS TO BE DARTS BRAND SELF-DRILLING/SELF-TAPPING STEEL SCREWS INSTALLED PER ESR-1408 (LARR# 25249) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE TO TO P O F P ARTITION FASTEN ANGLE TO TOP CORD OF JOIST WITH (12) SIMPSON STRONG-TIE SD SERIES SCREWS, MIN 4" SPACING, INSTALLED PER ESR- 3046 - GC TO ENSURE THAT FASTENERS DO NOT PENETRATE INTO OR ROOF DECK. EXISTING DECK @ 15' - 9" AFF 45° BRACE WITH 362S162-33AT 4' -0" MAX OC. ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF BRACES ALONG LENGTH OF WALL WHERE POSSIBLE. 3" X 3" X 3" ANGLE (20 GA MIN) FASTENED TO TRACK AND BRACE 20 GA MIN TRACK (PER ESR 2012) 8' - 0" M A X 15 ' - 0" M A X METAL STUDS CUT 1/2" SHORT FOR DEFLECTION FINISH MATERIALS VARY (MAX WEIGHT EQUAL TO 2 LAYERS GYP BD EACH SIDE PLUS APPLIED FINISHES) BR A C E O F S T U D S ( O R DO U B L E S T U D S ) P E R D E T A I L FA S T E N B R A C E T O A N G L E w ( 5 ) N O 1 0 S C R E W S AN G L E 8 " X 3 " X 8 " L O N G LL H ( 2 0 G A M I N ) (3) #10 SMS 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 1 : 4 1 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-102 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 DOOR # WIDTH HEIGHT DOOR HARDWARE Frame COMMENTSTHICKNESS TYPE TYPE 01 6' - 0" 8' - 6" 0' - 1 3/4" EXIST EXIST EXIST REFERENCE NOTES 2,5,6 02 0' - 0 5/8" D3 SET 3 METAL/S12 42" LOUVERED DOOR. PAINT DOOR PT-4 AND FRAME PT-5 03 0' - 0 5/8" D3 SET 3 METAL/S12 42" LOUVERED DOOR. PAINT DOOR PT-4 AND FRAME PT-5 04 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" D2 SET 2 METAL/S14 06 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" D2 SET 2a METAL/S14 07 3' - 6" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" EXIST EXIST EXIST GC TO RE-KEY AS REQUIRED DOOR TYPES:DOOR SCHEDULE: *EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME -VERIFY HARDWARE, PROVIDE ITEMS LISTED IF NOT EXISTING **CAFE DOORS ARE INCLUDED w/ TENANT CASEWORK PACKAGE DELIVERED BY EQUIPMENT VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY GC ** * DOOR / SIGNAGE / HARDWARE NOTES: 1. ALL HARDWARE FINISH SHALL BE US26 SATIN ALUMINUM FINISH EXCEPT FOR STOREFRONT (MATCH EXISTING BLACK) 2. ALL LOCKSETS SHALL HAVE STANDARD 2-3/4" BACKSET AND 1-1/8"x 2-1/4" STRIKE PLATES. DEAD BOLTS SHALL BE 1" THROW. ENTRY DOORS SHALL HAVE DOUBLE KEYED LOCK CYLINDERS. PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. 3. G.C. TO SUPPLY TENANT WITH A TOTAL OF (3) KEYS FOR ALL KEYED HARDWARE SETS. 4. SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON DOOR AND WALL ADJACENT TO TOILET ROOM COMPLYING WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS, INDICATING USE (UNISEX), AS WELL AS SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY; REFERENCE DETAILS. 5. G.C. TO PROVIDE READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN POSTED ON EGRESS SIDE ON OR ADJACENT TO DOOR STATING, "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED." SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH HIGH ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND AT ENTRANCE. 6. (NOT USED) 7. SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ACCEPTED TO ANY DOOR HARDWARE BY PRIOR OWNER APPROVAL ONLY. 8. ALL DOORS SHALL COMPLY TO ANSI A117.1 (REFER TO CODE ANALYSIS FOR EDITION). 9. ALL INTERIOR WOOD DOORS (U.N.O.) SHALL BE BY HALEY ARCHITECTURAL DOORS (OR EQUAL). SOLID PARTICLE BOARD CORE -FINISH PAINT PT-4. 10. INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE 18 GAUGE COLD ROLLED STEEL, KNOCK DOWN TYPE WITH RESILIENT BUMPERS. FRAME SHALL BE FACTORY PRIMED THEN PAINTED PT-4 (ALKYD). 'C' SERIES FRAME WITH SNAP ON ALUMINUM CASING, BY TIMELY OR EQUAL. 11.DOOR CLOSERS SHALL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE FROM 70 DEGREES TO 3" FROM LATCH. 12.DOOR HARDWARE IS LEVER HARDWARE, TO MEET ALL APPLICABLE ACCESSIBILITY CODES. 13. OMISSIONS FROM THE SCHEDULED HARDWARE, WHEN REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION, SHALL BE INCLUDED. DIRECT ALL INQUIRES TO THE ARCHITECT. 14. "EMPLOYEES MUST WASH HANDS BEFORE RETURNING TO WORK" SIGNAGE MUST BE POSTED AT ALL HAND SINKS. 15. ALL EXISTING INTERIOR HM DOORS AND FRAMES TO REMAIN TO BE REFINISHED AND PAINTED TO MATCH PT-4. REAR EXTERIOR DOOR'S INTERIOR FACE TO BE REFINISHED AND PAINTED TO MATCH PT-4 3" = 1'-0"S9 DETAILS - WALL BACKING 3" = 1'-0"S12 DOOR JAMB DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"S14 DOOR JAMB DETAIL ALL NEW WALLS ARE TO BE TAPED AND FLOATED WITH JOINT COMPOUIND AND ARE TO APPEAR HOMOGENEOUS w/ EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHEN COMPLETED. 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A PARTITION TYPE A 1 1/2" = 1'-0"B PARTITION TYPE B 1 1/2" = 1'-0"C PARTITION TYPE C 1 1/2" = 1'-0"E1 SECTION @ MOP SINK * **3' -0" 3' -0"7' -0" 7' -0" QTY. DESCRIPTION MODEL No.FINISH MANUFACTURER SET 1: NOT USED SET 2: 1.5 PR HINGES (4-1/2" x 4-1/2" BUTT) BB1279 HAGER AL HAGER 1 EA PRIVACY LOCKSET AL40S -SAT 626 SCHLAGE 1 EA DOOR STOP -WALL BUMPER #60C AL GLYNN-JOHNSON 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1460 SERIES AL LCN (SLIM LINE w/ MAX. 5 LB PULL) 3 EA SILENCER (RUBBER) #GJ64 AL GLYNN-JOHNSON SET 2a: 1.5 PR HINGES (4-1/2" x 4-1/2" BUTT) BB1279 HAGER AL HAGER 1 EA PRIVACY LOCKSET AL40S -SAT 626 SCHLAGE 1 EA CLOSER W/ STOP 1450 SERIES AL LCN (SLIM LINE w/ MAX. 5 LB PULL) 3 EA SILENCER (RUBBER) #GJ64 AL GLYNN-JOHNSON SET 3: SINGLE LEAF CAFE DOOR: DOORS COME INCLUDED WITH FIXTURE PACKAGE AS TWO, DOUBLE SWINGING CAFE DOORS, HINGES AT BOTH DOORWAY JAMBS. G.C. TO MAKE DOUBLE DOORS INTO A SINGLE, DOUBLE SWINGING DOOR WITH HINGES ON ONE JAMB ONLY. PAINT PT-5 "EVERBUILT" 3" NICKEL DOUBLE ACTION SPRING DOOR HINGE. AVAILABLE AT HOME DEPOT. SET 4: NOT USED SET 5: NOT USED 1 1/2" = 1'-0"B1 PARTITION TYPE B1 (1-HOUR) 1 1/2" = 1'-0"N12 JOINT @ NON-RATED PARTITIONS # Description Date 3 CITY COMMENTS 02/09/2026 4 CITY COMMENTS 03/10/2026 4 3 PARTITION REVISIONS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED BY JEFF DENSLEY, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PARTITION REVISIONS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED BY JEFF DENSLEY, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PARTITION REVISIONS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED BY JEFF DENSLEY, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PARTITION REVISIONS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED BY JEFF DENSLEY, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PARTITION REVISIONS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED BY JEFF DENSLEY, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK No.QTY.DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY NB C E Q U I P . VE N D O R NB C VE N D O R NB C CA S E W O R K VE N D O R A B MENU BOARD 1 C CAKE DISPLAY BOOK 3-SHELF VICTORIAN D E DOOR SIGN F GREETING CARD HOLDER G CAKE BOOK TABLE H WALL SHELF UNIT I RETAIL DISPLAY 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 -ETAGERE 1 J NESTING SEASONAL TABLE(S)1 K SMALL RETAIL FOCUS TABLE1 NOTES: 1. DIGITAL MENU AND GRAPHICS BY NBC VENDOR. 2. MIRROR BY EQUIPMENT VENDOR, DECAL BY NBC VENDOR 3. FRANCHISEE TO PURCHASE 'K', 'S', AND 'V' FROM EQUIPMENT VENDOR 4. FRANCHISEE TO PURCHASE 'U' CONSOLE FROM EQUIPMENT VENDOR, HEMNES SOFA TABLE, WHITE STAIN #002.518.14, 61-3 4" x 15-3 4" 1. ALL ITEMS LISTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (U.N.O.) ARE TENANT PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. G.C. TO VERIFY ALL ITEMS AND/OR SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY TENANT. REFERENCE DECOR SCHEDULE PROVIDED BY TENANT, FOR INSTALLATION OF STANDARD DECOR ITEMS NOT LISTED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 2. CASEWORK ITEMS TO BE ORDERED THROUGH EQUIPMENT PROVIDER, REFERENCE FIXTURE PLAN AND CASEWORK DETAILS ALONG WITH CAFE DOORS AND WALL BEAD BOARD. 3. SHELVES AT LOBBY / SALES ARE TO BE PAINTED P-4 AT MENU WALL AND P-2 AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS. 4. EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL COOLANT LINES. EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER TO INSTALL WALK-IN UNIT(S). G.C. AND EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER TO COORDINATE SCHEDULE AND ROOF PENETRATIONS. 5. G.C. TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION OF MIXER. UPON INSTALLATION, VERIFY MIXER IS PROPERLY TURNING. ARM TO BE TURNING COUNTER CLOCKWISE AND PADDLE TO BE TURNING CLOCKWISE. IF TURNING IN WRONG DIRECTION, SWITCH TWO WIRES AT J-BOX LOCATION (NOT IN MIXER CABINET) THEN CHECK ROTATION AGAIN. CONTACT PRECISION N. AMERICA, MARK ALTARAC AT 518.462.3387 FOR ASSISTANCE. 6. NO SEATING OR BEVERAGES ARE PROVIDED. 7. ALL KITCHEN SHELVING PROVIDED BY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER IS INSTALLED BY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER (EXCEPT MANAGER DESK UPPER CABINET AND SHELVES ARE PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND INSTALLED BY G.C.). 8. WALK-IN UNIT AND CONDENSATE LINES INSTALLED BY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 9. G.C. TO PROVIDE INSULATION AT ALL WALK-IN UNIT PENETRATIONS. 10. DECOR ITEMS, CASEWORK PACKAGE, AND EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. U.N.O. 11. SALES AREA REFRIGERATOR CASE IS FOR DISPLAY ONLY. ALL PRODUCT TO BE PRE- WRAPPED IN KITCHEN AREA. IF ANY PRODUCT IS SOLD FROM THE REFRIGERATION CASE, PRODUCT WILL BE RETURNED TO KITCHEN FOR FINAL DECORATION AND PACKAGING PRIOR TO DELIVERY TO CUSTOMER. 12. EQUIPMENT FLOOR PLAN TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR LAYOUT, SIZES, AND CONFIGURATION. TENANT TO CONFIRM EQUIPMENT ORDER WITH SUPPLIER. EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL RACK FOR WALK-IN CONDENSING UNIT(S). G.C. TO PROVIDE ROOF PENETRATION(S). COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 13. PROVIDE CURB FOR EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT EASILY MOVABLE. SEAL TO TOP OF 4" SOLID CURB. CURB TO HAVE INTEGRAL COVED BASE AROUND ALL EXPOSED SIDES. MARK QTY DESCRIPTION PROV. BY OTHERS PROV. BY KITCHEN PROV. BY G.C. PROV. BY TENANT EQUIPMENT REMARKS 1 WALK-IN CHILLER / COOLER ● 9'-6" HEIGHT 1.1.1 EVAPORATOR COIL - CHILLLER ●(VERIFY w/ TENANT SPECS) 1.1.2 EVAPORATOR COIL - REFRIGERATOR ●(VERIFY w/ TENANT SPECS) 1.2.1 REMOTE CONDENSER UNIT (CHILLER)●VENDOR PROVIDES COOLANT LINES 1.2.2 REMOTE CONDENSER UNIT (REFRIGERATOR)●VENDOR PROVIDES COOLANT LINES 1.2.3 SELF CONTAINED CONDENSING UNIT (COOLER)● VENDOR PROVIDES COOLANT LINES 1.3 REACH-IN COOLER, 2 DOOR ● KCBM48R 1.4 PASS - THROUGH COOLER, 3 DOOR ●PRD3HC-1BG 2 ROTATING RACK OVEN ● 2.1 OVEN RACK ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR (G.C.) 3 MIXER, FLOOR ●PRECISION HD60 4 REFRIGERATOR DISPLAY CASE ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 6 EMPLOYEE TABLE ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 7 24" x 24" MOP SINK, FIAT MODESTO ● w/ HOSE AND HOSE HANGER 7.1 FAUCET, SERVICE SINK ● 8 TOWEL / APRON LAUNDRY CONTAINERS ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 9 24 x 30 LOCKABLE PLASTIC LAMINATE CABINET ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 9.1 PLASTIC LAMINATE SHELVES, (3) 18" x 60"●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 9.2 PLASTIC LAMINATE SHELVES, (3) 18" x 72"●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 10 FLIP TABLE, 30" x 60" x 35.5"●w/ CASTERS AND (2) SHELVES 11 CLEAN DISH TABLE, 30" x 24" x 35.5"● w/ CASTERS AND BACKSPLASH 12 WORK TABLE, 30" x 48" x 35.5"● w/ CASTERS AND BACKSPLASH 13 WORK TABLE, 30" x 60" x 35.5"● w/ CASTERS AND BACKSPLASH 14 WORK TABLE, 30" x 72" x 35.5"● w/ CASTERS AND BACKSPLASH 15 WORK TABLE, 30" x 60" x 35.5"● w/ CASTERS 16 WORK TABLE, 30" x 84" x 35.5"● w/ CASTERS 17 WORK TABLE, 30" x 96" x 35.5"● w/ CASTERS 18 WORK TABLE, 30" x 96" x 35.5"● w/ CASTERS AND BACKSPLASH 19 UNDERCOUNTER REFRIGERATOR - EMPLOYEE ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 20 SINK, SCULLERY, 3 COMPARTMENTS ●120" (24" DRAIN BOARD EACH SIDE) 20.1 PRE-RINSE FAUCET ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 20.2 ADD ON FAUCET FOR 3 COMPARTMENT SINK ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 21 HAND SINK, WALL MOUNTED w/ FAUCET ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 22.1 POT FILL FAUCET w/ 18" SWING ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 23 36" x 48" P.O.S. COUNTER, CASEWORK ●VERIFY w/ OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 23.1 36" x 60" P.O.S. COUNTER, CASEWORK ●VERIFY w/ OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 24.1 LOBBY BACK COUNTER, CASEWORK (10'-0")●VERIFY w/ OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 25 CRAFTING COUNTER, CASEWORK (11'-0")●VERIFY w/ OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 25a POS COUNTER, CASEWORK (5'-0")● 26 OFFICE COUNTER CASEWORK (24" x 84")●VERIFY w/ OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 26a OWNER COUNTER CASEWORK (5'-6")●VERIFY w/ OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. 27 WATER COOLER DISPENSER ● 28 SMALL FILE DRAWER ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR MARK QTY DESCRIPTION PROV. BY OTHERS PROV. BY KITCHEN PROV. BY G.C. PROV. BY TENANT EQUIPMENT REMARKS 84 EMPLOYEE LOCKER ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 85.1 FRONT LOADING SPEED RACK ●20 x 28-3 8 85.2 SIDE LOADING SPEED RACK ●28-3 8 x 20 86 CHECK HOLDERS - TICKET RAIL ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 87 MAGNETIC UTENSIL HOLDER ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 88 (8) BOW CHAINS WITH CLIP AND S HOOKS ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR, REFERENCE DETAILS 89 OPTIONAL - MICROWAVE BY OWNER ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 90 SMART WALL UTENSIL MOUNT ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 91 GLOVE HOLDERS ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 92 SPEED RAIL ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 93 SMALL MENU HOLDERS ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 94 CLOCK ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 95 REFRIGERATED WORK-TOP TABLES - 72"●TRUE: TWT-72-ADA-HC 96 VENTLESS WAREWASHING SYSTEM ● ECOLAB EHT-V 97 WASHER/DRYER COMBO (OPTIONAL)● 98 EMPLOYEE COAT HOOKS ●MOUNT AT 47" AFF., MAX. FE 2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ●COORDINATE QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS w/ LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL NOTE: G.C. SUPPLIER TO VERIFY QUANTITIES G.C. IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. IF ANY CONFLICTS ARE FOUND, CONTACT ARCHITECT AND OWNER IMMEDIATELY. CONFLICTING EQUIPMENT IS NOT TO BE ORDERED UNTIL ISSUE IS RESOLVED. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 2 2 6 2 2 1 5 1 1 20.5 DISH MACHINE ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 1 1 99 WARING MIXER, COUNTERTOP, 20 QT ●1 INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 29 CELLOPHANE WRAP HOLDER ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR2 100 SPEED RACK ● 1 1 1 1 3 1 30 24" x 48" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 30.1 24" x 36" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 30.2 24" x 36" x 74" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 30.3 24" x 42" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 31 24" x 60" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 31.1 24" x 48" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 31.2 24" x 42" x 74" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 34 14" x 48" x 74" METAL RACK w/ 5 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 35 24" x 60" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 12 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 36 24" x 72" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 5 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 36.1 24" x 42" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 5 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 37 24" x 60" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 5 SHELVES ● CHILLER RACK 40 'METRO' - HEAVY WIRE SHELVES, 18" x 36"● 41 'METRO' - HEAVY WIRE SHELVES, 18" x 72"● 42 'METRO' - HEAVY WIRE SHELVES, 18" x 42"● 43 'METRO' - HEAVY WIRE SHELVES, 18" x 48"● 44 'METRO' - HEAVY WIRE SHELVES, 18" x 60"● 45 WATER HEATER - TANKLESS ● REFERENCE PLUMBING 46 MACHINE STAND (30"W x 24"D x 20-1/4"H)● 47 POINT OF SALE TERMINALS ● 48.1 BALLOON RACK ● 24" x 24" PEGBOARD 48.2 DATA RACK ABOVE ● BY DATA COMPANY/TRCA 49 HELIUM TANK w/ SECURITY CHAIN ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 51 24" x 48" x 84" METAL RACK w/ 4 SHELVES ●BALLOONS FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 52 24" x 72" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 53 24" x 60" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 5 SHELVES ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 53.1 24" x 36" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 54 24" x 60" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 54.1 24" x 42" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 55 24" x 48" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 5 SHELVES ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN.12 1 2 6 1 1 1 ●52.1 18" x 72" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 6 1 INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 2 7 2 2 MARK QTY DESCRIPTION PROV. BY OTHERS PROV. BY KITCHEN PROV. BY G.C. PROV. BY TENANT EQUIPMENT REMARKS 55.1 24" x 48" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 7 SHELVES ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 55.2 24" x 48" x 86" METAL RACK w/ 4 SHELVES ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 60 15" x 48" STAINLESS STEEL SHELF ●FLOOR RACK; INSTALL BY KITCHEN. 61 ALL IN ONE MACHINE ●INSTALLED BY TENANT 62 COMPUTER - (3) IF 3rd POS STATION ●BY FRANCHISEE 63 FILE CABINET ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 64 FLOOR SAFE ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 65 STORAGE BINS ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 66 SOAP DISPENSER / PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER ●G.C. TO VERIFY OWNER PROVIDED 67 PRINTERS ● ●BY FRANCHISEE 1 1 2 1 4 3 8 70 24" x 42" DUNNAGE RACK ●36", 42", 48" OPTIONS 80 HOT WATER HOSE ● 81 18" MOP / BROOM HOLDER - PLASTIC ●1 2 1 82 CUTTER / MIXER AND SCALE ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 83 MICROWAVE ● INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 ●101 1 MINI FRIDGE 1 10 1 2 4 4 1 2 1 83.1 MICROWAVE ●1 PROVIDED BY OWNER EQUIP. MANUF.MODEL NO.EQUIP. MANUF. MODEL NO. WSM20L EQUIP. MANUF. MODEL NO. WARING COMMERCIAL BEVERAGE AIR E3S8-2430-14T24 MSBID2424FIAT PRODUCTS PBHS-W-1410- P-SSLRJOHN BOOS LRO-2G4LBC-SINMAG PRECISION MIXERS HD-60 FBLG6030JOHN BOOS UFBLG4830JOHN BOOS FBLG7230JOHN BOOS UFBLG6030JOHN BOOS FBLG9630JOHN BOOS FIAT PRODUCTS 830AA JOHN BOOS 5AFL12 5PR-8W00T&S BRASS T&S BRASS T&S BRASS B-0210 FF2442G CROWN BRANDS FWB18SG NEW AGE 2064 ROBOT COUPE- R2B CLR ACP INC.RMS10TS WINHOLT WL-66 NEW AGE 6330 NEW AGE 1331S CROWN BRANDS CHS-36 TABLE CRAFT PRO.2918W CROWN BRANDS FWMKIT1 CROWN BRANDS RFO500L4SEB-NTRUSSELL RFO080M4SDA-NTRUSSELL N/A RUSSELL RUSSELL #RL6E105DDARSF #RL6A073ADARSF IMPERIAL BROWN INCLUDED W/ OVEN STRUCTURAL CONCEPTS HV56R N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A REFERENCE PLUMBING BRIO -OR SIMILAR 500 SERIES (H/C) FF2460GCROWN BRANDS FF2460GCROWN BRANDS FF2442GCROWN BRANDS FF2460GCROWN BRANDS FF1872GCROWN BRANDS FF1842GCROWN BRANDS FF1848GCROWN BRANDS FF1872GCROWN BRANDS N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A FF2448GCROWN BRANDS FF2472GCROWN BRANDS FF1872GCROWN BRANDS FF2460GCROWN BRANDS FF2460GCROWN BRANDS FF2448GCROWN BRANDS N/AN/A BY OWNER BY OWNER BY OWNER N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A 832AA 889CC FIAT FIAT BY OWNER N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A TRUE N/AN/A TBR84-PTSZ1-L-B- GGG-GGG-1 N/AN/A CE L L O C E L L O 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 183 SF SALES 286 SF CRAFT AREA 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 563 SF DRY STORAGE 47 SF RESTROOM 150 SF UTILITY 175 SF OFFICE 124 SF EMPLOYEE AREA K H C D E J I B L A G 60 " 60 " 23.1 23.1 4 67 47 94 4' - 5 3 / 8 " 4' - 9 5 / 8 " 67 47 3 26 62 9.1 63 61 64 9 48.2 1.4 48.1 49 17 25 25a 42 67 65 (8) 4144 (4)(4) 86 86 44 29 29 27 84(2) 21 66 21 66 46 99 94 40 42 4241 4142 42 44 1414 12 15 15 14 10 20 20.1 20.2 42 42 87 7 45 7.1 80 81 70 70 51 83 679091 95 95 87 82 90 91 86 (3) 2 2.1 2.1 OVEN RACK OVEN RACK 2.1 (2) 1 1.1 1.21.1 1 1.1 1.21.11.1.2 1.2.2 1.1.1 1.2.1 22.1 92 85.1 85.1 85.1 55 55 5555 55 55 55 55 555555555353 31 30.3 30.3 30.3 30.3 36.1 36.1 31 31 31 31 31 31 37 37 35 52 52 31 31 31 52.1 MI C R O RE F 83.1 101 6 43 72" REF 72" REF 66 C 62 93 (4) 85.2 85.2 5' - 0" 2' - 6 " 53.1 54 55.1 2.1 86 88 28 67 F 2' - 0" 1' - 6" 3' - 0" 1 A EQUIPMENT TAG DECOR TAG EQUIPMENT PLAN LEGEND DECOR SCHEDULE 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 2 : 1 9 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-103 FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT PLAN ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1/4" = 1'-0"S1 PROPOSED FIXTURE & EQUIPMENT PLAN EQUIPMENT PLAN GENERAL NOTES # Description Date 1 HEALTH COMMENTS 09/23/2025 DUNNAGE RACK 2' - 9 " 1' - 5 " 1' - 5 " 1' - 5 " 6" 2' - 2 " 2' - 2 " 2' - 2 " 6" 2' - 0 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 6" 1' - 1 " 1' - 2 " 1' - 2 " 1' - 2 " 1' - 2 " 9" TYPICAL, DRY STORAGE / UTILITY 7-SHELVES 5-SHELVES 4-SHELVES 4-SHELVES w/ DUNNAGE RACK 7' - 2 " 7' - 2 " 7' - 2 " 7' - 2 " SEE ELEVATIONS SEE ELEVATIONS SEE ELEVATIONS SEE ELEVATIONS 7" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 5" 1' - 3 " 1' - 4 " 3" 6" 1' - 4 " 10 " 1' - 3 " 2' - 0 " 1' - 3 " 6" 1' - 5 " 9" 9" 9" 9" 1' - 5 " A. B.C. D.E. COOLER, TYP. SEE PLAN SEE PLAN SEE PLAN 1' - 8"2' - 4 3/8" 7' - 2 " 7' - 2 " 7' - 2 " 5' - 1 0 " 7" 3 1 / 8 " 7" 3 1 / 8 " 5' - 1 0 " 24 x 60 (7 SHELVES) 33' - 0"9' - 3 7/8" 8' - 9 " 9' - 5 " 4' - 8"4' - 7 7/8"4"3' - 5"29' - 7" 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER B BB C B 24 x 60 (5 SHELVES) 24 x 6 0 ( 5 S H E L V E S ) 24 x 4 2 ( 5 S H E L V E S ) 24 x 6 0 ( 1 2 S H E L V E S ) 24 x 4 2 ( 5 S H E L V E S ) A 24 x 60 (7 SHELVES)24 x 60 (7 SHELVES)24 x 60 (7 SHELVES)24 x 60 (7 SHELVES) 24 x 6 0 ( 7 S H E L V E S ) 24 x 4 2 ( 7 S H E L V E S ) 24 x 60 (7 SHELVES)24 x 60 (7 SHELVES)24 x 60 (7 SHELVES)24 x 42 (7 SHELVES) 24 x 42 (7 SHELVES) 24 x 6 0 ( 7 S H E L V E S ) D D D A AAAAAA A A A A A A 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 2 : 3 3 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-104 WALK-IN COOLER PLANS & SHELVING ELEVATIONS ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 WALK-IN NOTES 1. WALK IN COOLER AND CHILLER DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS PROVIDED BY OTHERS IN A SEPARATE SUBMITTAL. 1/2" = 1'-0"D1 SHELVING ELEVATIONS 1/2" = 1'-0"H1 SHELVING ELEVATIONS 1/2" = 1'-0"P1 ENLARGED WALK IN CHILLER AND COOLER CONFIRM FINAL ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS WITH VENDOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION # Description Date 2 HEALTH AND CITY COMMENTS 12/05/2025 12" RI S E 6" M I N . CO V E INSTALL SIKA POLYURETHANE VERTICAL CONCRETE SEALANT TO SEAL JOINT AT DUROCK AND CONCRETE FLOOR FLOOR AS SCHEDULED 5 8" DUROCK CEMENTITIOUS BOARD TO 12" A.F.F.; TYP. AT ALL TILE BASES IN KITCHEN AND WET AREAS BASE AS SCHEDULED FRP J-MOLD FRP WALL COVERING CLEAR SILICONE SEALANT CONTINUOUS ABOVE TILE BASE 5 8" GWB. ABOVE DUROCK BASE AS SCHEDULED 16 GA. STAINLESS STEEL CORNER GUARD CAP AT ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS THROUGHOUT KITCHEN AREA; SET ABOVE BASE, TYP.; APPLY WITH CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE FRP PANELS 5 8" DUROCK TO 12" A.F.F. IN KITCHEN AND WET AREAS w/5 8" GWB. ABOVE METAL STUD FRAMING PRE-FABRICATED COOLER PANELS SANITARY SEALANT - CONTINUOUS ALL JOINTS 3" x 3" x 10' GALVALUME CLOSURE ANGLE OR OPTIONAL 3" x 10' GALVALUME CLOSURE STRIP WHERE NO CORNER OCCURS. PROVIDED BY TENANT, INSTALLED BY G.C. FRP PANELS VERIFY PARTITION TYPE w/ FLOOR PLAN. G.C. TO ENSURE THAT STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS ARE INTO STUDS OR APPROPRIATE BLOCKING FLOORS: F1 MANUFACTURER: CREATIVE MATERIALS CORPORATION PRODUCT: PORCELAIN TILE COLOR: OAKWOOD WALNUT FINISH: MATTE SHARKGRIP SLIP RESISTANCE SIZE: 8" x 48" x 10mm INSTALLATION METHOD: THIN-SET, RUNNING BOND CONTACT: ALISON PICHE; APICHE@CREATIVEMATERIALSCORP.COM GROUT MANUFACTURER: LATICRETE GROUT COLOR: MOCHA GROUT JOINT: PER MANUFACTURER F2 MILAMAR DECO-PROTECT QUARTZ EPOXY FLOORING SYSTEM. MILAMAR COATINGS LLC. COLOR: 203 WHEAT; FINISH: SLIP RESISTANT; THICKNESS: 316" SURFACE MUST BE SMOOTH UNDER ALL EQUIPMENT MUST USE A MANUFACTURER CERTIFIED INSTALLER CONTACT DWAYNE THOMAS FOR REGIONAL CONTRACTORS. PHONE: 972.632.7055; EMAIL: DWAYNETHOMAS@PPG.COM FOLLOW LINK TO REQUIRED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES: HTTPS://WWW.MILAMAR.COM/WP-CONTENT/UPLOADS/2020/07/DE CO-PROTECT-203-WHEAT-COLOR-QUARTZ-BROADCAST_SYSTEM -SPECIFICATION.PDF ALU PRE-FABRICATED FREEZER UNIT. INSULATED FACTORY FLOORING AND BASE. BASE: B1 MANUFACTURER: PROVIDED BY GC PRODUCT: 6-12" WOOD BASE GRADE: PAINT GRADE FINISH: PT-4 B2 6" INTEGRAL BASE w/F2, MILAMAR, TROWELLED EPOXY SYSTEM (3/8" COVE RADIUS) ALU PRE-FABRICATED FREEZER UNIT. INSULATED FACTORY FLOORING AND BASE. WALLS: (NO ALTERNATIVES ARE ACCEPTABLE) FRP FIBERGLAS REINFORCED PANELS: MARLITE FRP, FINE PEBBLED #P100, COLOR: WHITE. FULL HEIGHT TO 10'-0" A.F.F. (U.N.O.). PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY TRIMS AND ACCESSORIES. MARLITE FRP SMOOTH #S100/S/2/S, COLOR: WHITE (BEHIND BAKING AREA ONLY) WC-1 DESCRIPTION: WOOD WAINSCOT MANUFACTURER: RUTLEDGE WOOD PRODUCTS PRODUCT: BOARD AND BATTEN WAINSCOTING GRADE: PAINT GRADE FINISH: PT-4 HEIGHT: 38", INCLUDING B1 WALL BASE REP: TIM RANDOLPH; TIM@RUTLEDGEWOOD.COM PHONE: 940.383.3879 WC-2 RAISED PANEL WAINSCOT: CONTRACTOR PROVIDED CASEWORK OR KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PROVIDED CASEWORK AS DETAILED. PAINT PT-4. LOCATION: P.O.S. COUNTER CASEWORK PT-1 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW9583 - SANCTUARY. LOW SHEEN w/ ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER BASE PT-2 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW6808 - CELESTIAL. LOW SHEEN w/ ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER BASE PT-3 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW7008 - ALABASTER. EGGSHELL w/ ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER BASE PT-4 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW7008 - ALABASTER. SEMI-GLOSS w/ ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER BASE PT-5 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS SW7008 - ALABASTER. SEMI-GLOSS HI-SOLIDS POLYURETHANE SL-1 PRODUCT: PRIMED MDF SHIPLAP PLANK GRADE: PAINT GRADE FINISH: PT-2 SIZE: 1x6 NOMINAL INSTALLATION PATTERN: OVERLAP NOTE: OPTIONAL FINISH; COORDINATE w/ OWNER ALU PRE-FABRICATED FREEZER UNIT. INSULATED FACTORY WALLS AND CEILING CEILING: ACT-1 / EXISTING GRID TO REMAIN USG CEILINGS "SHEETROCK BRAND LAY-IN PANEL CLEAN ROOM"; 2' x 4' x 1/2" SQ EDGE; COLOR: WHITE; ITEM No.: 3200; FIRE CLASS: A; GRID: USG DONN BRAND DXLA LOCATION: KITCHEN, MEETS USDA/FSIS GUIDELINES; CLIMAPLUS ACT-2 MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG PRODUCT: FRAME ALL GRID SYSTEM ICC EVALUATION REPORT NUMBER: ESR-1289 COLOR: WHITE REP: NICK SWEITZER; NSWEITZER@ARMSTRONG.COM PHONE: 717.396.3062 NOTE: CENTER TILE TO BE CENTERED ON CEILING GYP.GYPSUM BOARD:5 8" TYPE 'X', PAINT - REFERENCE CEILING PLANS AND DETAILS WS-1 WOOD STAIN; MINWAX; MW425 FALLEN CYPRESS ON BOXED WOOD BEAMS ARMSTRONG NATIONAL ACCOUNT PROGRAM - FOR PRICING PLEASE CONTACT ARMSTRONG NATIONAL ACCOUNT CUSTOMER SERVICE AT 1.800.442.4212. ACCOUNT QUESTIONS, PLEASE CONTACT DEBORAH PICKENS AT 1.480.695.9053 OR DLPICKENS@ARMSTRONGCEILINGS.COM MISC: PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE: WILSONART #1572-60, ANTIQUE WHITE (CRAFTING COUNTER / DESK / EMPLOYEE TABLE) WSS SOLID SURFACE: WILSONART #1573 MG OR EQUAL (P.O.S. STATIONS AND SURROUNDS / BACK COUNTER) NOTE: ALL INTERIOR FINISHES MUST COMPLY WITH MINIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPMENT AND MAXIMUM FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS. SS STAINLESS STEEL PANEL GR-1 "BRING THE JOY" VINYL LETTERING GRAPHIC SIZE: 72"w. x 48"h. VENDOR: SOLUTIONS BY GDI GR-2 STEP AND REPEAT VINYL CONFETTI PATTERN (MATTE) LOCATION: SIDE WALLS IN THE FRONT OF HOUSE VENDOR: SOLUTIONS BY GDI PAINT CONTACT: JOSH MEHAFFEY, SHERWIN WILLIAMS, 817.456.1842, SWREP4874@SHERWIN.COM SIZE: 24" x 24" F1 SALES AREA FLOORING: PORCELAIN TILE ASTM E84: FLAME SPREAD - CLASS A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT CLASS 1 - 450 OR LESS F2 B2 MILAMAR, DECO-PROTECT QUARTZ EPOXY FLOORING SYSTEM w/INTEGRATED BASE ASTM E84: FLAME SPREAD <25 - CLASS A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT <450 ALU PRE-FABRICATED FREEZER UNIT: INSULATED FACTORY WALLS, CEILING, FLOORING AND BASE. ASTM E84: FLAME SPREAD 20 - CLASS A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT <450 B1 WC-1 BOARD AND BATTEN WAINSCOT AND INTEGRAL WOOD BASE - FINISHED WITH PAINT SPECIES OF WOOD USED TO HAVE MINIMUM FIRE RATING OF CLASS A FRP FIBERGLAS REINFORCED PANELS: FINE PEBBLED AND SMOOTH FINISH ASTM E84: FLAME SPREAD <25 - CLASS A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT <450 PT-1 PT-2 PT-3 PT-4 PT-5 PAINT: SHERWIN WILLIAMS PAINT THICKNESS IS LESS THAN 0.036 INCHES ONCE APPLIED DIRECT TO THE SURFACE OF WALLS OR CEILING AND THEREFORE IS CONSIDERED AN EXCEPTION FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALLOWABLE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT PER CHAPTER 8 OF THE IBC. ACT-1 VINYL CLAD CEILING TILES: ASTM E84: FLAME SPREAD <25 - CLASS A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT <450 ACT-2 RAISED PANEL CEILING TILE: ASTM E84: FLAME SPREAD <25 - CLASS A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT <450 PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE: ASTM E84: FLAME SPREAD <25 - CLASS A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT <450 WSS SOLID SURFACE: ASTM E84: FLAME SPREAD 55-60 - CLASS B SMOKE DEVELOPMENT <165-250 1. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF GYP. BD. TO FACE OF GYP. BD. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. (U.N.O.) 2. WORK SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH GOVERNING CODES, ORDINANCES, RESTRICTIONS, AND NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. TAKE NECESSARY SAFETY MEASURES AND COMPLY WITH LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC PROTECTION (BARRICADES, SIGNS, DUST BARRIERS, ETC.) 3. A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY SHALL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY OF THE BUILDING. 4.EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHER TYPES, SIZES, AND LOCATIONS ARE TO BE VERIFIED WITH THE LOCAL FIRE AUTHORITY. TYPE K FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PROVIDED NEAR THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AND IN THE PATH OF TRAVEL. REFERENCE COVER SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES. 6. FIELD MEASURE LOCATIONS IN WHICH NEW CONSTRUCTION MEETS EXISTING CONDITIONS TO ENSURE FINISHES ARE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT TO REMAIN. 7. G.C. SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 8. NO TOXIC OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS WITH A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF GREATER THAN 50 ARE PERMITTED WITHIN WALLS. ALL WOOD BLOCKING USED SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT. 9. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL WOOD OR METAL BLOCKING REQUIRED FOR WALL HUNG CABINETS, COUNTER TOPS, WALL MOUNTED SHELVING, PLUMBING FIXTURES, ETC. TO UNSURE ADEQUATE SUPPORT, DETAILED OR NOT. 10. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE 5 8" WATER RESISTANT "GREENBOARD" AT NON RATED WALLS WITHIN WET AREAS. 11.ALL DOORS ARE 4" OFF ADJACENT WALL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (U.N.O.) 12. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT ALL EXISTING TENANT DEMISING WALLS ARE COMPLETE TO DECK AND SEALED TO COMPLETE RATED ASSEMBLY AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING CODES. 13.ENSURE TROWELED EPOXY FLOORING HAVE AT LEAST 3/16" THICKNESS AND SEALED TO BE IMPERVIOUS, GREASE, WATER, AND ACID RESISTANT. GLASS SMOOTH UNDER THE EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING SHELVING UNITS AND SINKS. NONSKID AGENTS MAY BE ADDED ONLY IN TRAFFIC AREAS/WALKWAYS WITH ADEQUATE NUMBER OF FLOOR DRAINS. SPACE FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING CLG. HGT.REMARKS TI L E W O O D P L A N K EP O X Y T R O W E L I N T E G R A T E D W A L K - I N C H I L L E R F L O O R I N G W O O D B A S E EP O X Y T R O W E L I N T E G R A T E D W A L K - I N C H I L L E R B A S E FI B E R G L A S R E I N F O R C E D P A N E L W A I N S C O T P. O . S . C O U N T E R P A N E L S PA I N T PA I N T PA I N T PA I N T PA I N T HO R I Z O N T A L W O O D S H I P L A P W A L K - I N C H I L L E R / C O O L E R W A L L S ST A I N L E S S S T E E L LA Y - I N G W B T I L E ( V I N Y L C L A D ) LA Y - I N A C O U S T I C T I L E GW B . C E I L I N G MARK F1 F2 AL U B1 B2 AL U FR P W C - 1 W C - 2 PT - 1 PT - 2 PT - 3 PT - 4 PT - 5 SL - 1 AL U SS AC T - 1 AC T - 2 GY P LOBBY / SALES * **10'-2"* PAINT REAR WALL PT-2; REFERENCE ELEVATIONS ** PAINT CAFE DOORS PT-4 AND FRAMES PT-5 CRAFTING AREA BAKING AREA *10'-0"*REFERENCE FINISH PLAN FOR SMOOTH FRP LOCATIONS FROSTING AREA **REFERENCE FINISH PLAN FOR SMOOTH FRP LOCATIONS WALK-IN CHILLER* ** PRE-FAB CHILLER WALLS, FLOORING AND CEILING WALK-IN REFRIGERATOR*** PRE-FAB REFRIGERATOR WALLS AND CEILING. FLOORING SHALL MATCH FLOORING SCHEDULED IN BACK OF HOUSE AREAS UTILITY / STORAGE * 10'-0"* REFERENCE FINISH PLAN FOR STAINLESS STEEL AND FRP LOCATIONS RESTROOM * 8'-0" * INTEGRATED EPOXY BASE, 4' FRP AND PAINT ABOVE; GYP CEILING PAINT P-4 10'-0" 10'-0" 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 101 F1 B1 WC-1 ACT-2 286 SF CRAFT AREA 102 F2 B2 FRP ACT-1 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING 103 F2 B2 FRP ACT-1 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 104 F2 B2 ALU - 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 563 SF DRY STORAGE 106 F2 B2 FRP ACT-1 150 SF UTILITY 108 F2 B2 FRP ACT-1 175 SF OFFICE 109 F2 B2 PT-4 ACT-1 47 SF RESTROOM 107 F2 B2 PT-4 GYP. ALU 105 PROVIDE EPOXY FLOORING AT THE BASE OF THE OVEN TO FULLY CLOSE THE GAP BETWEEN THE OVEN AND THE CONCRETE SLAB, AS REQUIRED. EXTEND EPOXY FLOORING BENEATH THE THRESHOLD OF THE OVEN DOOR. EPOXY COVE BASE IS NOT REQUIRED AT THE OVEN PERIMETER OR AT STAINLESS STEEL CLOSURE ANGLES. OVEN AREA S/S CORNER GUARDS;TYP. OF ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN KITCHEN AREA ALUMINUM WALL CLOSURE TRIM BETWEEN COOLER AND WALL, TYP. S/S CORNER GUARDS;TYP. OF ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN KITCHEN AREA S/S CORNER GUARDS; TYP. OF ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN KITCHEN AREA ALUMINUM WALL CLOSURE TRIM BETWEEN COOLER AND WALL, TYP. S/S CORNER GUARDS;TYP. OF ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN KITCHEN AREA PT-4 PT-5 DOOR FRAME PT-4 PT-5 DOOR FRAME TRANSITION STRIP -SCHLUTER RENO-TK BRUSHED ALU (OR SIMILAR) TRANSITION STRIP - SCHLUTER RENO-TK BRUSHED ALU (OR SIMILAR) PT-1 WC-1 GR-2 PT-1 WC-1 GR-2 PT-2 SL-1 GR-1 S/S CORNER GUARDS;TYP. OF ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN KITCHEN AREA 11' - 2 1/4" S/S CORNER GUARDS;TYP. OF ALL OUTSIDE CORNERS IN KITCHEN AREA COVE QUARRY TILE @ WALK-IN UNIT 3/8" COVE BASE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE WALK-IN UNIT WALL FREEZER FLOOR PANEL COVE PROFILE @ OUTSIDE ROLL-IN OVEN WALL FINISHES WALL BASE PROFILE @ FRONT COUNTER FINISHED FLOOR 3/8" COVE BASE FRONT COUNTER STUD - REFER TO WALL TYPES WALL SUBSTRATE 3/8" COVE BASE 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 2 : 3 6 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-105 FINISH PLAN & SCHEDULE ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 FINISH SPECIFICATIONS FINISH FLAME SPREAD RATING FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1 1/2" = 1'-0"J8 DETAIL - TILE BASE 3" = 1'-0"J11 DETAIL - CORNER GUARD 1 1/2" = 1'-0"J14 DETAIL - COOLER ENCLOSURE 1/4" = 1'-0"S1 FINISH PLAN 1 1/2" = 1'-0"L8 COVE BASE DETAILS # Description Date 1 HEALTH COMMENTS 09/23/2025 BOT. OF ACT 10'-0" PRE-FABRICATED WALK-IN COOLER / FREEZER S/S CLOSURE PANEL w/ HEMMED EDGE AT BOTTOM. FASTENED TO ANGLE AND FREEZER. EXTEND 4-12" DOWNSIDE OF FREEZER TOP OF COOLER / FREEZER BOX 1" ALUMINUM ANGLE ATTACHED TO CEILING GRID BEYOND ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AND 'T' BAR GRID 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 183 SF SALES 286 SF CRAFT AREA 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 563 SF DRY STORAGE 47 SF RESTROOM 150 SF UTILITY 175 SF OFFICE 124 SF EMPLOYEE AREA A.F.F. ACT-2 10' - 2" A.F.F. ACT-1 10' - 0" A.F.F. GYP (PT-01) 8' - 0" A.F.F. ACT-1 10' - 0" A.F.F. ACT-1 10' - 0" EX1 EQEQ 1' - 0 " 3' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 3' - 0 " 1' - 0 " S2 S2 S2 S2 B B B BBB B B BEQEQ D EX1 EX1 S 1 2 2 3 A A A A AA AA A A A A AA AA AA A A 4 EQ EQ EQ4' - 0"EQ A A AA AA SCC NOTE: MOUNTING, NUMBER OF FACES, TYPE LAMPS NUMBER CATALOG DESCRIPTIONMANUF EZPAN2X4-50YN/D10LED 3500K RAB LIGHTING LED 3000K 90 CRI AND CHEVRONS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING. 2'x4' LAY-IN FLUSH LENSE FIXTURE WITH ALUMINUM HOUSING, FROSTED POLYSTYRENE LENS, 5,260 LUMEN OUTPUT AND (1) ONE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER. 2'x2' LAY-IN TROFFER FIXTURE WITH COLD-ROLLED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, FROSTED POLYCARBONATE LENS, 2,676 LUMEN OUTPUT AND (1) ONE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER. SWISH2X2-19YN/D10LED 3500K RAB LIGHTING C 6" DIAMETER RECESSED IC AIR-TITE FIXTURE WITH ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION AND MATTE WHITE TRIM RING. HOUSING: H750ICAT TRIM: LT560WH12930 HALO D 2" ROUND ADJUSTABLE LED DOWNLIGHT.2AR-L7-9-27-DIM-UNV-R-W- OF-WH-XX-N LED 2700K H.E. WILLIAMS S2 LED-12V THERMOPLASTIC COMBINATION LED EXIT SIGN WITH (2) 3.6V, ADJUSTABLE LED HEADS,UNIVERSAL MOUNTING, RED LETTERS ON A WHITE STENCIL FACE, CHEVRON KNOCKOUTS AND HIGH OUTPUT NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY. INCLUDES 2.5W OF REMOTE CAPACITY. ECC R REM M6LEDLITHONIAEX1 B A NOTES: 1. G.C. TO ORDER AND INSTALL FIXTURES FROM LISTED VENDOR CONTACT 2. ALLOW 1-1/4" PERIMETER EDGE FRAMING FOR ACT-2. CUT LEAST AMOUNT OF CEILING TILES AS POSSIBLE. ADJUST SOFFIT ACCORDINGLY. 3. G.C. TO INSTALL CEILING GRID TIE WIRES AS PER CODE. GRID TIE WIRES TO ATTACH TO STEEL JOISTS ABOVE. DO NOT ATTACH TO HVAC DUCTWORK OR METAL DECK. 4. REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CEILING MATERIALS. 5. G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL THIS LIGHTING AS NOTED. CONTACT THE VENDOR FOR NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING. 6. COORDINATE LOCATION OF EMERGENCY BALLASTS/FIXTURES WITH ELECTRICAL PLANS VENDOR: JIM ELLIS MELETIO ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CO. P.O. BOX 540816 10930 HARRY HINES BLVD. DALLAS, TEXAS 75220 972.559.6943 JELLIS@MELETIO.COM S G.C. ELECTRICIAN TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKERS AND PULL 2 CONDUCTOR 14 GAUGE SPEAKER WIRE w/ 7'-0" PIGTAIL AND TERMINATE AT MEDIA PLAYER AND AMP MUSIC SYSTEM. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS. BY OWNER-- BY OWNERSPEAKER 12" ROUND FROSTED GAZE PENDANT, SATIN BRASS, BTM. OF FIXTURE AT 9 W. 84" A.F.F. FOR 11' - CEILINGS 96" A.F.F. FOR 11' + CEILINGS MODEL: GAZE-56892-SB-WGCRAFTMADE SEE CEILING PLAN SPLICES AND INTERSECTIONS OF RUNNERS SHALL BE ATTACHED WITH MECHANICAL INTERLOCKING CONNECTORS SUCH AS POP RIVETS, SCREWS, PINS, PLATES WITH BENT TABS, OR OTHER APPROVED CONNECTORS. DESIGN CONNECTORS FOR 2 X DESIGN LOAD OR ULTIMATE AXIAL TENSION OR COMPRESSION (MINIMUM 60 POUNDS). OR: CROSS-FURRING SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE MAIN RUNNER BY SADDLE-TYING WITH NOT LESS THAN ONE STRAND OF NO.16 OR TWO STRANDS OF NO.18 US. GAUGE TIE WIRE OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT ATTACHMENTS. NOTE: METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND FOR LAY-IN PANEL CEILINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHICAGO METALLIC I.C.B.O. #1905. HANGER WIRE ALLOWABLE TENSION #12 #11 #10 170# 225# 300# SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL AT WALL RUNNER TO MAIN RUNNER LOCKING CLIP TO FASTEN CROSS RUNNERS AND FURRING: THE MAIN RUNNER AND CROSS FURRING SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THE SIZES SET FORTH, EXCEPT THAT OTHER STEEL SECTIONS OF EQUIVALENT STRENGTH MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THOSE SET FORTH. HANGERS: HANGERS FOR SUSPENDED CEILING SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN THE SIZES SET FORTH, FASTENED TO OR EMBEDDED IN THE STRUCTURAL FRAMING, MASONRY, OR CONCRETE. HANGERS SHALL BE SADDLE-TIED AROUND MAIN RUNNERS TO DEVELOP THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE HANGERS. LOWER ENDS OF FLAT HANGERS SHALL BE BOLTED WITH 1/4" BOLTS TO RUNNER CHANNELS OR BENT TIGHTLY AROUND RUNNERS AND BOLTED TO THE MAIN PART OF THE HANNGERS. MECHANICAL AND LIGHT FIXTURES: MUST BE CONNECTED TO ONE (1) VERTICAL 12 GA. WIRE ATTACHED TO OPPOSING CORNERS ALONG THE FIXTURE'S DIAGONAL. THESE WIRES MAY BE SLACK. PROVIDE PERIMETER VERTICAL WEIS 8" OUT FROM WALL. (UBC STDS. NO. 25.213, 25.214) 45 45 45 45 #12 GA 45 SPLAY WIRE BRACING IN PLANE OF MAIN RUNNER. ALL WIRES ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNER. 4 DIRECTIONS. THESE HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12' O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6' FROM EACH WALL. (UBC STDS 25.213, 25.214) F=ZICpWp WHERE Cp=0.EF=SICpWp Wp=TRIBUTARY AREA x WEIGHT OF CEILING (4 MIN.) CROSS RUNNER F=ZICpWpSPLICE 2" MAX MAIN RUNNER @ 4'-0" O.C. VERTICAL STRUT SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ABOVE TO THE MAIN RUNNER @ 12' O.C. IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, STARTING 6' FROM WALLS. STRUTS UP TO 4' LONG MAY USE A MIN. 25 GA. METAL STUD WITH 7/8" FLANGES. STRUTS TO BE PLACED WITHING 2" OF THE FOUR SPLAYED WIRES. WALL TRIM 1' - 2"0' - 4" LATERAL FORCE BRACING NOT TO EXCEED 12" 8" MAX OC IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST PINT WITH 4" FROM EA WALL CROSS RUNNER PANEL CONT. HORIZ. STRUT TO PREVENT SPREADING OF RUNNERS SPLAY BRACE WIRE CROSS RUNNER SEISMIC LOCKING PIN HANGER WIRE MAIN RUNNER LATERAL FORCE-BRACING MEMBERS FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" FROM ALL HORIZONTAL PIPING OR DUCT WORK NOT PROVIDED WITH BRACING RESTRAINTS FOR HORIZONTAL FORCES. BRACING WIRES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE GRID AND STRUCTURE AND SHALL SUPPORT A DESIGN LOAD THE GREATER OF 200 LBS OR THE ACTUAL LOAD, WITH A SAFETY FACTOR OF 2. (UBC STDS. 25.213, 25.214) 1/4" = 1'-0"S1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 2 : 4 0 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-201 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 3" = 1'-0"K12 SECTION @ COOLER CEILING ENCLOSURE LIGHTING LEGEND 1 IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND BETWEEN ENGINEERING (MEP) AND ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, ENGINEERING DRAWINGS SHALL GOVERN. 2 GC TO NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPENCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3 MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE RATINGS AT TENANT SEPARATION WALLS DURING DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES (IF APPLICABLE) 4 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE FINISH TO FINISH UON 5 GC TO ORDER LIGHTING THROUGH BRAND STANDARD VENDOR. SEE LIGHTING LEGEND THIS SHEET. 6 GC TO COORDINATE WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS WITH SPECIALTY WALL FINISHES AND GRAPHICS. 7 GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 2x2 ACCESS PANELS, AS REQUIRED, IN AREAS OF GYP CEILING (FACTORY FINISH WHITE) KEY # KEYNOTE TEXT 1 COORDINATE POWER REQUIREMENTS ON EXTERIOR OF BUILDING w/APPROVED SIGNAGE PACKAGE BY OTHERS. 2 CENTER LIGHTING OVER SALES COUNTERS. ENSURE THEY DO NOT CONFLICT WITH THE CEILING GRID. 3 COORDINATE LOCATION FOR BOW CHAIN w/ OWNER 4 DISCONTINUE CEILING TILE AT NEAREST 'T' GRID OVER COOLER/FREEZER. KEYNOTES: CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"K6 SEISMIC BRACING DETAIL # Description Date OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK No.QTY.DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY NB C E Q U I P . VE N D O R NB C VE N D O R NB C CA S E W O R K VE N D O R A B MENU BOARD 1 C CAKE DISPLAY BOOK 3-SHELF VICTORIAN D E DOOR SIGN F GREETING CARD HOLDER G CAKE BOOK TABLE H WALL SHELF UNIT I RETAIL DISPLAY 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 -ETAGERE 1 J NESTING SEASONAL TABLE(S)1 K SMALL RETAIL FOCUS TABLE1 NOTES: 1. DIGITAL MENU AND GRAPHICS BY NBC VENDOR. 2. MIRROR BY EQUIPMENT VENDOR, DECAL BY NBC VENDOR 3. FRANCHISEE TO PURCHASE 'K', 'S', AND 'V' FROM EQUIPMENT VENDOR 4. FRANCHISEE TO PURCHASE 'U' CONSOLE FROM EQUIPMENT VENDOR, HEMNES SOFA TABLE, WHITE STAIN #002.518.14, 61-3 4" x 15-3 4" A-302G10 G1 R1 R10 150 SF UTILITY 47 SF RESTROOM 124 SF EMPLOYEE AREA 175 SF OFFICE 563 SF DRY STORAGE 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 286 SF CRAFT AREA 183 SF SALES 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY K H C D E F J I B A GC NOTES: 1) BEADBOARD PANEL TO BE APPLIED w/ CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE TO GWB.. SECURE TRIM AND BASE w/ FINISHING SCREWS TO METAL STUD, COUNTERSINK, FILL, AND SMOOTH FINISH PRIOR TO PAINT 2) ALL BASE AND WAINSCOT TO BE PAINTED PT-4 3/4" SHOE MOULDING WOOD BASE PAINT GRADE BEAD BOARD WOOD PANEL WOOD TRIM RADIUS EDGE WOOD TRIM CAP 3/4"1/2" 3/ 4 " 6 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " 3/ 4 " 2 1 / 2 " 1 3 / 4 " 1/ 2 " 38 " T O T O P O F C H A I R R A I L ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CAKE BOOK. IN ORDER TO KEEP THE PAGES FROM FALLING OUT OR COMING LOOSE, LOOSEN SCREW #11. TO DO THIS, GRIP THE NUT #10 WITH PLIERS OR A WRENCH. NOTICE THE PIVOT LOCK BRACKET #3 HAS AN OBLONG SLOT IN IT -ITEM A. ALSO NOTICE THAT THE COUNTER LEG #2 ALSO HAS A SLOT IN IT -ITEM B. THIS ALLOWS FOR ADJUSTMENT. AFTER LOOSING SCREW #11, PUSH DOWN ON THE PIVOT LOCK BRACKET #3 SO IT IS AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO THE PAN #1. THE TOP LIP OF THE PIVOT LOCK BRACKET #3 KEEPS THE CAKE BOOK PAGES FROM BEING ABLE TO BE PUSHED UP WHILE BEING TURNED, THEREBY PREVENTING THE BOTTOM PIN OF THE PAGE FROM ESCAPING ITS HOLE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PAN #1 AND BECOMING LOOSE. OCCASIONALLY ITEM #A NEEDS TO BE MADE LONGER IN ORDER FOR THE TIGHTENING TO OCCUR. THIS WAS DONE BY REMOVING THE PIVOT LOCK BRACKET #3 AND DRILLING THE SLOT LONGER AND REINSTALLING IT. 411 10 10 11 1 11 11 3 A 10 2 5 B CENTERED ON WALL 5' - 0" 1' - 6 " 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 3 : 1 5 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-301 INTERIOR DECOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 DECOR SCHEDULE 1/4" = 1'-0"S10 KEY PLAN 3" = 1'-0"F1 WAINSCOT DETAIL 3/16" = 1'-0"F6 ANCHORING DETAIL - CAKE BOOK 1/2" = 1'-0"F3 BRING THE JOY GRAPHIC # Description Date FLAVOR PRICING 7' - 1 " 3" 6' - 6" A PT-5 PT-4 DOOR FRAME AND TRIM COORDINATE POWER AND DATA LOCATIONS WITH SCREEN MOUNTING BRACKETS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION PT-5 PT-4 DOOR FRAME AND TRIM 02 03B-1 SL-1 OPTIONALPT-2 10 ' - 2 " C E I L I N G H E I G H T B-1 K H C D GR-2 PT-1 3' - 2 " 7' - 0 " 10 ' - 2 " C E I L I N G H E I G H T WC-1 PT-4 01DF IE B G 10 ' - 2 " C E I L I N G H E I G H T B G B-1 GR-1 GR-2 PT-1 10 ' - 2 " C E I L I N G H E I G H T 3' - 2 " 7' - 0 " WC-1 PT-4 F1 A-301 C EQ EQ 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 3 : 1 8 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-302 FRONT OF HOUSE ELEVATIONS ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 1/2" = 1'-0"G10 INTERIOR ELEVATION - MENU BOARD WALL 1/2" = 1'-0"R10 INTERIOR ELEVATION - RIGHT SIDE WALL 1/2" = 1'-0"G1 INTERIOR ELEVATION - FRONT WALL 1/2" = 1'-0"R1 INTERIOR ELEVATION - LEFT SIDE WALL # Description Date 3' - 4 " 1' - 8 " 1' - 4 " 1' - 4 " 7' - 0" 63 61 6226 2' - 0" 2' - 6 " 48.2 9.19 1' - 0 " B-2 FRP F9 A-401 64 6" C U R B PROVIDE 6" CONCRETE CURB WITH CONTINUOUS COVED BASE 6" 44 41(4)(4) B-2 25 65 (8) 67 25a 62 3' - 7 3 / 4 " 1' - 8 " 5' - 4 1 / 2 " 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " FRP F9 A-401 44 (4) 67 6" 4442 41 (4) 3' - 3 " 1' - 6 " 29 92 29 92 86 86 B-2 FRP 25 17 3' - 7 3 / 4 " 5' - 4 1 / 2 " 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 6' - 6 " 93 28 0203 B-2B-2 FRP 49 1.4 26 9 9.1 25a 62 3' - 4 " 1' - 8 " 5' - 3 1 / 2 " 2' - 6 " 6' - 5 3/4" 11' - 2" STAINLESS STEEL 7' - 1 1 / 2 " 42 4245 B-2 30.320 20.1 20.2 8777.1 80 81 21 6' - 6 " 42 41 4241 15 15 46 14 4440 B-2 FRPFRP 99 3' - 1 0 " 8" 8" 86 (3) 90919091 94 22.1 3 8' - 0" SMOOTH FRP FRP 2 2.1 S/S CORNER GUARDS; AT OUTSIDE CORNERS OF KITCHEN WALLS,TYP. 4442 42 14 3 70 52 82 B-2 FRP 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 3 : 2 6 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-303 KITCHEN ELEVATIONS ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 1/2" = 1'-0"E1 INTERIOR ELEVATION- MANAGER DESK 1/2" = 1'-0"E5 INTERIOR ELEVATION - CRAFT AREA 1/2" = 1'-0"E12 INTERIOR ELEVATION - CRAFT AREA 1/2" = 1'-0"L1 INTERIOR ELEVATION - CRAFT AREA 1/2" = 1'-0"L9 INTERIOR ELEVATION - UTILITY 1/2" = 1'-0"S1 INTERIOR ELEVATION - BAKING/FROSTING 1/2" = 1'-0"S11 INTERIOR ELEVATION - BAKING/FROSTING # Description Date 1 HEALTH COMMENTS 09/23/2025 55 55 55 55 55 85.2 10 70 B-2 FRP B-2 84 43 84 5' - 3 " FRP 83 27 101 6 99 40 42 42 46 12 15 67 6' - 6 " B-2 FRP 83 53 53 55 55 55 55 51 70B-2 FRP 21 B-2 66 6" 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval 1/2" = 1'-0" 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 3 : 3 5 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-304 KITCHEN ELEVATIONS ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 1/2" = 1'-0"F1 INTERIOR ELEVATION - DRY STORAGE 1/2" = 1'-0"F11 INTERIOR ELEVATION- EMPLOYEE AREA 1/2" = 1'-0"P13 INTERIOR ELEVATION - BAKING/FROSTING 1/2" = 1'-0"P1 INTERIOR ELEVATION - DRY STORAGE PROVIDE 6" CONCRETE CURB WITH CONTINUOUS COVED BASE # Description Date 2 HEALTH AND CITY COMMENTS 12/05/2025 WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR WHITE PLAM STILE AND RAIL RAISED PANEL ADJUSTABLE SHELF (AS REQ'D) KV FULL EXT. SLIDE SOLID SURFACE; 1/2" WILSONART 1573MG FROSTY WHITE MIRAGE AT DRAWER 3' - 0" 4 1 / 4 " 1" 1' - 6 1 / 2 " 1" 4" 4" 2' - 8 3 / 4 " 4" 1' - 8" 3" 2' - 10" 1 1 / 2 " 2' - 4 1 / 2 " 4" 5 7 / 8 " TO P O F C O U N T E R A T P . O . S . S T A T I O N 2' - 1 0 " A . F . F . WHITE MELAMINE INTERIOR WHITE PLAM SOLID SURFACE; 1/2" WILSONART 1573MG FROSTY WHITE MIRAGE STILE AND RAIL RAISED PANEL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AT SAFE 3" 2' - 10" 1' - 3 1/2" 2' - 0 " 2' - 2 " 7/ 8 " 1 1 / 2 " TO P O F C O U N T E R A T P . O . S . S T A T I O N 2' - 1 0 " A . F . F . 9 1/4" 3/ 4 " 1 1 / 2 " 3/4"9 1/4"1" 3' - 0" 4" 1" 1' - 6 1 / 2 " 1" 4" 4" 2' - 8 3 / 4 " FINISH FLOOR AND BASE AS SCHEDULED FRP WALL COVERING G.C. TO PROVIDE 18" x 24" x 1/8" STEEL SUPPORT, WHITE FINISH, A&M HARDWARE, INC. OR EQUAL, 'WORK STATION BRACKET' 2" DIAM. GROMMET HOLE; INSTALL AT BACK CENTER OF COUNTER PL-1 PLASTIC LAMINATE ON PLYWOOD COUNTERTOP MANAGER / POS / CRAFTING 4" 2' - 0" 1 1 / 2 " TO P O F C O U N T E R 3' - 7 3 / 4 " A . F . F . A T C R A F T I N G , 3 ' - 4 " A T M A N A G E R A N D E M P L O Y E E A R E A CRAFTING COUNTER - PLAN VIEW CRAFTING COUNTER - ELEVATION 11' - 0" VERIFY w/ PLANS 1-1/2" DIAMETER GROMMET HOLE; INSTALL AT BACK CENTER OF COUNTER WALL MOUNTED WIRE SHELVING ABOVE COUNTER; VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS w/ TENANT PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP, PL-1 w/ CHAMFERED EDGES STORAGE BIN FIXTURE ITEMS UNDER COUNTER A-401 S6 F9A-401 TO P O F C O U N T E R 3' - 7 3 / 4 " A . F . F . 5' - 4 1 / 2 " 1' - 0 " 11' - 0" ; VERIFY w/ PLANS 5' - 4 3/4"5' - 4 3/4" CRAFTING COUNTER STORAGE BIN FIXTURE ITEMS BELOW COUNTER METAL BRACKET AT EACH END, TYP. OF 4 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP, PL-1 1-1/2" DIAMETER GROMMET HOLE; INSTALL AT BACK CENTER OF COUNTER WALL MOUNTED LIGHT GAUGE WIRE SHELVING ABOVE COUNTER; VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHTS w/ TENANT P.O.S. COUNTER - PLAN VIEW P.O.S. COUNTER - REAR ELEVATION REFERENCE PLAN P.O.S. THIS AREA RESERVED FOR PASS THRU DISPLAY CASE A-401 A-401 A-401A-401 REFERENCE PLAN THIS AREA RESERVED FOR PASS THRU DISPLAY CASE OPENOPEN OPENOPEN OPEN OPEN (2) EQUAL 1' - 6" 2' - 1 0 " 4" ADJUSTABLE SHELVING 10"d. SHELF (BEYOND) 8"d. SHELF NOTE: INSIDE OF CABINETS SHALL RECEIVE WHITE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON PLYWOOD FINISH P.O.S. FRONT COUNTER S11/ FRONT S11/ REAR F1 F5 DRAWER w/ WIRE PULL MOUNT ELECTRICAL / DATA TO INSIDE FACE OF SIDE, TYP. ADJUSTABLE SHELVING WHITE PLAM AT BASE REFERENCE PLAN P.O.S. OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN THIS AREA RESERVED FOR PASS THRU DISPLAY CASE WHITE PLAM AT BASE RAISED PANELS WC-2 AT FRONT AND SIDES; PAINT PT-1 WILSONART SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP #1573 MG OR EQUAL P.O.S. COUNTER - FRONT ELEVATION 5' - 0" 1 1 / 2 " 5' - 0" 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 3 : 3 6 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 A-401 MILLWORK / COUNTER DETAILS & ELEVATIONS ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 1 1/2" = 1'-0"F1 COUNTER SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"F5 COUNTER SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"F9 COUNTER SECTION STANDARD MILWORK TO BE PROVIDED BY NBC KES 1/2" = 1'-0"S6 MILLWORK DETAIL 1/2" = 1'-0"S11 MILLWORK DETAIL # Description Date 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES THAT ARE FOUND. 2. DO NOT SCALE DETAILS OR DRAWINGS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS WHERE REQUIRED. 3. SPECIFIC NOTES AND DETAILS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER GENERAL NOTES AND TYPICAL DETAILS. 4. WHERE NO CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ARE SHOWN OR NOTED FOR ANY PART OF THE WORK, THE DETAILS USED SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR OTHER SIMILAR WORK. 5. WHEN A DETAIL IS IDENTIFIED AS TYPICAL, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO APPLY THIS DETAIL IN ESTIMATION AND CONSTRUCTION TO EVERY LIKE CONDITION WHETHER OR NOT THE REFERENCE IS REPEATED IN EVERY INSTANCE. 6. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE 2025 EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) AND OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES WHO MAY HAVE AUTHORITY OVER THE WORK. 7. THESE DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE STRUCTURE IN ITS FINAL CONFIGURATION. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR ALL MEANS AND METHODS ASSOCIATED WITH ACHIEVING THIS FINAL CONFIGURATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SHORING, BRACING OR SOILS EXCAVATIONS. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES ANY ITEMS THAT ARE TO BE INTEGRATED INTO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM SUCH AS OPENINGS, PENETRATIONS, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, ETC. SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF MECHANICAL AND OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT DIFFERS FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE MEASURES AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT CONSTRUCTION LOADS SHALL NOT EXCEED DESIGN LOADS FOR THE STRUCTURE. 9. ALL REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS SHALL BE THE LATEST APPROVED EDITION, U.O.N. 10. IN THE CASE OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL GOVERN. 1. APPLICABLE CODES: CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, 2022 EDITION 2. LIVE LOADS, UNIFORM AS FOLLOWS: a. ROOF ............................................................... 20psf (REDUCIBLE) 3. SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA: SITE CLASS D (DEFAULT) SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D RISK CATEGORY II Fa = 1.2 IP = 1.0 SS = 1.284 aP = 2.5 S1 = 0.460 RP = 6 SDS = 1.027 4. WIND DESIGN CRITERIA(LOW-RISE): WIND EXPOSURE B V = 95mph RISK CATEGORY II Kd = 0.85 GCpi = ± 0.18 Kzt = 1.0 P = qh (GCp - GCpi) Ke = 1.0 COMPONENTS AND CLADDING: GCp = SEE ASCE 7-16 CHAPTER 30, AS APPLICABLE 1. ALL FRAMING LUMBER SHALL BE DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH, GRADE MARKED AS FOLLOWS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: a. LIGHT FRAMING - "STANDARD" AND "STUD" b. POSTS, BEAMS, AND HEADERS - "NO. 1" c. BEARING STUDS AND SHEAR WALL STUDS - "NO. 2" d. JOISTS, RAFTERS, AND PLATES - "NO. 2" 2. THE MOISTURE CONTENT IN USE SHALL NOT EXCEED 19 PERCENT. 3. INSTALL CONTINUOUS 2x SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN ALL JOISTS AND RAFTERS AT SUPPORTS. 4. CROSS BRIDGING BETWEEN JOISTS AND RAFTERS MAY BE OMITTED WHERE THE COMPRESSION EDGE IS CONTINUOUSLY CONNECTED TO THE SHEATHING AND MEMBERS ARE SMALLER THAN 2x12. OTHERWISE, PROVIDE CROSS BRIDGING AT 8' - 0" MAXIMUM PER CBC SECTION 2308.4.6. 5. ALL NAILS SHALL BE COMMON NAILS U.O.N. 6. SHEATHING NAILS SHALL BE DRIVEN SO THAT THEIR HEAD IS FLUSH WITH THE SURFACE OF THE SHEATHING. 7. BOLTS SHALL HAVE 7 DIAMETER MINIMUM END DISTANCE AND 4 DIAMETER MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE. 8. ALL BOLTS SHALL BE FITTED WITH WASHERS. HOLES IN WOOD SHALL BE BORED WITH A BIT 1/32" TO 1/16" LARGER THAN THE BOLT DIAMETER. 9. LEAD HOLES FOR LAG SCREWS AND WOOD SCREWS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "NATIONAL DESIGN STANDARD FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION," LATEST APPROVED EDITION. 10. STEEL FRAMING CONNECTORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL. 11. PLYWOOD FLOOR SHEATHING SHALL BE GLUED TO ALL FRAMING MEMBERS WITH AN APA APPROVED ADHESIVE. 12. ORIENTED STRAND BOARD (OSB) IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE FOR PLYWOOD WALL, FLOOR, AND ROOF SHEATHING THAT IS NOT EXPOSED TO MOISTURE. 13. INSTALL FIRE BLOCKING IN CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED SPACES, AT CEILING AND FLOOR SPACES AND AT OTHER LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED PER CBC SECTION 717. 14. ALL HARDWARE, BOLTS, AND NAILS IN PRESERVATIVE-TREATED, FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED OR EXPOSED LUMBER SHALL BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED (ASTM A153) OR TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 1. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, STRUCTURAL TESTS, AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2022 CBC. 2. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE CITY OR JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY OVER THE WORK, IN THE CATEGORY OF WORK REQUIRED TO HAVE SPECIAL INSPECTION. 3. THE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS IDENTIFIED ON PLANS ARE IN ADDITION TO AND NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR THOSE INSPECTIONS REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. 4. A PROPERTY OWNER'S FINAL REPORT FORM FOR WORK REQUIRED TO HAVE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, TESTING AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS MUST BE COMPLETED BY THE PROPERTY OWNER, PROPERTY OWNER'S AGENT OF RECORD, ARCHITECT OF RECORD OR ENGINEER OF RECORD AND SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. 5. THE FABRICATOR MUST BE REGISTERED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY OR JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY OVER THE WORK, SPECIAL INSPECTIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR THE FABRICATION OF MEMBERS AND ASSEMBLIES ON THE PREMISES OF THE FABRICATOR'S SHOP. 6. THE FABRICATOR SHALL SUBMIT A "APPLICATION TO PERFORM OFF-SITE FABRICATION" TO THE INSPECTION SERVICES DIVISION FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCEMNT OF FABRICATION. 7. THE FABRICATOR SHALL SUBMIT A "CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FOR OFF-SITE FABRICATION" TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL PRIOR TO THE ERECTION OF FABRICATED ITEMS AND ASSEMBLIES. 8. THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING LABORATORY MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OR JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY OVER THE WORK, FOR TESTING OF MATERIALS, SYSTEMS, COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT. 9. WHERE MATERIALS OR ASSEMBLIES ARE REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODE TO BE LABELED, SUCH MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE LABELED BY AN AGENCY APPROVED BY THE CITY OR JURISDICTION HAVING AUTHORITY OVER THE WORK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC SECTION 1703. PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS TO BE LABELED SHALL BE TESTED, INSPECTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SET FORTH IN CBC SECTIONS 1703.5.1 THROUGH 1703.5.4. IDENTIFY ON PLANS THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE TESTING / INSPECTION AGENT. 1. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS PER CBC SECTION 1705.13.6. STRUCTURAL JEFFREY W.DENSLEYREGISTEREDPROFESSIONALENGINEER STATE OF CALIFORNIA No. 5535 As indicated 12 / 1 5 / 2 0 2 5 1 : 4 1 : 5 0 P M JD KL 12/19/2025 14479A.00 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) #Description Date 168421 3 65 7 1210911 1413 15 8421 3 65 7 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval STRUCTURAL NOTES 12/19/2025 S1.0 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA TIMBER GENERAL SPECIAL INSPECTION NOTES ITEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION 2x6 4x84x8 4x BLOCKING EACH SIDE OF OPENING WITH LUS HANGER AT EACH END TYP NO NEW OPENING ALLOWED IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO A NEW OR EXISTING OPENING 3' - 0 " MA X 3'-0" MAX (N) OPENING NEW INFILL JOISTS OR EXISTING JOISTS AS OCCURS, TYP AT PLYWOOD, PROVIDE 10d B.N. AROUND ALL EDGES OF OPENING TO MATCH (E) DIAPHRAGM NAIL SPACING (4" MAX) FOR (E) SPACING LESS THAN 4" PROVIDE 2 ROWS @ 4"o.c. WITH MIN 1/2" SEPARATION LUS HANGER 4x BLOCKING TO MATCH DEPTH OF (E) JOIST TYP (N) OPENING (E) 4x PURLIN PER PLAN 3x6 EACH SIDE, EXTEND TO WITHIN 2'-0" FROM ENDS OF PURLIN 1/4" x 6" SIMPSON SDS @ 6"o.c. (LAST 2'-0" OF 3x6) AND @ 12"o.c. BETWEEN STAGGER ROWS ON EACH SIDE TO AVOID INTERFERENCE OF SCREWS TY P 1 1 / 4 " NOTE: 1. JACK UP (E) BEAM TO 1/16" ABOVE STRAIGHT LINE. 2. INSTALL RETROFIT. 3. RELEASE JACKING AND INSTALL NEW MECHANICAL UNIT. DO NOT SET NEW UNIT UNTIL RETROFIT IS COMPLETE. 6" MAX FROM EACH CORNER 1'-6" MAX BETWEEN NEW BEAM PER PLAN WITH LUS EACH END (SEE NOTE) 3/8"dia LAG SCREW WITH 3" EMBED AT CURB TO JOIST, CENTER ON JOIST, (1) AT EACH CORNER OF CURB AND @ 18"o.c. MAX EACH SIDE UNIT TO CURB CONNECTION WITH #10 SMS AROUND PERIMETER MECHANICAL UNIT AND ADAPTER CURB BY MANUFACTURER, COMBINED WEIGHT INCLUDING ALL ACCESSORIES SHALL NOT EXCEED 1400LBS ROOFING / FLASHING BY OTHERS (E) SHEATHING (E) 2x JOISTS, CUT AND REHANG PER PLAN NEW BEAM PER PLAN WITH LUS EACH END (SEE NOTE) NOTE: IF EXISTING FRAMING ALREADY EXISTS AND IS MINIMUM 4x8 AROUND UNIT AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS, EXISTING FRAMING MAY REMAIN. OTHERWISE, REMOVE/REPLACE AS NEEDED WITH NEW FRAMING SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 2x62x62x6 2x62x6 (E ) 4 x 1 6 P U R L I N S @ 8 ' - 0 " o . c . W H E R E O C C U R S (E ) 2 x 4 @ 2 4 " o . c . T Y P E A C H B A Y (E) GLB WHERE OCCURS (E) GLB WHERE OCCURS HP 2 HP 1 4x8 WITH LUS EACH END, EACH SIDE OF UNIT TYP 3x6 SISTERED EACH SIDE PER FRAME INFILL WITH 2x4 @ 24"o.c. WITH LUS EACH END, TYP EACH SIDE OF UNIT 800# 3x6 SISTERED EACH SIDE PER CUT(E) JOISTS AND REHANG WITH LUS, SHORE AS REQUIRED BLOCKING AT OPENING PER VERIFY IN FEILD HU414 (MAX FASTENERS) OR EQUIVALENT EACH END OF 4x16 3 S2.0 3 S2.0 1500# 4 S2.0 TYP 2 S2.0 (E) EXHAUST FAN ROOF FRAMING PLAN NOTES: 1. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED. 2. BEAMS SHALL BE EQUALLY SPACED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 3. SLOPES, TOP OF FRAMING ELEVATIONS, ROOF DRAINS, SLAB OPENINGS, SLAB EDGES, AND ELEVATED PADS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED. 4. CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE AND BLOCK OUT FRAMING FOR PENETRATIONS WHERE THEY OCCUR. 5. MAXIMUM UNIT WEIGHT INCLUDES UNIT, ACCESSORIES, AND ROOF CURB. CONTACT ENGINEER IF INSTALLED EQUIPMENT EXCEEDS THIS WEIGHT LIMIT. 6. VERIFY SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL FRAMING IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER IF SMALLER SIZES THAN SHOWN ON THESE PLANS OCCUR, STRUCTURAL JEFFREY W.DENSLEYREGISTEREDPROFESSIONALENGINEER STATE OF CALIFORNIA No. 5535 As indicated 12 / 1 5 / 2 0 2 5 1 : 4 1 : 5 0 P M JD KL 12/19/2025 14479A.00 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) #Description Date 168421 3 65 7 1210911 1413 15 8421 3 65 7 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval STRUCTURAL DETAILS AND PARTIAL PLAN 12/19/2025 S2.0 S2.0 2FRAMED WOOD ROOF OPENING S2.0 3(E) PURLIN STRENGTHENING S2.0 4ROOFTOP UNIT S2.0SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN 9449 Balboa Avenue, Suite 270, San Diego, CA 92123 | 619.299.5550 | bwesd.com Structural Engineering Civil Engineering Land Surveying ENGINEER: JD DATE: FEBRUARY 11, 2026 PROJECT NUMBER: 14479A.00 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR NOTHING BUNDT CAKES PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL 3313 S. Bristol Street Santa Ana, CA 92704 PREPARED FOR: OCULUS 1 SOUTH MEMORIAL DRIVE, SUITE 1500 ST. LOUIS, MO 63102 TE SI ER G OF T T OEA S C FILA INR A AN No. 5535 FPOR RDE E OISS GN IN REE EL J E F FREY W .DENS L E Y RTRUASL TUC 619.299.5550 | bwesd.com TABLE OF CONTENTS – NOTHING BUNDT CAKES Interior Stud Wall and Connection Design ............................................................. 1 Wall Studs Limiting Height Tables........................................................................... 2 Hilti X-U Capacity Table ........................................................................................... 3 Sheet Metal Screw Capacity Table .......................................................................... 4 Axial Capacity of Top of Wall Bracing ..................................................................... 5 SKB Post Anchorage ................................................................................................ 7 1 www.SSMA.com 25Complies With 2009, 2012 and 2015 IBC Curtain Wall Limiting Heights - Single Span Table Notes Section Fy (ksi)Spacing (in) oc 5 psf 15 psf 20 psf 25 psf 30 psf 35 psf 40 psf 50 psf L/120 L/240 L/360 L/240 L/360 L/600 L/240 L/360 L/600 L/240 L/360 L/600 L/240 L/360 L/600 L/240 L/360 L/600 L/240 L/360 L/600 L/240 L/360 L/600 350S162-33 33 12 23' 9" 18' 10" 16' 5" 14' 8" 12' 10" 10' 10" 13' 0" 11' 8" 9' 10" 11' 8" 10' 10" 9' 2" 10' 8" 10' 2" 8' 7" 9' 10"e 9' 8"e 8' 2" 9' 2"e 9' 2"e 7' 10" 8' 3"e 8' 3"e 7' 3"e 16 21' 7" 17' 1" 14' 11" 13' 0" 11' 8" 9' 10" 11' 3" 10' 7" 8' 11" 10' 1"e 9' 10" 8' 4" 9' 2"e 9' 2"e 7' 10" 8' 6"e 8' 6"e 7' 5"e 8' 0"e 8' 0"e 7' 1"e 7' 2"e 7' 2"e 6' 7"e 24 18' 5" 14' 11" 13' 1" 10' 8" 10' 2" 8' 7" 9' 2"e 9' 2"e 7' 10" 8' 3"e 8' 3"e 7' 3"e 7' 6"e 7' 6"e 6' 10"e 7' 0"e 7' 0"e 6' 6"e 6' 6"e 6' 6"e 6' 2"e 5' 10"e 5' 10"e 5' 9"e 350S162-43 33 12 25' 10" 20' 6" 17' 11" 16' 0" 14' 0" 11' 9" 14' 6" 12' 8" 10' 8" 13' 6" 11' 9" 9' 11" 12' 6" 11' 1" 9' 4" 11' 7" 10' 6" 8' 11" 10' 10" 10' 1" 8' 6" 9' 8" 9' 4" 7' 11" 16 23' 5" 18' 7" 16' 3" 14' 6" 12' 8" 10' 8" 13' 2" 11' 6" 9' 9" 11' 10" 10' 8" 9' 0" 10' 10" 10' 1" 8' 6" 10' 0" 9' 7" 8' 1" 9' 5" 9' 2" 7' 9" 8' 5"e 8' 5"e 7' 2" 24 20' 6" 16' 3" 14' 2" 12' 6" 11' 1" 9' 4" 10' 10" 10' 1" 8' 6" 9' 8" 9' 4" 7' 11" 8' 10" 8' 10" 7' 5" 8' 2"e 8' 2"e 7' 1" 7' 8"e 7' 8"e 6' 9" 6' 10"e 6' 10"e 6' 3"e 350S162-54 50 12 27' 8" 21' 11" 19' 2" 17' 1" 15' 0" 12' 7" 15' 7" 13' 7" 11' 6" 14' 5" 12' 7" 10' 8" 13' 7" 11' 10" 10' 0" 12' 11" 11' 3" 9' 6" 12' 4" 10' 9" 9' 1" 11' 6" 10' 0" 8' 5" 16 25' 1" 19' 11" 17' 5" 15' 7" 13' 7" 11' 6" 14' 2" 12' 4" 10' 5" 13' 1" 11' 6" 9' 8" 12' 4" 10' 9" 9' 1" 11' 9" 10' 3" 8' 8" 11' 3" 9' 10" 8' 3" 10' 5" 9' 1" 7' 8" 24 21' 11" 17' 5" 15' 2" 13' 7" 11' 10" 10' 0" 12' 4" 10' 9" 9' 1" 11' 6" 10' 0" 8' 5" 10' 9" 9' 5" 7' 11" 10' 3" 8' 11" 7' 7" 9' 10" 8' 7" 7' 3" 9' 1" 7' 11" 6' 8" 350S162-68 50 12 29' 7" 23' 5" 20' 6" 18' 4" 16' 0" 13' 6" 16' 8" 14' 6" 12' 3" 15' 5" 13' 6" 11' 5" 14' 6" 12' 8" 10' 9" 13' 10" 12' 1" 10' 2" 13' 3" 11' 6" 9' 9" 12' 3" 10' 9" 9' 0" 16 26' 10" 21' 4" 18' 7" 16' 8" 14' 6" 12' 3" 15' 1" 13' 3" 11' 2" 14' 0" 12' 3" 10' 4" 13' 3" 11' 6" 9' 9" 12' 7" 11' 0" 9' 3" 12' 0" 10' 6" 8' 10" 11' 2" 9' 9" 8' 3" 24 23' 5" 18' 7" 16' 3" 14' 6" 12' 8" 10' 9" 13' 3" 11' 6" 9' 9" 12' 3" 10' 9" 9' 0" 11' 6" 10' 1" 8' 6" 11' 0" 9' 7" 8' 1" 10' 6" 9' 2" 7' 9" 9' 9" 8' 6" 7' 2" 362S137-33 33 12 23' 3" 18' 5" 16' 1" 14' 3" 12' 7" 10' 7" 12' 4" 11' 5" 9' 8" 11' 1" 10' 7" 8' 11" 10' 1" 10' 0" 8' 5" 9' 4" 9' 4" 8' 0" 8' 9"e 8' 9"e 7' 8" 7' 10"e 7' 10"e 7' 1"e 16 21' 1" 16' 9" 14' 8" 12' 4" 11' 5" 9' 8" 10' 9" 10' 5" 8' 9" 9' 7" 9' 7" 8' 2" 8' 9"e 8' 9"e 7' 8" 8' 1"e 8' 1"e 7' 3"e 7' 7"e 7' 7"e 6' 11"e 6' 9"e 6' 9"e 6' 5"e 24 17' 6" 14' 8" 12' 10" 10' 1" 10' 0" 8' 5" 8' 9"e 8' 9"e 7' 8" 7' 10"e 7' 10"e 7' 1"e 7' 2"e 7' 2"e 6' 8"e 6' 7"e 6' 7"e 6' 4"e 6' 2"e 6' 2"e 6' 1"e 5' 6"e 5' 6"e 5' 6"e 362S162-33 33 12 24' 4" 19' 4" 16' 11" 15' 1" 13' 2" 11' 1" 13' 3" 12' 0" 10' 1" 11' 11" 11' 1" 9' 5" 10' 10" 10' 6" 8' 10" 10' 0"e 9' 11"e 8' 5" 9' 5"e 9' 5"e 8' 0" 8' 5"e 8' 5"e 7' 5"e 16 22' 2" 17' 7" 15' 4" 13' 3" 12' 0" 10' 1" 11' 6" 10' 11" 9' 2" 10' 3"e 10' 1"e 8' 6" 9' 5"e 9' 5"e 8' 0" 8' 8"e 8' 8"e 7' 7"e 8' 2"e 8' 2"e 7' 3"e 7' 3"e 7' 3"e 6' 9"e 24 18' 9" 15' 4" 13' 5" 10' 10" 10' 6" 8' 10" 9' 5"e 9' 5"e 8' 0" 8' 5"e 8' 5"e 7' 5"e 7' 8"e 7' 8"e 7' 0"e 7' 1"e 7' 1"e 6' 8"e 6' 8"e 6' 8"e 6' 4"e 5' 11"e 5' 11"e 5' 11"e 362S200-33 33 12 25' 9" 20' 5" 17' 10" 15' 11" 13' 11" 11' 9" 13' 11" 12' 8" 10' 8" 12' 5" 11' 9" 9' 11" 11' 4"e 11' 1"e 9' 4" 10' 6"e 10' 6"e 8' 10" 9' 10"e 9' 10"e 8' 6"e 8' 10"e 8' 10"e 7' 10"e 16 23' 4" 18' 7" 16' 2" 13' 11" 12' 8" 10' 8" 12' 1" 11' 6" 9' 8" 10' 9"e 10' 8"e 9' 0" 9' 10"e 9' 10"e 8' 6"e 9' 1"e 9' 1"e 8' 1"e 8' 6"e 8' 6"e 7' 8"e 7' 7"e 7' 7"e 7' 2"e 24 19' 8" 16' 2" 14' 2" 11' 4"e 11' 1"e 9' 4" 9' 10"e 9' 10"e 8' 6"e 8' 10"e 8' 10"e 7' 10"e 8' 0"e 8' 0"e 7' 5"e 7' 5"e 7' 5"e 7' 0"e 7' 0"e 7' 0"e 6' 9"e 6' 3"e 6' 3"e 6' 3"e 362S137-43 33 12 25' 3" 20' 1" 17' 6" 15' 8" 13' 8" 11' 7" 14' 3" 12' 5" 10' 6" 13' 0" 11' 7" 9' 9" 11' 10" 10' 10" 9' 2" 11' 0" 10' 4" 8' 8" 10' 3" 9' 10" 8' 4" 9' 2" 9' 2" 7' 9" 16 23' 0" 18' 3" 15' 11" 14' 3" 12' 5" 10' 6" 12' 7" 11' 4" 9' 6" 11' 3" 10' 6" 8' 10" 10' 3" 9' 10" 8' 4" 9' 6" 9' 5" 7' 11" 8' 11" 8' 11" 7' 7" 7' 11" 7' 11" 7' 0" 24 20' 1" 15' 11" 13' 11" 11' 10" 10' 10" 9' 2" 10' 3" 9' 10" 8' 4" 9' 2" 9' 2" 7' 9" 8' 5" 8' 5" 7' 3" 7' 9" 7' 9" 6' 11" 7' 3"e 7' 3"e 6' 7" 6' 6"e 6' 6"e 6' 2"e 362S162-43 33 12 26' 6" 21' 0" 18' 4" 16' 5" 14' 4" 12' 1" 14' 11" 13' 0" 11' 0" 13' 10" 12' 1" 10' 2" 12' 9" 11' 5" 9' 7" 11' 10" 10' 10" 9' 1" 11' 1" 10' 4" 8' 9" 9' 11" 9' 7" 8' 1" 16 24' 1" 19' 1" 16' 8" 14' 11" 13' 0" 11' 0" 13' 7" 11' 10" 10' 0" 12' 1" 11' 0" 9' 3" 11' 1" 10' 4" 8' 9" 10' 3" 9' 10" 8' 3" 9' 7" 9' 5" 7' 11" 8' 7"e 8' 7"e 7' 4" 24 21' 0" 16' 8" 14' 7" 12' 9" 11' 5" 9' 7" 11' 1" 10' 4" 8' 9" 9' 11" 9' 7" 8' 1" 9' 0" 9' 0" 7' 7" 8' 4"e 8' 4"e 7' 3" 7' 10"e 7' 10"e 6' 11"e 7' 0"e 7' 0"e 6' 5"e 362S200-43 33 12 28' 0" 22' 3" 19' 5" 17' 4" 15' 2" 12' 9" 15' 9" 13' 9" 11' 7" 14' 8" 12' 9" 10' 9" 13' 8" 12' 0" 10' 2" 12' 8" 11' 5" 9' 8" 11' 10" 10' 11" 9' 3" 10' 7" 10' 2" 8' 7" 16 25' 5" 20' 2" 17' 8" 15' 9" 13' 9" 11' 7" 14' 4" 12' 6" 10' 7" 13' 0" 11' 7" 9' 10" 11' 10" 10' 11" 9' 3" 11' 0" 10' 5" 8' 9" 10' 3" 9' 11" 8' 4" 9' 2"e 9' 2"e 7' 9" 24 22' 3" 17' 8" 15' 5" 13' 8" 12' 0" 10' 2" 11' 10" 10' 11" 9' 3" 10' 7" 10' 2" 8' 7" 9' 8"e 9' 7"e 8' 1" 9' 0"e 9' 0"e 7' 8" 8' 5"e 8' 5"e 7' 4"e 7' 6"e 7' 6"e 6' 9"e 362S137-54 50 12 27' 1" 21' 6" 18' 9" 16' 9" 14' 8" 12' 4" 15' 3" 13' 4" 11' 3" 14' 2" 12' 4" 10' 5" 13' 4" 11' 8" 9' 10" 12' 8" 11' 1" 9' 4" 12' 1" 10' 7" 8' 11" 11' 3" 9' 10" 8' 3" 16 24' 7" 19' 6" 17' 1" 15' 3" 13' 4" 11' 3" 13' 10" 12' 1" 10' 2" 12' 10" 11' 3" 9' 6" 12' 1" 10' 7" 8' 11" 11' 6" 10' 0" 8' 6" 11' 0" 9' 7" 8' 1" 10' 2" 8' 11" 7' 6" 24 21' 6" 17' 1" 14' 11" 13' 4" 11' 8" 9' 10" 12' 1" 10' 7" 8' 11" 11' 3" 9' 10" 8' 3" 10' 7" 9' 3" 7' 9" 10' 0" 8' 9" 7' 5" 9' 7" 8' 5" 7' 1" 8' 9" 7' 9" 6' 7" 362S162-54 50 12 28' 5" 22' 6" 19' 8" 17' 7" 15' 4" 13' 0" 16' 0" 14' 0" 11' 9" 14' 10" 13' 0" 10' 11" 14' 0" 12' 2" 10' 3" 13' 3" 11' 7" 9' 9" 12' 8" 11' 1" 9' 4" 11' 9" 10' 3" 8' 8" 16 25' 10" 20' 6" 17' 11" 16' 0" 14' 0" 11' 9" 14' 6" 12' 8" 10' 8" 13' 6" 11' 9" 9' 11" 12' 8" 11' 1" 9' 4" 12' 1" 10' 6" 8' 11" 11' 6" 10' 1" 8' 6" 10' 8" 9' 4" 7' 11" 24 22' 6" 17' 11" 15' 7" 14' 0" 12' 2" 10' 3" 12' 8" 11' 1" 9' 4" 11' 9" 10' 3" 8' 8" 11' 1" 9' 8" 8' 2" 10' 6" 9' 2" 7' 9" 10' 1" 8' 10" 7' 5" 9' 4" 8' 2" 6' 11" 362S200-54 50 12 30' 0" 23' 10" 20' 10" 18' 7" 16' 3" 13' 8" 16' 11" 14' 9" 12' 5" 15' 8" 13' 8" 11' 7" 14' 9" 12' 11" 10' 10" 14' 0" 12' 3" 10' 4" 13' 5" 11' 9" 9' 11" 12' 5" 10' 10" 9' 2" 16 27' 3" 21' 8" 18' 11" 16' 11" 14' 9" 12' 5" 15' 4" 13' 5" 11' 4" 14' 3" 12' 5" 10' 6" 13' 5" 11' 9" 9' 11" 12' 9" 11' 2" 9' 5" 12' 2" 10' 8" 9' 0" 11' 4" 9' 11" 8' 4" 24 23' 10" 18' 11" 16' 6" 14' 9" 12' 11" 10' 10" 13' 5" 11' 9" 9' 11" 12' 5" 10' 10" 9' 2" 11' 9" 10' 3" 8' 8" 11' 2" 9' 9" 8' 2" 10' 8" 9' 4" 7' 10" 9' 11" 8' 8" 7' 3" 362S137-68 50 12 28' 11" 22' 11" 20' 1" 17' 11" 15' 8" 13' 2" 16' 3" 14' 3" 12' 0" 15' 1" 13' 2" 11' 2" 14' 3" 12' 5" 10' 6" 13' 6" 11' 10" 9' 11" 12' 11" 11' 4" 9' 6" 12' 0" 10' 6" 8' 10" 16 26' 3" 20' 10" 18' 3" 16' 3" 14' 3" 12' 0" 14' 10" 12' 11" 10' 11" 13' 9" 12' 0" 10' 1" 12' 11" 11' 4" 9' 6" 12' 3" 10' 9" 9' 1" 11' 9" 10' 3" 8' 8" 10' 11" 9' 6" 8' 0" 24 22' 11" 18' 3" 15' 11" 14' 3" 12' 5" 10' 6" 12' 11" 11' 4" 9' 6" 12' 0" 10' 6" 8' 10" 11' 4" 9' 10" 8' 4" 10' 9" 9' 4" 7' 11" 10' 3" 9' 0" 7' 7" 9' 6" 8' 4" 7' 0" 362S162-68 50 12 30' 4" 24' 1" 21' 1" 18' 10" 16' 5" 13' 10" 17' 1" 14' 11" 12' 7" 15' 11" 13' 10" 11' 8" 14' 11" 13' 1" 11' 0" 14' 2" 12' 5" 10' 5" 13' 7" 11' 10" 10' 0" 12' 7" 11' 0" 9' 3" 16 27' 7" 21' 11" 19' 2" 17' 1" 14' 11" 12' 7" 15' 6" 13' 7" 11' 5" 14' 5" 12' 7" 10' 8" 13' 7" 11' 10" 10' 0" 12' 11" 11' 3" 9' 6" 12' 4" 10' 9" 9' 1" 11' 5" 10' 0" 8' 5" 24 24' 1" 19' 2" 16' 9" 14' 11" 13' 1" 11' 0" 13' 7" 11' 10" 10' 0" 12' 7" 11' 0" 9' 3" 11' 10" 10' 4" 8' 9" 11' 3" 9' 10" 8' 4" 10' 9" 9' 5" 7' 11" 10' 0" 8' 9" 7' 4" 362S200-68 50 12 32' 2" 25' 6" 22' 3" 19' 11" 17' 5" 14' 8" 18' 1" 15' 10" 13' 4" 16' 10" 14' 8" 12' 5" 15' 10" 13' 10" 11' 8" 15' 0" 13' 1" 11' 1" 14' 4" 12' 7" 10' 7" 13' 4" 11' 8" 9' 10" 16 29' 2" 23' 2" 20' 3" 18' 1" 15' 10" 13' 4" 16' 5" 14' 4" 12' 1" 15' 3" 13' 4" 11' 3" 14' 4" 12' 7" 10' 7" 13' 8" 11' 11" 10' 1" 13' 1" 11' 5" 9' 7" 12' 1" 10' 7" 8' 11" 24 25' 6" 20' 3" 17' 8" 15' 10" 13' 10" 11' 8" 14' 4" 12' 7" 10' 7" 13' 4" 11' 8" 9' 10" 12' 7" 11' 0" 9' 3" 11' 11" 10' 5" 8' 9" 11' 5" 9' 11" 8' 5" 10' 7" 9' 3" 7' 10" 400S137-33 33 12 25' 1" 19' 11" 17' 5" 15' 1" 13' 7" 11' 6" 13' 1" 12' 4" 10' 5" 11' 8" 11' 6" 9' 8" 10' 8" 10' 8" 9' 1" 9' 10"e 9' 10"e 8' 8" 9' 3"e 9' 3"e 8' 3"e 8' 3"e 8' 3"e 7' 8"e 16 22' 7" 18' 1" 15' 10" 13' 1" 12' 4" 10' 5" 11' 4" 11' 3" 9' 6" 10' 1"e 10' 1"e 8' 9" 9' 3"e 9' 3"e 8' 3"e 8' 7"e 8' 7"e 7' 10"e 8' 0"e 8' 0"e 7' 6"e 7' 2"e 7' 2"e 7' 0"e 24 18' 6" 15' 10" 13' 10" 10' 8" 10' 8" 9' 1" 9' 3"e 9' 3"e 8' 3"e 8' 3"e 8' 3"e 7' 8"e 7' 6"e 7' 6"e 7' 3"e 7' 0"e 7' 0"e 6' 10"e 6' 6"e 6' 6"e 6' 6"e 5' 10"e 5' 10"e 5' 10"e 400S162-33 33 12 26' 3" 20' 10" 18' 3" 16' 2" 14' 3" 12' 0" 14' 0" 12' 11" 10' 11" 12' 7" 12' 0" 10' 1" 11' 5"e 11' 4"e 9' 6" 10' 7"e 10' 7"e 9' 1" 9' 11"e 9' 11"e 8' 8"e 8' 10"e 8' 10"e 8' 0"e 16 23' 11" 18' 11" 16' 7" 14' 0" 12' 11" 10' 11" 12' 2" 11' 9" 9' 11" 10' 10"e 10' 10"e 9' 2" 9' 11"e 9' 11"e 8' 8"e 9' 2"e 9' 2"e 8' 3"e 8' 7"e 8' 7"e 7' 10"e 7' 8"e 7' 8"e 7' 4"e 24 19' 10" 16' 7" 14' 6" 11' 5"e 11' 4"e 9' 6" 9' 11"e 9' 11"e 8' 8"e 8' 10"e 8' 10"e 8' 0"e 8' 1"e 8' 1"e 7' 7"e 7' 6"e 7' 6"e 7' 2"e 7' 0"e 7' 0"e 6' 10"e 6' 3"e 6' 3"e 6' 3"e 400S200-33 33 12 27' 9" 22' 0" 19' 3" 17' 0" 15' 0" 12' 8" 14' 9" 13' 8" 11' 6" 13' 2"e 12' 8" 10' 8" 12' 0"e 11' 11"e 10' 1" 11' 1"e 11' 1"e 9' 7"e 10' 5"e 10' 5"e 9' 2"e 9' 4"e 9' 4"e 8' 6"e 16 25' 2" 20' 0" 17' 6" 14' 9" 13' 8" 11' 6" 12' 9"e 12' 5"e 10' 5" 11' 5"e 11' 5"e 9' 8" 10' 5"e 10' 5"e 9' 2"e 9' 8"e 9' 8"e 8' 8"e 9' 0"e 9' 0"e 8' 4"e 8' 1"e 8' 1"e 7' 8"e 24 20' 10" 17' 6" 15' 3" 12' 0"e 11' 11"e 10' 1" 10' 5"e 10' 5"e 9' 2"e 9' 4"e 9' 4"e 8' 6"e 8' 6"e 8' 6"e 8' 0"e 7' 10"e 7' 10"e 7' 7"e 7' 4"e 7' 4"e 7' 3"e 6' 7"e 6' 7"e 6' 7"e "e" web stiffeners required at ends. 1. Listed span for "Double Span" tables is the distance from either end to the center of interior support, with the stud continuous past the interior support. 2. Listed wind pressures represent calculated designed wind pressure (1.0 W based on 2009 or 0.6 W based on 2012 IBC or later ASD load combinations). For deflection calculations, listed wind pressures have been reduced by 0.70 as allowed by IBC. The 5 psf pressure has not been reduced for deflection checks. 3. Studs must be braced against rotation and lateral movement at all supports. See typical bracing details on page 61. 4. Studs are assumed to be adequately braced at a maximum spacing of L u to develop full allowable moment. 5. Web crippling check is based on 1" of bearing at end supports and 3" of bearing at interior support. 6. Shear and web crippling capacity at end supports have not been reduced for punchouts. Shear and web crippling capacity at interior support have been reduced for the presence of punchout adjacent to the support. 7. Combined bending and shear check at interior support is based on unreinforced web per AISI S100 (Eq. C3.3.1-1). Shear capacity and combined bending and shear check at interior support have been reduced for the presence of punchouts adjacent to support. 8. See page 5 for additional table notes. 2 Walls fully sheathed each side for full stud height, per A102 JOB NO. PROJECT SUBJECT PAGE NO. DATE ENGR INITIALS 3 Per ICC ESR-2269 (Hilti X-U Shot Pins) www.SSMA.com70 Copyright © 2022 by the SSMA Table Notes Allowable Screw Connection Capacity (lbs) Thickness (Mils)Design Thickness Fy Yield (ksi) Fu Tensile (ksi) #6 Screw #8 Screw #10 Screw #12 Screw ¼" Screw (Pss = 643 lbs, Pts = 419 lbs)(Pss= 1278 lbs, Pts = 586 lbs)(Pss= 1644 lbs, Pts = 1158 lbs)(Pss= 2330 lbs, Pts = 2325 lbs)(Pss= 3048 lbs, Pts = 3201 lbs) 0.138" dia, 0.272" Head 0.164" dia, 0.272" Head 0.190" dia, 0.340" Head 0.216" dia, 0.340" Head 0.250" dia, 0.409" Head Shear Pull-Out Pull-Over Shear Pull-Out Pull-Over Shear Pull-Out Pull-Over Shear Pull-Out Pull-Over Shear Pull-Out Pull-Over 18 0.0188 33 33 44 24 84 48 29 84 52 33 105 55 38 105 60 44 127270.0283 33 33 82 37 127 89 43 127 96 50 159 102 57 159 110 66 191300.0312 33 33 95 40 140 103 48 140 111 55 175 118 63 175 127 73 211 33 0.0346 33 45 151 61 140 164 72 195 177 84 265 188 95 265 203 110 318430.0451 33 45 214 79 140 244 94 195 263 109 345 280 124 345 302 144 415 54 0.0566 33 45 214 100 140 344 118 195 370 137 386 394 156 433 424 180 521 68 0.0713 33 45 214 125 140 426 149 195 523 173 386 557 196 545 600 227 656 97 0.1017 33 45 214 140 140 426 195 195 548 246 386 777 280 775 1,016 324 9361180.1242 33 45 214 140 140 426 195 195 548 301 386 777 342 775 1,016 396 1,067 54 0.0566 50 65 214 140 140 426 171 195 534 198 386 569 225 625 613 261 752680.0713 50 65 214 140 140 426 195 195 548 249 386 777 284 775 866 328 948970.1017 50 65 214 140 140 426 195 195 548 356 386 777 405 775 1,016 468 1,0671180.1242 50 65 214 140 140 426 195 195 548 386 386 777 494 775 1,016 572 1,067 Allowable Weld Capacity (lbs / in) Thickness (Mils)Design Thickness Fy Yield (ksi) Fu Tensile (ksi) Fillet Welds Flare Groove Welds Longitudinal Transverse Longitudinal Transverse 43 0.0451 33 45 499 864 544 663540.0566 33 45 626 1084 682 832680.0713 33 45 789 1365 859 1048970.1017 33 45 1125 1269 - 1 - 1 54 0.0566 50 65 905 1566 985 1202680.0713 50 65 1140 1972 1241 1514970.1017 50 65 1269 1269 - 1 - 1 Screw and Weld Capacities Weld Capacities Screw Capacities Table Notes 1. Capacities based on AISI S100 Section E4. 2. When connecting materials of different steel thicknesses or tensile strengths, use the lowest values. Tabulated values assume two sheets of equal thickness are connected. 3. Capacities are based on Allowable Strength Design (ASD) and include safety factor of 3.0. 4. Where multiple fasteners are used, screws are assumed to have a center-to-center spacing of at least 3 times the nominal diameter (d). 5. Screws are assumed to have a center-of-screw to edge-of-steel dimension of at least 1.5 times the nominal diameter (d) of the screw. 6. Pull-out capacity is based on the lesser of pull-out capacity in sheet closest to screw tip or tension strength of screw. 7. Pull-over capacity is based on the lesser of pull-over capacity for sheet closest to screw header or tension strength of screw. 8. Values are for pure shear or tension loads. See AISI Section E4.5 for combined shear and pull-over. 9. Screw Shear (Pss), tension (Pts), diameter, and head diameter are from CFSEI Tech Note (F701-12). 10. Screw shear strength is the average value, and tension strength is the lowest value listed in CFSEI Tech Note (F701-12). 11. Higher values for screw strength (Pss, Pts), may be obtained by specifying screws from a specific manufacturer. 1. Capacities based on the AISI S100 Specification Sections E2.4 for fillet welds and E2.5 for flare groove welds. 2. When connecting materials of different steel thicknesses or tensile strengths, use the lowest values. 3. Capacities are based on Allowable Strength Design (ASD). 4. Weld capacities are based on E60 electrodes. For material thinner than 68 mil, 0.030" to 0.035" diameter wire electrodes may provide best results. 5. Longitudinal capacity is considered to be loading in the direction of the length of the weld. 6. Transverse capacity is loading in perpendicular direction of the length of the weld. 7. For flare groove welds, the effective throat of weld is conservatively assumed to be less than 2t. 8. For longitudinal fillet welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.4-1, E2.4-2, and E2.4-4 was used. 9. For transverse fillet welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.4-3 and E2.4-4 was used. 10. For longitudinal flare groove welds, a minimum value of EQ E2.5-2 and E2.5-3 was used. 1Weld capacity for material thickness greater than 0.10” requires engineering judgment to determine leg of welds, W1 and W2. 4 Detail Report: M1 Load Combination:LC 1: 1.0E Code check:0.214 (axial/bending) y z y z x Input Data Shape:362S162-33 Member Type:Beam Length (ft):8.5 Material Type:Cold Formed Steel Design Rule:Typical Internal Sections:97 Design Code:AISI S100-20: ASD I Node:N1 J Node:N2 I Release:Fixed J Release:Fixed I Offset:N/A J Offset:N/A T/C Only:Both Way Material Properties Material:A653 SS Gr33 E (ksi):29500 G (ksi):11346 Nu:0.3 Therm. Coeff. (/1E5 F):0.65 Density (k/ft ):3 0.49 Fy (ksi):33 Fu (ksi):45 Shape Properties D (in):3.625 B (in):1.625 t (in):0.035 R (in):0.076 d (in):0.5 Iyy (in ):4 0.099 Izz (in ):4 0.551 Area (in ):2 0.262 J (in ):4 0.000105 Cw (in ):6 0.297 ro (in):2.05 Xc (in):0.52 m (in):0.789 j (in):2.12 rz (in):1.45 ry (in):0.616 x0 (in):-1.31 Se,z (in ):3 0.304 Set,z (in ):3 0.292 Sf,z (in ):3 0.304 Sfy,z (in ):3 0.304 Se,y (in ):3 0.091 Set,y (in ):3 0.091 Sf,y (in ):3 0.091 Sfy,y (in ):3 0.185 Design Properties Lb y-y (ft):8.5 Lb z-z (ft):8.5 L :comp top Lbyy Lcomp bot (ft):8.5 C :b 1 C :m y-y 0.6 C :m z-z 0.6 K :y-y 1 K :z-z 1 R:N/A y sway:No z sway:No a:N/A Function:Lateral Max Defl Ratio:L/10000 Max Defl Location:0 Span:N/A M1 N1 N2 RISA-3D Version 22 [ Soffit Brace.r3d ] Page 1 Company Designer Job Number Model Name : : : : BWE JD 5 y Deflection (in) Diagrams: z Deflection (in) 0.212 at 0 ft Axial Force (k)y Shear Force (k)z Shear Force (k) Torsion (k-ft)y-y Moment (k-ft)z-z Moment (k-ft) 0.809 at 0 ft Axial Stress (ksi)Bending Compression Stress (ksi)Bending Tension Stress (ksi) AISI S100-20: ASD Code Check Limit State Required Available Unity Check Result Applied Loading - Bending/Axial - -- - Applied Loading - Shear + Torsion - -- - Axial Tension Analysis 0 k 5.177 k - - Axial Compression Analysis 0.212 k 0.99 k - - Flexural Analysis (Strong Axis)0 k-ft 0.256 k-ft - - Flexural Analysis (Weak Axis)0 k-ft 0.103 k-ft - - Shear Analysis (Major Axis y)0 k 1.024 k 0 PASS Shear Analysis (Minor Axis z)0 k 1.201 k 0 PASS Bending & Axial Interaction Check (UC Bending Max)- -0.214 PASS RISA-3D Version 22 [ Soffit Brace.r3d ] Page 2 Company Designer Job Number Model Name : : : : BWE JD 6 compression capacity Company:BWE Date:2/11/2026 Engineer:JD Page:1/5 Project:Nothing Bundt Cakes Santa Ana Address: Phone: E-mail: Anchor Designer™ Software Version 3.1.2303.1 1.Project information Customer company: Customer contact name: Customer e-mail: Comment: Project description: SKB anchorage Location: Fastening description: 2. Input Data & Anchor Parameters General Design method:ACI 318-19 Units: Imperial units Anchor Information: Anchor type: Concrete screw Material: Carbon Steel Diameter (inch): 0.250 Nominal Embedment depth (inch): 2.500 Effective Embedment depth, hef (inch): 1.940 Code report: ICC-ES ESR-2713 Anchor category: 1 Anchor ductility: No hmin (inch): 3.50 cac (inch): 6.00 Cmin (inch): 1.50 Smin (inch): 1.50 Base Material Concrete: Normal-weight Concrete thickness, h (inch): 4.00 State: Cracked Compressive strength, f’c (psi): 2500 Ψc,V: 1.0 Reinforcement condition: Supplementary reinforcement not present Supplemental edge reinforcement: Not applicable Reinforcement provided at corners: No Ignore concrete breakout in tension: No Ignore concrete breakout in shear: No Ignore 6do requirement: Not applicable Build-up grout pad: No Base Plate Length x Width x Thickness (inch): 3.50 x 5.00 x 0.25 Recommended Anchor Anchor Name: Titen HD® - 1/4"Ø Titen HD, hnom:2.5" (64mm) Code Report: ICC-ES ESR-2713 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 7 Company:BWE Date:2/11/2026 Engineer:JD Page:2/5 Project:Nothing Bundt Cakes Santa Ana Address: Phone: E-mail: Anchor Designer™ Software Version 3.1.2303.1 Load and Geometry Load factor source: ACI 318 Section 5.3 Load combination: not set Seismic design: No Anchors subjected to sustained tension: Not applicable Apply entire shear load at front row: No Anchors only resisting wind and/or seismic loads: No Strength level loads: Nua [lb]: 0 Vuax [lb]: 133 Vuay [lb]: 0 Mux [ft-lb]: 0 Muy [ft-lb]: 447 Muz [ft-lb]: 0 <Figure 1> Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 8 Wall height = 6'-8" SKB Post Spacing = 4'-0" w = 5psf * 4' = 20plf V = 20 * 6.67' = 133# M = 20 * 6.67^2 / 2 = 445 #-ft Company:BWE Date:2/11/2026 Engineer:JD Page:3/5 Project:Nothing Bundt Cakes Santa Ana Address: Phone: E-mail: Anchor Designer™ Software Version 3.1.2303.1 <Figure 2> Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 9 Company:BWE Date:2/11/2026 Engineer:JD Page:4/5 Project:Nothing Bundt Cakes Santa Ana Address: Phone: E-mail: Anchor Designer™ Software Version 3.1.2303.1 3. Resulting Anchor Forces Anchor Tension load, Nua (lb) Shear load x, Vuax (lb) Shear load y, Vuay (lb) Shear load combined, √(Vuax)²+(Vuay)² (lb) 1 0.0 33.3 0.0 33.3 2 0.0 33.3 0.0 33.3 3 987.0 33.3 0.0 33.3 4 987.0 33.3 0.0 33.3 Sum 1974.0 133.0 0.0 133.0 Maximum concrete compression strain (‰): 0.21 Maximum concrete compression stress (psi): 922 Resultant tension force (lb): 1974 Resultant compression force (lb): 1974 Eccentricity of resultant tension forces in x-axis, e'Nx (inch): 0.00 Eccentricity of resultant tension forces in y-axis, e'Ny (inch): 0.00 Eccentricity of resultant shear forces in x-axis, e'Vx (inch): 0.00 Eccentricity of resultant shear forces in y-axis, e'Vy (inch): 0.00 <Figure 3> 4. Steel Strength of Anchor in Tension (Sec. 17.6.1) Nsa (lb)Nsa (lb) 5195 0.65 3377 5. Concrete Breakout Strength of Anchor in Tension (Sec. 17.6.2) Nb = kc a f’chef1.5 (Eq. 17.6.2.2.1) kc a f’c (psi)hef (in)Nb (lb) 17.0 1.00 2500 1.940 2297 Ncbg =(ANc / ANco)ec,N ed,N c,N cp,NNb (Sec. 17.5.1.2 & Eq. 17.6.2.1a) ANc (in2)ANco (in2)ca,min (in)ec,N ed,N c,N cp,N Nb (lb)Ncbg (lb) 57.15 33.87 - 1.000 1.000 1.00 1.000 2297 0.65 2519 6. Pullout Strength of Anchor in Tension (Sec. 17.6.3) Npn =c,P aNp(f’c /2,500)n (Sec. 17.5.1.2, Eq. 17.6.3.1 & Code Report) c,P a Np (lb)f’c (psi)n Npn (lb) 1.0 1.00 1905 2500 0.50 0.65 1238 Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 10 Company:BWE Date:2/11/2026 Engineer:JD Page:5/5 Project:Nothing Bundt Cakes Santa Ana Address: Phone: E-mail: Anchor Designer™ Software Version 3.1.2303.1 8. Steel Strength of Anchor in Shear (Sec. 17.7.1) Vsa (lb)grout grout Vsa (lb) 2020 1.0 0.60 1212 10. Concrete Pryout Strength of Anchor in Shear (Sec. 17.7.3) Vcpg =kcpNcbg =kcp(ANc / ANco)ec,N ed,N c,N cp,NNb (Sec. 17.5.1.2 & Eq. 17.7.3.1b) kcp ANc (in2)ANco (in2)ec,N ed,N c,N cp,N Nb (lb)Vcpg (lb) 1.0 81.70 33.87 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 2297 0.70 3878 11. Results Interaction of Tensile and Shear Forces (Sec. 17.8) Tension Factored Load, Nua (lb)Design Strength, øNn (lb)Ratio Status Steel 987 3377 0.29 Pass Concrete breakout 1974 2519 0.78 Pass Pullout 987 1238 0.80 Pass (Governs) Shear Factored Load, Vua (lb)Design Strength, øVn (lb)Ratio Status Steel 33 1212 0.03 Pass Pryout 133 3878 0.03 Pass (Governs) Interaction check Nua/Nn Vua/Vn Combined Ratio Permissible Status Sec. 17.8.1 0.80 0.00 79.7% 1.0 Pass 1/4"Ø Titen HD, hnom:2.5" (64mm) meets the selected design criteria. 12. Warnings - Designer must exercise own judgement to determine if this design is suitable. - Refer to manufacturer’s product literature for hole cleaning and installation instructions. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing circumstances, the standards and guidelines must be checked for plausibility. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925.560.9000 Fax: 925.847.3871 www.strongtie.com 11 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 01/05/2026 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 LOW VOLTAGE BELL EXHAUST FAN 1 LAMP STRIPLIGHT LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING PANEL 20A, 1P, 125V, DEDICATED GROUNDING TYPE DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE INCANDESCENT FIXTURE. TYPE `G'. CIRCUIT #11. SWITCH a. 12" ABOVE FLOOR LINE OF AREA WHERE SHOWN FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. R = EXISTING RELOCATED 20A, 1P, 125V, GROUNDING TYPE DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE UNFUSED SAFETY SWITCH (SWITCH AMPS) FUSED SAFETY SWITCH (SWICH AMPS / FUSE AMPS)30A/20A 30A +12" LV 11a B CONDUIT DOWN HOME RUN JUNCTION BOX CONDUIT IN CEILING OR WALL 2 #12 THWN-CU 3 #12 THWN-CU IN 1/2" CONDUIT (2 CIR. & 1 NEUTRAL WIRES) 4 #12 THWN-CU IN 3/4" CONDUIT (3 CIR. & 1 NEUTRAL WIRES) 3 #12 THWN-CU IN 1/2" CONDUIT (1 CIR. WITH DEDICATED GND) 20A, 1P, 125V, GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, 20A, 1P, 125V, DEDICATED GROUNDING TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE CONDUIT BELOW FLOOR CONDUIT UP +2" UNLESS NOTED 20A, 1P, 125V, GFCI TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION F SD D FIRE ALARM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY BALLAST. NL = NIGHT LIGHT WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHT. R = EXISTING RELOCATED NL R R R E = EXISTING; R = EXISTING RELOCATED E POWER PANEL ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND GFCI 20A, 1P, 125V, GFCI TYPE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE GFCI SYMBOLS LEGEND NOTES: NOT ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN IN THIS LEGND MAY APPEAR ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE CEILINGS DO NOT EXIST TO STUB CONDUITS ABOVE FOR LOW VOLTAGE, CONDUITS SHALL BE STUBBED UP TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. IN FINISHED AREAS, PROVIDE COMPLETE CONDUIT PATHWAYS, INCLUDING PULL-BOXES UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. WHERE HARD INACCESSIBLE CEILING EXIST, PROVIDE COMPLETE CONTINUOUS CONDUIT PATHWAYS, INCLUDING PULL-BOXES AND ACCESS PANELS FOR LOW VOLTAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. PROVIDE CONDUIT SLEEVES TRAVERSING OVER INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS BETWEEN AREAS WITH ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AS REQUIRED. VERIFY JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS ARE WITHIN REACH OF THE ACCESS PANEL AND CAN BE ACCESSIBLE PER NEC AND LOCAL CODES. 1. 2. 3. +144" +18" +24" +26" +48" CEILING +48" +48" 1 @ +36" +18" +6" +18" +84" PHOTOCELLS RECEPTACLES/OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) RECEPTACLES (EXTERIOR) RECEPTACLES/OUTLETS (GARAGE) RECEPTACLES (EQUIPMENT ROOMS) REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (EQUIP RMS) REMOTE INDICATING LIGHT (FINISHED AREAS) SAFETY SWITCHES STARTERS SWITCHES (CENTERLINE) TELEPHONES (PUBLIC) TELEPHONES (PUBLIC) TELEPHYONE DATA OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD (BOTTOM) TELEVISION OUTLETS VISIBLE APPLIANCES (CENTERLINE) +84" +48" +48" +84" +48" +60" +120" +60" +36" +48" +72" AUDIBLE APPLIANCE ALARMS ANNUNCIATOR PANELS CLOCK OUTLETS (CENTERLINE) CONTROLS (CENTERLINE) EXIT SIGNS (WALL MOUNTED TO BOTTOM) FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL FIRE ALARM BELL (EXTERIOR) FIRE ALARM PANEL / UNIT INTERCOM (AREA ONLY) INTERCOMS PANELS/PANEL BOARDS (TOP) PULL STATIONS (HANDLE) STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS AFF DESCRIPTION AFF DESCRIPTION +80" +48" +48" +48" 1 @ +48" SYMBOL DESCRIPTION GENERAL SYMBOLS LEGEND ## ## ## MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFACTION TAG (TOP ## = EQUIPMENT TYPE, BOTTOM ## = EQUIPMENT NUMBER) KEYED NOTE TAG NUMBER ###DOOR NUMBER TAG DETAIL TAG (DET = DETAIL NUMBER, SHEET = SHEET DETAIL IS FOUND ON)DET SHEET DETAIL TAG (ELEV = ELEVATION NUMBER, SHEET = SHEET DETAIL IS FOUND ON)ELEV SHEET GENERAL NOTES: ALL WIRING LAYOUTS, PIPING LAYOUTS AND DUCT LAYOUTS ARE SCHEMATIC. EXACT LOCATIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONSTRUCTION AND AND STRUCTURE OF THE BUILDING AND SHALL BE VERIFIED AND COORDINATED IN THE FIELD. EACH TRADE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR THAT HE HAS THOROUGHLY REVIEWED AND COORDINATED ALL LOCATIONS AND ROUTINGS WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF CONDUITS, DUCTS, OR PIPING, AND THE START OF INSTALLATION OF SAME (INCLUDING SPRINKLER PIPING WHEN PRESENT IN A JOB). ANY INSTALLATION OR CONSTRUCTION CONFLICTS WHICH OCCUR IN THE FIELD SHALL BE RESOLVED BY THE TRADE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND/OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR OWNER PRIOR T BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTOR'S COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. 1. 2. 3. DEMOLITION NOTES: IN EVERY INSTANCE OF DEMOLITION AND/OR REMODELING, THE ELECTRICAL SHALL FIGURE A COMPLETE JOB AS NONE OTHER SHALL BE ACCEPTED. THE DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED ONLY AS A GUIDELINE FOR DEMOLITION. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING TO VERIFY ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE JOB AND INCLUDE THE COST OF SUCH WORK IN HIS BID. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN EXISTING SERVICES TO AND IN THE EXISTING AREA AS REQUIRED. IF NECESSARY, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE IN THE EXISTING AREAS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELECTRIC SERVICE TO ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED AS A RESULT OF THE REMODELING. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETE INCLUDING CONDUIT AND WIRE. FLUSH MOUNTED WALL OUTLETS SHALL BE BLANKED-FF WITH A COVERPLATE. COVERPLATE COLOR SHALL BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. ANY EXISTING CONDUIT, WIRING AND/OR ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DEVICES BEING DISTURBED BY THE WORK SHALL BE REWORKED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED TO RETURN TO ITS FORMER EXISTING OPERATING CONDITION. ANY CIRCUITS FEEDING THROUGH DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT BEING RELOCATED, REWORKED, OR ABANDONED AND SERVING OTHER ELECTRICAL DEVICE, AND/OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY PROVIDING J-BOXES OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE METHOD AS REQUIRED. ALL WALLS, CEILING, FLOORS, ETC. BEING DISTURBED BY THE WORK SHALL BE RETURNED TO FINISHED CONDITIONS TO MATCH EXISTING BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND HE SHALL DO HIS OWN CUTTING AND PATCHING AS NECESSARY UNDER HIS CONTRACT. THE EXISTING MATERIALS SHALL BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. IF NOT REQUIRED BY OWNER, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE THESE MATERIALS FROM THE PREMISES. NO CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING OR CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN 1-1/2" OF THE LOWEST POINT OF THE UNDERSIDE OF THE ROOF DECKING, NOR SHALL THEY BE INSTALLED CONCEALED WITHIN METAL-CORRUGATED ROOF DECKING. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT, BOXES, WIRING, AND CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. ALL CONDUIT AND CABLING SHALL BE PROPERLY SUPPORTED AS REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO REPLACE AND/OR REWORK EXISTING CONDUIT AND/OR CABLING THAT IS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLAB ON GRADE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE PRIOR TO CUTTING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL THE CONTRACTOR CUT A STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB THICKER THAN FOUR INCHES (4") WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ENGINEER OF RECORD. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF RECORD OF ANY SLAB THICKNESS GREATER THAN FOUR INCHES (4") PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY SAW CUTTING. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. ROUGH-IN NOTES: ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS SHOWN ON SHEET E2.0 ARE FOR FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED AS FURNISHED BY THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FOR ANY ADDITIONAL CONVENIENCE OUTLETS, SEE OTHER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS & REQUIREMENTS. ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE FROM COLUMN CENTERLINE AND/OR ROUGH WALLS. ELEVATIONS GIVEN ARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET. ALL ROUGH-INS SHOWN ARE TO BE RUN INSIDE WALLS, (EXCEPT STUB-UPS). LOCATIONS INDICATED POINT OF EXIT FROM WALLS, CEILING OR FLOOR. REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS. ELECTRICIAN TO BRANCH TO CONNECTION WHERE REQUIRED AND TO CONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES AND INSTALL ANY INTERNAL WIRING REQUIRED IN THE FIXTURE INCLUDING INTER-WIRING TO APPLIANCES AS REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFICATIONS AND/OR EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED BEFORE ELECTRICAL ROUGH-INS. ALL ELECTRICAL COVER PLATES IN BUILDING STRUCTURE ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY THE ELECTRICIAN, WITH RECEPTACLE. ALL MAIN BREAKER PANELS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES REQUIRED BY OTHER ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED THE ELECTRICAL LOADS SPECIFIED ARE THE CONNECTED LOADS, FUSE OR CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE TO BE DETERMINED ACCORDINGLY, BASED UPON APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS. OMISSIONS OR ERRORS IN THE SCHEDULE DO NO RELIEVE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLETE AND CORRECT FINAL CONNECTION RESPONSIBILITY. REVIEW OF EQUIPMENT BROCHURE BOOK AND SHOP DRAWINGS WILL ASSURE CORRECTNESS OF THIS WORK. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL SWITCHES, STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. FOR ALL EQUIPMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL DISCONNECTS OR LOCK-OUT DEVICES, STARTERS, ETC. TO MEET N.E.C. AND O.S.H.A. STANDARDS. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUNDER PER N.E.C. AND O.S.H.A. AND TO HAVE NO GROUND FAULT PROTECTION, EXCEPT WHEN OUTLET OCCURS WITHIN 6'-0" OF A SINK. RECEPTACLES WITHIN KITCHEN, AND PREP AREAS SHALL HAVE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION (GFCI). ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING AND ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR REMOTE REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS FOR WALK-IN BOXES, ALSO COORDINATE LOCATION FOR SERVICE WITH THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WRAP AROUND HEATER CABLE ON ALL EVAPORATOR DRAIN LINES IN WALK-IN FREEZERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL ALL LIGHTS IN WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER AS REQUIRED, THRU DOOR SWITCH. ALL THREE (3) PHASE POWER CONNECTIONS TO BE ON A FOUR (4) WIRE SYSTEM, AND ALL SINGLE (1) PHASE POWER CONNECTIONS TO BE ON A THREE (3) WIRE SYSTEM, UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. ALL WORK, RELATING TO THE INSTALLATION & HOOKUP OF THE SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT, IS TO BE MET WITH ALL OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE SERVICE TO LOCATIONS & EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE A 4"X4" OUTLET BOX AND OUTLETS WITH 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING WITH PULL CORD FOR EACH TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET. ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE FULLY INSTALLED TESTED FOR POLARITY AND IN WORKING ORDER AS PART OF FINISH-OUT ELECTRICIAN'S SCOPE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH OWNER/SECURITY VENDOR WHETHER SECURITY J-BOXES REQUIRE HARDWIRING OF CEILING MOUNTED CAMERAS OR RECEPTACLES FOR THE CAMERAS TO PLUG INTO. SECURITY J-BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH MOUNTED TO CEILING. J-BOX/RECEPTACLE FACE PLATES IN CEILING SHALL BE WHITE, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. FURROUT WALLS FOR ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING AS NEEDED OR REQUIRED BY LANDLORD FOR ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING CONNECTIONS. ELECTRICAL COVER PLATES TO BE WHITE WHEN LOCATED ON PAINTED "YELLOW" WALLS IN FRONT OF HOUSE AND BROWN WHEN LOCATED ON "BROWN" WALLS IN FRONT OF HOUSE. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. GENERAL NOTES: FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE MADE WITH GREENFIELD FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE 6'-0". REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES. CONTRACTORS TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF LIGHTING, SPEAKERS, AIR DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, SPRINKLER HEADS & THE LIKE, WITH REFLECTED CEILING LAY-OUTS AS REQUIRED & DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, & THE LIKE, MUST BE GROUNDED BY USE OF A PROPERLY SIZED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL BONDS OF THE METALLIC RACEWAY SYSTEM SHALL ALSO BE MAINTAINED. REFER TO MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECT SWITCH ASSOCIATED WITH EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH RESPECTIVE CONTRACTOR AND INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC. REFER TO DIVISION 15 (21, 22 & 23) SPECIFICATIONS, HVAC, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK REQUIREMENTS & COORDINATION. ALL RECEPTACLES SHOWN BACK-TO-BACK IN WALLS SHALL BE SEPARATED HORIZONTALLY BY 8" MINIMUM. WHERE OPEN WIRING METHODS FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS ARE PERMITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND LOCAL AUTHORITY, THE CONDUCTOR INSULATION MUST BE PLENUM RATED. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR SIZES (& CONDUITS) SHALL BE INCREASED FROM THOSE INDICATED ON THE PLANS TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROP. BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH WIRES OF SUFFICIENT SIZE SO THAT VOLTAGE DROP BETWEEN THE PANEL & THE LOADS DO NOT EXCEED A LIMIT OF 3%. REGARDLESS OF THE TEMPERATURE RATING OF THE CONDUCTOR INSULATION, ALL CONDUCTOR AMPACITY RATINGS FOR THIS PROJECT SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE 75°C CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATINGS INDICATED IN THE NEC TABLES. WHERE EQUIPMENT OR DEVICES ARE PROVIDED WITH TERMINALS/LUGS RATED FOR 60°C, THE AMPACITY RATING OF THE 75°C CONDUCTOR SHALL BE LIMITED TO ITS ASSOCIATED 60°C RATING AS INDICATED IN THE NEC TABLES. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INCREASE THE CONDUCTORS AND CONDUIT SIZE AS REQUIRED. ALL 120V BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEPARATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. SHARED NEUTRALS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR MULTI-CIRCUIT INSTALLATIONS. WHERE MULTIPLE CIRCUITS ARE RUN IN A COMMON RACEWAY, THE AMPACITY OF THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROPERLY DERATED & CONDUIT SHALL BE SIZED PER CODE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL MORE THAN SIX (6) CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS BE RUN IN A SINGLE CONDUIT. REFERENCE NEC ARTICLE AND TABLE 310.15(B)(3)(A). ALL CONDUITS SHALL CONTAIN A GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC TABLE #250.122. IN ADDITION, WHERE AN ISOLATED, INSULATED GROUND IS REQUIRED, A SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTOR WITH GREEN INSULATION SHALL BE RUN FROM THE PANEL GROUND BUS TO THE ISOLATED GROUND CONNECTION OF THE DEVICE. IN NO CASE SHALL THE SYSTEM GROUND (CONDUCTOR & ASSOCIATED OUTLET BOXES, CONDUIT & BUILDING STEEL) BE ALLOWED TO CONTACT THE ISOLATED GROUND (CONDUCTOR & DEVICE). WHERE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS ARE INCREASED IN SIZE FOR ANY REASON (I.E. VOLTAGE DROP, DERATING, ETC.), THE GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED PROPORTIONATELY (ACCORDING TO CIRCULAR MIL AREA) FROM THE SIZE REQUIRED BY NEC TABLE #250.122. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, SPECIAL SYSTEMS AND OWNER EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED BY OTHERS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND COORDINATED WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. OBTAIN EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS FROM INSTALLER/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR/OWNER FURNISHING EQUIPMENT, AS REQUIRED, FOR REVIEW AND COORDINATION. CONTACT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL ACCESS PANELS, AS REQUIRED FOR SERVICING AND TESTING, FOR EQUIPMENT AND/OR DEVICES FURNISHED UNDER HIS CONTRACT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ACCESS PANELS. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF EACH ACCESS PANEL WITH THE ARCHITECT AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL CUTTING, TRENCHING AND PATCHING ASSOCIATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. ALL PENETRATIONS IN OR THROUGH FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE FIRE-STOPPED USING A UL APPROVED METHOD. FURNISH AND INSTALL UL LISTED FIRE RATED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUCH AS BOXES, PUTTY PADS, ENDOTHERMIC MAT, LIGHT FIXTURES WITH RATED ENCLOSURES, ETC… TO COMPLY WITH CODE FOR PROJECT CONDITIONS. FURNISH AND INSTALL SLEEVES, WHERE REQUIRED. UL APPROVED METHOD FOR FIRE STOPPING SHALL MEET OR EXCEED FIRE RATING OF STRUCTURE BEING PENETRATED. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR FIRE RATED STRUCTURES. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES FOR THIS PROJECT MUST BE UL LISTED. DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALL WORK SHOWN SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL NATIONAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, ORDINANCES, ETC. EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS SHALL HAVE THEIR OWN SELF-CONTAINED STANDBY BATTERY POWER SUPPLY. IF LOCAL CODE REQUIRES A DIRECT TAP BEFORE ANY CIRCUIT BREAKERS THEN INCORPORATE INTO THE FEEDER DIAGRAM. PROVIDE EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO MEET THE REQUIRED FOOT CANDLE LEVEL PER LOCAL CODE. LUMINAIRES INSTALLED IN CONTINUOUS ROWS SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A CONDUCTOR ROUTED FROM LUMINAIRE TO LUMINAIRE, MOUNTED TO EACH WITH GROUNDING LUG OR SCREW. ALIGNING CLIPS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. LUMINAIRE GROUNDING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, ARTICLE 410-21. CEILING LIGHTS ARE TO BE WIRED TO THE BAR JOIST MEMBERS AT THE DIAGONAL CORNERS. COORDINATE LIGHTING WITH SPRINKLER & MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. ALL RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES SHALL HAVE TWO (2) REVOLUTIONS OF ELECTRICAL TAPE (SCOTCH 33+) OVER ALL THE TERMINALS, TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL CONTACT WITH THE JUNCTION BOX OR OUTLET BOX. CONDUIT SIZE TO BE PER NEC. PVC CONDUIT AND FITTINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE ONLY BELOW SUBBASE MATERIAL OF GROUND BEARING FLOOR SLABS WHERE SUCH USE IS ACCEPTABLE TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. CONDUIT SHALL BE ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT), RIGID STEEL (SIZE PER NEC), OR MC CABLE WHERE ALLOWED BY CODE WHERE MC CABLE IS USED, PROPER SECUREMENT AND SUPPORT (AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 6 FEET) SHALL BE FOLLOWED PER NEC ART. 330. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND CONDUIT STUB-UP ABOVE CEILING FOR ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLING. FIELD COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF OUTLETS AS DETERMINED BY THE ACTUAL FURNITURE LAY OUT. VERIFY WITH FIXTURE PLAN. COORDINATE WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES FOR ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN ON DETAILS (I.E. ROOF-TOP UNITS, UNIT HEATERS, FANS, ETC.). E.C. IS TO VERIFY WITH LOCAL AHJ FOR REQUIREMENT OF EXTERIOR EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTING AND ADJUST BID TO INCORPORATE AS NEEDED. A.I.C OF PANELS AND SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT IS BASED ON TYPICAL TRANSFORMER SPECIFICATIONS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT UTILITY A.I.C RATING AND MAKE EQUIPMENT ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE FIELD AT NO EXTRA COST TO OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY FIELD CHANGES BASED ON UTILITY EQUIPMENT DATA. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. MANUAL OTOR STARTER TOGGLE SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION - TYPE AND RATING PER EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED. PROVIDE ENCLOSURE WITH LOCK-OUT ACCESSORY. THERMAL OVERLOADS SIZED PER S M EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE RATING. E-000 ELECTRICAL NOTES, SYMBOLS, & LEGENDS DATA/TELEPHONE OUTLET ROUGH-IN @ +18" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - 2-GANG BOX WITH MUD RING, SINGLE GANG COVER PLATE, 1"C. WITH PULL WIRE AND CONDUIT BUSHING TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING (QUANTITY OF DATA & TELEPHONE OUTLETS BY OTHERS) TELEPHONE OUTLET ROUGH-IN @ +18" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - 2-GANG BOX WITH MUD RING, SINGLE GANG COVER PLATE, 1"C. WITH PULL WIRE AND CONDUIT BUSHING TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING (QUANTITY OF TELEPHONE OUTLETS BY OTHERS) DATA OUTLET ROUGH-IN @ +18" AFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE - 2-GANG BOX WITH MUD RING, SINGLE GANG COVER PLATE, 1"C. WITH PULL WIRE AND CONDUIT BUSHING TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING (QUANTITY OF DATA OUTLETS BY OTHERS) WALL MOUNTED LIGHT SWITCH - 'a' = SWITCH DESIGNATION; MOUNT AT +48" TO WALL MOUNTED DIMMER SWITCH - 'a' = SWITCH DESIGNATION; MOUNT AT +48" TO S D WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH - 'a' = SWITCH DESIGNATION; S OS CEILING OCCUPANCY SENSOR - `a' = SWITCH DESIGNATION a a a a S MOUNT AT +48" TO CENTER CEILING MOUNTED DAYLIGHT SENSOR - `a' = SWITCH DESIGNATIONDLa CENTER CENTER WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH WITH DIMMING CAPABILITIES- S OSa 'A' = SWITCH DESIGNATION; MOUNT AT +48" TO CENTER MCB MCC MFR MIN MLO MOCP MTD N/A NF NL NRTL NTS OFCI OS P PART PDU PH/Ø PNL PNLBD PROVIDE PT QTY RCPT REF RELO RLA RTU SCCR SD SF SPDT SPST ST SWBD SWGR TBB TBD TGB TL TMGB TX TYP U/F U/G U/S UH UNO UPS VD VFD W W/ WP WR WT XPMAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MANUFACTURER MINIMUM MAIN LUGS ONLY MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MOUNTED NOT APPLICABLE NON-FUSED NIGHT LIGHT (24HR ON) NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (CSA, ETL, NSF, UL) NOT TO SCALE OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OCCUPANCY SENSOR POLE PARTIAL CIRCUIT POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT PHASE PANEL PANELBOARD FURNISH AND INSTALL POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER QUANTITY RECEPTACLE REFERENCE RELOCATE RUNNING LOAD AMPS ROOFTOP UNIT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING SMOKE DUCT DETECTOR SQUARE FEET SINGLE-POLE, DOUBLE-THROW SINGLE-POLE, SINGLE-THROW SHUNT TRIP SWITCHBOARD SWITCHGEAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS BONDING BACKBONE TO BE DETERMINED TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BUS BAR TWISTLOCK TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUND BUS BAR TRANSFORMER TYPICAL UNDERFLOOR UNDERGROUND UNDERSLAB UNIT HEATER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNITERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE DROP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WIRE WITH WEATHER PROOF WEATHER RESISTANT WATERTIGHT EXPLOSION PROOF AF AFC AFF AFG AHJ AHU AIC AS AT ATS AV BAS BKR C CAT CATV CCTV CD CKT CODE CT CTR CVD DEMO DPDT DPST (EX) EC EF EM EMS ETR EWC FAAP FACP FCA FCU FF FLA FLR FP GC GEC GES GFR G IG ISC JB/J-BOX LF LRA LTG/LTS MAU MAX MCA AMPERE FRAME SIZE ABOVE FINISHED CEILING ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ABOVE FINISHED GRADE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AIR HANDLING UNIT AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AMPERE SWTICH AMPERE TRIP SETTING AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AUDIO VISUAL BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM BREAKER CONDUIT CATEGORY CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION CANDELA CIRCUIT APPLICABLE CODE ADOPTED BY JURISDICTION CURRENT TRANSFORMER CENTER CUMULATIVE VOLTAGE DROP DEMOLITION DOUBLE-POLE, DOUBLE-THROW DOUBLE-POLE, SINGLE-THROW EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXHAUST FAN EMERGENCY ENERGY MANAGMENT SYSTEM EXISTING TO REMAIN ELECTRIC WATER COOLER FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FAULT CURRENT AMPS AVAILABLE FAN COIL UNIT FINISHED FLOOR FULL LOAD AMPS FLOOR FACTORY PROVIDED GENERAL CONTRACTOR GROUNDING ELECTRICAL CONDUCTOR GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM GROUND FAULT RELAY GROUND ISOLATED GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT JUNCTION BOX LINEAR FEET LOCKED ROTOR AMPS LIGHTING/LIGHTS MAKE-UP AIR UNIT MAXIMUM MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY ABBREVIATIONS LEGEND CLG CEILING 03/10/2026 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 01/05/2026 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 OVEN RACK CE L L O CE L L O OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK MI C R O RE F S S 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 183 SF SALES 286 SF CRAFT AREA 349 SF BAKING / FROSTING 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 563 SF DRY STORAGE 47 SF RESTROOM 154 SF UTILITY 175 SF OFFICE 126 SF EMPLOYEE AREA EMERGENCY & EXIT LIGHTING: ALL EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE CONNECTED TO UNSWITCHED (CONSTANT HOT) LEG OF THE GENERAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING THE ROOM OR AREA THE EXIT AND/OR EMERGENCY LIGHTING IS SERVING. ERE GY T WP SQ TYPE LAMPS * LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MANUFACTURER EU2CLEDLITHONIA SWISH2X2-19YN/D10RAB LIGHTING LED LITHONIA WEATHER PROOF TWIN REMOTE LED SQUARES. NOTE: VERIFY EXACT FINISH COLOR WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO ORDERING.ER1 C NORA LIGHTING D 2" ROUND ADJUSTABLE LED DOWNLIGHT.H.E. WILLIAMS S2 CRAFTMADE ECRG RD M6LEDLITHONIA EM1 EMX1 B VENDOR: JIM ELLIS MELETIO ELECTRICAL SUPPLY CO. P.O. BOX 540816 10930 HARRY HINES BLVD. DALLAS, TEXAS 75220 972.559.6943 JELLIS@MELETIO.COM S BY OWNER---BY OWNERSPEAKER 2'X2' LAY-IN TROFFER FIXTURE WITH COLD-ROLLED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, FROSTED POLYCARBONATE LENS, 2,676 LUMEN OUTPUT AND (1) ONE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER. 6" DIAMETER RECESSED IC AIR-TITE FIXTURE WITH ALUMINUM HOUSING AND MATTE WHITE TRIM RING. 12" DIAMETER PENDANT FIXTURE WITH WHITE FROSTED GLASS GLOBE AND SATIN BRASS FINISH, 10 FT. CABLE,. PROVIDE 9W LED LAMP EQUIVALENT TO 60W INCANDESCENT LAMP. PROVIDE MAX WATTAGE LABEL. FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED OVER POS STATIONS WITH BOTTOM OF FIXTURE AT 6'-0" A.F.F. THERMOPLASTIC COMBINATION LED EXIT SIGN WITH (2) 3.6V, ADJUSTABLE LED HEADS,UNIVERSAL MOUNTING, RED LETTERS ON A WHITE STENCIL FACE, CHEVRON KNOCKOUTS AND NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY. MOUNTING, NUMBER OF FACES, AND CHEVRONS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING. SURFACE MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT WITH TWO SQUARE WHITE THERMOPLASTIC LAMP HEADS, WHITE THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING AND NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY. NOTE: WALL OR CEILING MOUNT AS SHOWN ON PLANS. AIM HEADS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER ILLUMINATION ALONG PATH OF EGRESS. ADJUST AS REQUIRED PER AHJ. G.C. ELECTRICIAN TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKERS AND PULL 2 CONDUCTOR 14 GAUGE SPEAKER WIRE w/ 7'-0" PIGTAIL AND TERMINATE AT MEDIA PLAYER AND AMP MUSIC SYSTEM. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT BY OTHERS. NOTES: 1.G.C. TO ORDER AND INSTALL FIXTURES FROM LISTED VENDOR CONTACT. 2.ALLOW 1-1/4" PERIMETER EDGE FRAMING FOR ACT-2. CUT LEAST AMOUNT OF CEILING TILES AS POSSIBLE. ADJUST SOFFIT ACCORDINGLY. 3.G.C. TO INSTALL CEILING GRID TIE WIRES AS PER CODE. GRID TIE WIRES TO ATTACH TO STEEL JOISTS ABOVE. DO NOT ATTACH TO HVAC DUCTWORK OR METAL DECK. 4.REFERENCE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR CEILING MATERIALS. 5.G.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL THIS LIGHTING AS NOTED. CONTACT THE VENDOR FOR NATIONAL ACCOUNT PRICING. 6.EMERGENCY BATTERIES IN EMERGENCY LIGHTS, NIGHT LIGHTS, AND EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF ALL LOCAL CONTROL (NOT SWITCHED). THE EMERGENCY BATTERIES PROVIDED SHALL PRODUCE THE MAXIMUM LUMEN OUTPUT AVAILABLE FOR THE LAMP USED. EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERIES SHALL BE BODINE OR APPROVED EQUAL. 7.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND/OR ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE TO DETERMINE PROPER TYPE OF LIGHT FIXTURE CEILING SYSTEM. 8.EXIT SIGNS COMPLYING WITH 101:5-10 SHALL DEFINE EXITS AND ACCESS TO EXITS WHERE THE EXIT IS NOT IMMEDIATELY APPARENT. 9.ALL LIGHT FIXTURES OVER FOOD SERVICE AREA SHALL HAVE LENS COVERS OR SHATTER PROOF BULBS. CATALOG NUMBERSYMBOL LED 3500K LED 3000K 90 CRI LED 2700K MED BASE 9W LED 3000K GAZE - 56892-SB-WG 2AR-L7-8-27-DIM-UNV-R-W- OF-WH-XX-N HOUSING: NHIC-6LMRAT REFLECTOR: NOXAC-56310WW/HL VOLTAGE (V) LOAD (VA) 120 120 120 120 120 120 12 120 19 15.5 11.5 9 2 0.6 2 ECRG HO RD M6LEDLITHONIAEMX2 THERMOPLASTIC COMBINATION LED EXIT SIGN WITH (2) 3.6V, ADJUSTABLE LED HEADS,UNIVERSAL MOUNTING, RED LETTERS ON A WHITE STENCIL FACE, CHEVRON KNOCKOUTS AND HIGH OUTPUT NICKEL CADMIUM BATTERY. INCLUDES 2.5W OF REMOTE CAPACITY. MOUNTING, NUMBER OF FACES, AND CHEVRONS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING. 1203 B1 EZPAN2X2-30YN/D10RAB LIGHTING 2'x2' LAY-IN FLUSH LENSE FIXTURE WITH COLD-ROLLED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, FROSTED POLYCARBONATE LENS, 3,537 LUMEN OUTPUT AND (1) ONE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER. LED 3500K12030 RAB LIGHTING EZPAN2X4-50-YN/D10/E2A/EM 2'x4' LAY-IN FLUSH LENSED FIXTURE WITH ALUMINUM HOUSING, FROSTED POLYSTYRENE LENS, 5,260 LUMEN OUTPUT, (1) ONE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AND EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP. LED 3500K50120 B1/EM EZPAN2X2-30YN/D10/E2RAB LIGHTING 2'x2' LAY-IN FLUSH LENSE FIXTURE WITH COLD-ROLLED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, FROSTED POLYCARBONATE LENS, 3,537 LUMEN OUTPUT AND (1) ONE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AND EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP. LED 3500K12030 RAB LIGHTING SWISH2X2-19YN/D10/E2B/EM 2'x2' LAY-IN TROFFER FIXTURE WITH COLD-ROLLED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, FROSTED POLYCARBONATE LENS, 2,676 LUMEN OUTPUT, (1) ONE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER AND EMERGENCY BATTERY BACKUP. LED 3500K12019 =FIXTURE NOT USED ON PROJECT DESCRIPTION EZPAN2X4-50YN/D10RAB LIGHTINGA 2'x4' LAY-IN FLUSH LENSED FIXTURE WITH ALUMINUM HOUSING, FROSTED POLYSTYRENE LENS, 5,260 LUMEN OUTPUT AND (1) ONE 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER. LED 3500K12050 LIGHTING CONTROL NOTES: ACEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ARE WATTSTOPPER, SENSORSWITCH, AND LEVITON. PROVIDE POWER PACKS, CONTROLLERS INCLUDING EMERGENCY CONTROL UNITS FOR GENERAL LIGHTING WITH EMERGENCY BATTERIES, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE CODE COMPLIANT AND FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. POWER PACK / CONTROLLERS SHALL HAVE DIMMING CAPABILITIES FOR FIXTURES CONTROLLED WITH DIMMERS. 1. 2. 3. KEYED NOTES: INSTALL WALK-IN COOLER / CHILLER LIGHTS THAT ARE SHIPPED SEPARATELY. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT VENDOR PRIOR TO BID. PROVIDE A WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. CONNECT CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN EF-1 WITH RESTROOM LIGHTING SO THAT THEY ARE SWITCHED TOGETHER VIA LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR. REFER TO POWER PLAN ON SHEET E-200 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SWITCH BANK FOR LOBBY/SALES AND BACK OF HOUSE LIGHTING CONSISTING OF SWITCHES UNDER A COMMON FACEPLATE FOR CONTROL OF LIGHTING. MOUNT AT A MAXIMUM OF 48" AFF. LABEL EACH SWITCH PER AREA SERVED WITH STATUS INDICTOR PER IECC. PROVIDE ONE (1) EXTRA SWITCH WITH CONDUIT TERMINATED ABOVE CEILING FOR FUTURE CONNECTION. REFER TO 4/E-100 - SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. MOUNT WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHT ABOVE DOOR FRAME. NEW LIGHTING CONTROLS. REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAMS ON THIS SHEET. PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR. PROVIDE A WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH DIMMING CAPABILITIES.. 1 2 3 4 5 6 NO SCALE EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM2 RS A- 3 A- 1 12 0 V NH N H 120VA-5 (1 OF 2) 24 HOUR ASTRONOMIC TIMECLOCK. VERIFY SETTING OF HOURS FOR CONTROL. 0 - 2 HOUR ROTARY OVERRIDE SWITCH 4-POLE MECHANICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE WITH LINE VOLTAGE COIL AND AUXILIARY MODULE 47 FOR 2-WIRE, 120 VAC CONTROL. RELAY SHALL BE EQUAL TO ASCO 917 SERIES. C RE C E P T S - S T O R E F R O N T EX T E R I O R ST O R E F R O N T S I G N NO SCALE INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM3 LOBBY/SALES PENDANTS & WALLWASHER LOBBY/SALES GENERAL LTG S S bc NO SCALE SWITCHBANK DETAIL4 PROVIDE BACKBOX AS REQUIRED SO THAT SWITCHES CAN BE INSTALLED WITHOUT BREAKING FINS. ENGRAVED LETTERING (TYPICAL) CUSTOM COVERPLATE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, INDICATES SWITCH CONTROLS FIXTURES DESIGNATED WITH 'a'. SIMILAR FOR OTHERS. D BACK OF HOUSE LTG 3-WAY aSD RS B- 1 A- 3 0 12 0 V NH N H 120V 0 - 2 HOUR ROTARY OVERRIDE SWITCH 6-POLE MECHANICALLY HELD LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE WITH LINE VOLTAGE COIL AND AUXILIARY MODULE 47 FOR 2-WIRE, 120 VAC CONTROL. RELAY SHALL BE EQUAL TO ASCO 917 SERIES. C ME N U B O A R D EF - 2 ( U T I L I T Y ) A-5 (2 OF 2) 24 HOUR ASTRONOMIC TIMECLOCK. VERIFY SETTING OF HOURS FOR CONTROL. - S P A R E - 7 1/4" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 1 B A-2b B A-2b B A-2b B A-2b B A-2b B A-2b B A-2b B A-2b S2 B-2c S2 B-2c EMX2 A-2 ER EMX1 A-4 EMX2 A-6ER EMX1 A-4 A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A/EM A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A/EM A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A/EM A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-4a A A-6d A A-6f A A-6f A A-6d A A-6d C A-6e C A-6e 3 2 OS dS EM1 A-6 5 OS d 7 OS d 7A/EM A-6d S D 4 a S Sb c 3D GENERAL LIGHTING LOAD IN PRIMARY DAYLIT ZONE IS <120 WATTS. AUTOMATIC DIMMING IS NOT REQUIRED PER TITLE 24 SECTION 130.1(d) EXCEPTION #1 GENERAL LIGHTING LOAD IN SECONDARY DAYLIT ZONE IS <120 WATTS. AUTOMATIC DIMMING IS NOT REQUIRED PER TITLE 24 SECTION 140.6(d) EXCEPTION #1 D A-2c S2 B-2c S2 B-2c NEW PANEL 'B' NEW LTG CONTROLS NEW PANEL 'A' S d D S f D EM1 A-6 EM1 A-6 B/EM A-2b E-100 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN LO B B Y / S A L E S P E N D A N T S / WA L L W A S H E R VI A L O C A L C O N T R O L S LO B B Y / S A L E S G E N E R A L L T G (2 x 2 ) V I A L O C A L C O N T R O L S A-2 6 OS 8 OS a 7 d OS a 7 OS a 7 OS a 7 OS b 7 A-4 A-6 NEW 400A SERVICE DISC. SW. NEW 400A CT CABINET NEW UTILITY METER 03/10/2026 S S OVEN RACK CE L L O CE L L O OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK MI C R O RE F S S 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 01/05/2026 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 183 SF SALES 286 SF CRAFT AREA 349 SF BAKING / FROSTING 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 563 SF DRY STORAGE 47 SF RESTROOM 175 SF OFFICE 126 SF EMPLOYEE AREA NEW LTG CNTROLS NEW PANEL 'A' 1/4" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN1 KITCHEN ELECTRICAL NOTES 1.ALL COVER PLATES AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES IN KITCHEN AREA SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL. 2.ALL ELECTRICAL WORK FOR FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETELY INTER-WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FINAL CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX OR PULL BOX, AND ALL ELECTRICAL WORK FROM PANEL BOARDS, TO BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 3.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTION TO THE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT. ALL WORK TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES APPLICABLE. 4.VERIFY OUTLET RATING AND CONFIGURATION WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 5.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL OUTLETS WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. EC SHALL MAKE ADJUSTMENTS IN FIELD TO MATCH ACTUAL EQUIPMENT BEING INSTALLED, AS DIRECTED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. 6.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL PLUGS AND CORDS REQUIRED. ALL CORDS SHALL BE NEMA RATED AND UL APPROVED FOR MANUFACTURER AND EQUIPMENT. 7.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL JUNCTION BOXES, PVC OR METAL CONDUIT, CONVENIENCE OUTLETS WITH COVERS, SWITCHES, CONNECTORS, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES THAT ARE NOT AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO THE FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT FOR COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATING SYSTEM, MEETING ALL APPLICABLE NATIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 8.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL DISCONNECTS OR CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS REQUIRED BY CODES FOR EACH CONNECTION. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR. 9.WHEN EXHAUST VENTILATOR HOOD IS REQUIRED, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL WALL SWITCH FOR FACTORY INSTALLED LIGHTING FIXTURES IN EXHAUST VENTILATOR HOODS PER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES APPLICABLE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WIRE AND CONNECTION TO EACH LIGHT FIXTURE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY CONCEAL ALL WIRING BETWEEN POWER SOURCE, WALL SWITCH, AND JUNCTION BOX ON HOOD. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ANY INNER WIRING OF LIGHT FIXTURES BETWEEN VENTILATOR HOOD SECTIONS AND REQUIRED. ALL WIRING WITHIN HOOD AND POWER SOURCE TO BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, NFPA 96, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES. 10.WHEN HOOD IS REQUIRED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 96 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A PUSH BUTTON STATION WITH PILOT LIGHT FOR VENTILATOR FAN MOTOR(S). THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR, AND TO PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED WIRING FROM POWER SUPPLY THROUGH FAN SWITCH TO FAN MOTOR(S) AND PROVIDE MAGNETIC STARTERS AND FULLY INTERWIRE SYSTEM WITH ALL POWER INTERRUPTION DEVICES(S) BUILT INTO HOOD AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 96, NATION, STATE, AND/OR LOCAL CODES APPLICABLE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LOCK-OUT DEVICES ON CONTROL BOXES FOR EXHAUST HOOD FANS, SYSTEM AND FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM. 11.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERWIRE THROUGH TIME SWITCH FOR LOW TEMPERATURE COMPRESSOR AND WALK-IN COMPARTMENT BLOWER COIL FAN MOTORS AND DEFROST ELEMENT POWER SOURCE AS PART OF MAIN POWER SOURCE. PROVIDE ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT WITH DISCONNECT. (VERIFY REQUIREMENT WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER) 12.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO A JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ON TOP OF PREFABRICATED REFRIGERATOR AND/OR FREEZER WALL AT APPROXIMATELY 8'-6" AFF. INTERWIRE THE LIGHT ADJACENT TO THE DOOR WITH THE FACTORY MOUNTED LIGHT SWITCH. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN EXPOSED ON TOP OF WALK-IN, NO EXPOSED CONDUIT WILL BE ALLOWED ON INSIDE OF WALK-IN. ELECTRICAL SERVICE REQUIRED FOR WALK-IN SHALL BE AS SHOWN FOR LIGHTS, DOOR AND DOOR FRAME HEATER, THRESHOLD PLATE HEATERS (WHERE SPECIFIED), HEATED PRESSURE RELIEF PORT (ON FREEZERS( AND ALARM SYSTEMS (WHERE SPECIFIED). (VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER) 13.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED POWER SUPPLY AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO THE TERMINAL BLOCK AT THE CONDENSING UNIT AND TO FULLY INTERWIRE TO ANY ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS, INCLUDE THE PROPER SIZE DISCONNECTS OR CIRCUIT BREAKERS. ALL WIRING FOR LOW AND MEDIUM TEMPERATURE CONDENSING UNIT TO BE ROUTED THROUGH DEFROST TIME SWITCH AND THEN WIRED TO EVAPORATOR COIL FOR PROPER POWER SUPPLY WITH THE REQUIRED QUANTITY OF WIRES. THE EVAPORATOR COIL DEFROST HEATER AND FAN MOTOR VOLTAGES AND LOADS ARE AS NOTE ON PLAN. VERIFY LOCATION OF COMPRESSORS AND COORDINATE WITH REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS. (VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER) 14.ALL SINGLE-PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 50 AMPERES OR LESS AND THREE-PHASE RECEPTACLES RATED 150 VOLTS TO GROUND OR LESS, 100 AMPERES OR LESS INSTALLED IN LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED IN NEC 210-8(B)(1) THRU (10) SHALL HAVE GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER PROTECTION FOR PERSONNEL. WHERE DEVICE IS READILY ACCESSIBLE, THE DEVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT PROTECTION. WHERE DEVICE IS NOT READILY ACCESSIBLE AND/OR NOT AVAILABLE WITH INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT PROTECTION, THE BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVING THE DEVICE(S) SHALL BE GROUND FAULT TYPE. GFCI RECEPTACLES MUST BE ACCESSIBLE FOR RESET. FIELD VERIFY ALL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH-INS AND INSTALLATION OF DEVICES. VERIFY ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH FOOD SERVICE CONTRACTOR. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS IN FIELD TO MATCH ACTUAL EQUIPMENT BEING INSTALLED AS DIRECTED BY THE FOOD SERVICE CONTRACTOR. INSTALL STANDARD RECEPTACLES FOR CIRCUITS DEDICATED TO SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF CODE ENFORCING AGENCY. PHONE / DATA / CABLE NETWORKING: REFER TO PHONE / DATA / CABLE NETWORKING DRAWING ON SHEET R-100 FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION. FOODSERVICE ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION VOLTS/PHASE AMPS (MCA)HP KW HT. AFF NOTES 1 2 WALK-IN CHILLER / COOLER 120/1 10.42 LIGHTS/WINDOW HEATER/HEATED AIR VENT/DOOR HEATER ## ------CEILING 1.1.1 2 EVAPORATOR COIL - CHILLER 208/1 EC TO RUN (5) #10 WIRE IN CONDUIT TO #1.2.1------CEILING 1.2.1 1 REMOTE CONDENSER - CHILLER VERIFY LOCATION ON BUILDING ROOF / REFER TO SHEET E-210------ROOF 1.1.2 1 EVAPORATOR COIL - COOLER EC TO RUN (5) #10 WIRES IN CONDUIT TO #1.2.2------CEILING 1.2.2 1 REMOTE CONDENSER - COOLER VERIFY LOCATION ON BUILDING ROOF / REFER TO SHEET E-2100.75 --- 3 1 MIXER - FLOOR OUTLET AND OUTLET COVER PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER------- 4 1 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE ------ 45 1 WATER HEATER - TANKLESS ------ 47 2 POINT OF SALES TERMINAL ---0.7 48.2 1 ------ 61 1 ------ 62 3 ------ 67 4 ------ 83 2 ---1.6 CONN. TYPE DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT NEMA 15-30R NEMA 5-15R --- --- --- --- --- --- NEMA 5-20R 9.8 (25) 1.6 (15.0) 16.1 13.2 --- 5.8 --- --- --- --- 13.4 208/3 120/1 208/1 208/3 120/1 120/1 120/1 120/1 120/1 120/1 120/1 120/1 ROOF 12" 16" --- 24" --- 24" 24" 24" 60" LOCATE RECEPTACLE AT NEW P.O.S. COUNTER SEE MECHANICAL & PLUMBING EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE ON SHEET E-210 --- VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER --- DATA RACK ABOVE ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER COMPUTER PRINTER MICROWAVE VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER FEEDER SIZE (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (3)#8, (1)#10 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (3)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. 82 1 ---------7.0120/1 44"CUTTER/MIXER, VEG. PREP & SCALE VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER(2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. 2 1 ROTATING RACK OVEN PROVIDE 30A-3P NON FUSED DISCONNECT; CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ROUGH-IN LOCATION OF FINAL CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT---1.8 DIRECT---120/208/3 ---(4)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. --- 27 1 ---0.46 NEMA 5-20R---120/1 24"---WATER COOLER DISPENSER (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. 1 WARING MIXER - COUNTER TOP, 20 QT.---------NEMA 5-15R14.0120/1 12"(3)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C.99 1 3-DOOR REFRIGERATED PASS-THRU CASE ------NEMA 5-15R10.8120/1 16"---(2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C.1.4 KEYED NOTES: PROVIDE RECEPTACLES MOUNTED TO MILLWORK FOR EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER PRIOR TO BID AND ROUGH-IN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EXHAUST FAN WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. E.C. SHALL TIE EXHAUST FAN TO TIME SWITCH; FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED HOURS. REFER TO 3/E200 - INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM. - NOT USED - PROVIDE 120V/1Ø POWER FOR WALK-IN COOLER AND WALK-IN FREEZER LIGHTS AND DOOR HEATER. PROVIDE WIRE AND LAMPS FOR WALK-IN FREEZER LIGHTS. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS. MAKE PENETRATIONS IN WALK-IN COOLER/CHILLER WITH CONDUIT SEALING FITTINGS AND NIPPLE TO CAST FIXTURE J-BOX. AS REQUIRED BY CODE, PROVIDE JOINTS TO COMPENSATE FOR THERMAL EXPANSION/CONTRACTION WHERE CIRCULATION OF AIR FROM WARMER TO COLDER SECTIONS OF INTERIOR RACEWAY SYSTEM ARE EXPOSED TO WIDELY DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES. REQUIREMENTS FOR WALK-IN COOLER/CHILLER: AA. PROVIDE WIRING TO EVAPORATOR. AB. PROVIDE CONTROL WIRING BETWEEN CONDENSER AND EVAPORATOR. AC. INSTALL FREEZER AND COOLER LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE SHIPPED LOOSE. AD. PROVIDE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING FOR FREEZER CONDENSER AND HEAT TAPE DIRECTLY FROM FREEZER CONDENSER. AE.VAPOR SEAL ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS. PENETRATIONS MUST BE PROPERLY SEALED AGAINST COLD LOSS AND INFILTRATION TO PREVENT CONDENSATION AND ICE FORMATION. SILICONE CAULKING IS THE RECOMMENDED SEALANT. LOCATION OF INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR TIME SWITCH. COORDINATE BEST LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE A 24"x24"x3/4" FIRE RETARDANT BACKBOARD WITH VISIBLE LABEL INDICATING FIRE RATING. DO NOT PAINT BACKBOARD. EXTEND EXISTING TELEPHONE SERVICE CONDUIT AND PROVIDE WIRE FROM LANDLORD'S DEMARC TO LOCATION SHOWN. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING (#2 CONDUCTORS) AND GROUND BUS ATTACHED TO BACKBOARD. PROVIDE 1/2" CONDUIT AND 6 CONTROL WIRES FROM THE CONDENSING UNIT ON THE ROOF TO THE CORRESPONDING EVAPORATOR IN THE WALK-IN PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE 20A/125V CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE WITH OVERRIDE, EQUAL OR SIMILAR TO PASS & SEYMOUR MODEL #PLT26251W. CONFIRM COLOR WITH NOTHING BUNDT CAKES CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. PROVIDE PERMANENT LABEL ON FACEPLATE STATING 'TIMER CONTROLLED'. SET TIMER TO BE SET FOR 'ON' ONLY DURING HOURS OF OPERATION. MOUNT GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE BELOW PANEL. PROVIDE FLY CONTROL (LURALITE #405435L OR EQUIVALENT) AND GFCI RECEPTACLE AT 96" AFF. MOUNT FLY CONTROL 36"-72" FROM DOOR. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED JUNCTION BOXES, CONDUIT, AND PULL STRING FOR THERMOSTATS AND SENSORS. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL PLANS PRIOR TO BID, ROUGH-IN, AND INSTALLATION. COORDINATE WITH FLOOR SLAB FOR THE INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUITS TO SERVE MILLWORK, VERIFY NO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE BELOW GRADE PRIOR TO SAW CUTTING. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF CONDUIT STUB-UPS AT EACH END PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE NEW CONCRETE FLOOR PATCH IN AREA OF SLAB REMOVAL. INSTALL NEW FLOOR FINISH OVER NEW NEW SLAB PATCH AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL FINISH SCHEDULE. ANY DAMAGE TO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED AT CONTRACTOR'S SOLE EXPENSE. PROVIDE (1) 3/4" CONDUIT WITH POWER WIRING FOR DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, AND (1) 1" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING FOR COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET FOR SALES COUNTER. CONDUIT FOR COMMUNICATIONS TO TERMINATE 6" ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE 3/4" EMPTY CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING AND JUNCTION BOX WITH COVER PLATE FOR FUTURE DIGITAL CAKE BOOK. PLACE JUNCTION BOX HORIZONTAL AT 18" AFF. CONDUIT TO TERMINATE 6" ABOVE CEILING. - NOT USED - PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX IN CEILING FOR SPEAKER. ROUTE 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING BACK TO NETWORK BOARD. VERIFY EXACT ROUTING AND REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. LOCATION OF REMOTE TEST STATIONS/ANNUNCIATORS FOR ROOF TOP UNITS. VERIFY LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT AND OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO BE SWITCHED 'ON/OFF' WITH RESTROOM LIGHTING CONTROL. REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN ON SHEET E-100 FOR CONTINUED CIRCUIT TO RESTROOM LIGHTING. MIXER RECEPTACLE TO BE MOUNTED A MINIMUM OF 6'-0" AWAY FROM WATER SOURCE. CONFIRM EXACT RECEPTACLE NEMA CONFIGURATION WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. EXISTING / RELOCATED ELECTRIC WATER HEATER. IF NOT EXISTING, PROVIDE NEW JUNCTION BOX WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR EXTERIOR SIGN. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH SIGN COMPANY AND LANDLORD. IF EXISTING, RELOCATE AS REQUIRED. CIRCUIT AS SHOWN. SIGN CONTROLLED BY PHOTOCELL & 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE TIME SWITCH. REFER TO 2/E200 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM. DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR NETWORK BOARD TO BE MOUNTED 1'-0: BELOW CEILING AND 6" AWAY FROM ADJACENT WALL. VERIFY WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. MOUNT POWER AND DATA CENTERED BEHIND MIDDLE MENU BOARD. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATION. MOUNT RECEPTACLE WITHIN 18" OF TOP OF WINDOW. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 FIRE ALARM NOTES: BUILDING HAS NO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. BUILDING HAS NO SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 120V DUCT DETECTORS AND REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR /TEST SWITCHES ARE PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. INTERLOCK DUCT DETECTORS SO WHEN EITHER UNIT'S DETECTOR GOES INTO ALARM, BOTH UNITS WILL SHUT-DOWN. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ANNUNCIATOR TEST SWITCHES WITH LOCAL AHJ PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 1. 2. 3. E-200 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN CP 1 TGWH 1 22 45 J J S S J A-38 9 1.1.2 A-24 WP 12 B-15 GFCI +48" B-13 20 EF 1 101 B-35 83 GFCI B-33 27 GFCI GFCI B-37 1.4 B-32 GFCI (6) B-26 B-28 48.2 B-24 61 62 +22" (2)(2)B- 2 8 62 GF C I 24 GF C I GF C I GF C I GF C I 8 +44" +44" +108" 10+22" B-30 B-22 +108" 14 1 14767 4 B-5 14 B-3 +64" B-1 +64" 25 B-5,7 (3) (2) (2) B-3 14767 15 15 B-7 B-11 16 B-11 J A-3 S 23WP 26 A-1 (CLG) 26 A-1 (CLG) B-9 B-9 B-9 B-32 GFCI B- 2 8 A-1 NEW PANEL 'A' B-13 GFCI11 B-13 GFCI B-13 B-13 J A-28 15 GFCI +44" 99 B-20 B-20 B-25 83+60" B-29 67 GFCI GFCI +44" GFCI +44" GFCI B-31 B-3182 B-21 B-21 B-17B-17 B-17 B-19 +44" GFCI B- 1 9 B- 1 9 GFCI +44" +44" GFCI 21 3 B-8/10/12 B-27 B- 2 7 +44" GFCI GFCI +44" B-27 95 2 ------NEMA 5-15R4.0120/1 24"---REFRIGERATED WORK-TOP TABLE (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. B-23 B-23 +44" GFCI B- 1 4 GF C I (3) +44" GFCI B-18 B-18 B- 1 8 B- 1 6 B-16B-14 GFCI +44" 62 +44"67 +54" (2) B- 1 6 GFCI +44" GFCI +44" B-34 B-34 9595 10 10 10 B-39 B-39 B-39 B-39 B-39 B-39 B-39 J B-2/4/6 2 EF 2 A-34 JA-32 SM DU 2 120V/1Ø 960W 286 SFA-30 DU 1 J S M 120V/1Ø 960W J A-33 S145 M A-29/31A-25/27 9 1.1.1 WP 9 1.1.1 WP NEW 400A SERVICE DISC. SW. NEW 400A CT CABINET NEW UTILITY METER 3'-6" 3' - 6 " 3' - 6 " ℄ OF EQUIP MIN. 4" DIAMETER BOLLARD OR PER UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS. (TYP) J A-26 S145 M 19 67 101 1 ---0.6 NEMA 5-15R5.0120/1 24"---UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR - EMPLOYEE (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. 6 6 13 13 13 13 7 GFCI 18 18 GFCI +44"2 2 Health and City Comments 01/05/2026 03/10/2026 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 01/05/2026 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 6 5 4 3 2 1 TOTAL KW (W)REMARKS BY E C BY E C O R M C TO G G L E S W I T C H SA F E T Y S W I T C H MECHANICAL & PLUMBING EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL SCHEDULE TO T A L VO L T S / P H A S E DESCRIPTION LI N E I T E M UN I T F L A ( M C A ) SIZE HO R S P O W E R (A P P R O X I M A T E ) UNIT DATA CONDUIT SIZE WIRE AND UNIT DISCONNECT NE M A S I Z E MO T O R S T A R T E R UNIT MOCP ABBREVIATIONS: EC = ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MC = MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR HS = HOOD SUPPLIER F = FUSED NF = NON FUSED T = TOGGLE CB = CIRCUIT BREAKER IN PANEL ---EC120/1 ------X(132W)---20A-1P CBTGWH-1 (TANKLESS GAS WTR HTR)20A-1P NF (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. NOTES: 1.NEMA 3R DISCONNECT 2.EXHAUST FAN CONTROLLED WITH RESTROOM LIGHTING CONTROL. 3.EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY TIME SWITCH. REFER TO 3/E200 - INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM. 4.MOTOR STARTER FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 5.FAN INTERLOCKED WITH OVEN. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. 6.WEATHERPROOF/GFCI RECEPTACLE, PROVIDED WITH UNIT, WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 120V SMOKE DETECTOR AND ANNONUCIATOR / TEST SWITCH PROVIDED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. INTERLOCK DUCT DETECTORS SO WHEN EITHER UNIT'S DETECTOR GOES INTO ALARM, BOTH UNITS WILL SHUT-DOWN. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ANNUNCIATOR TEST SWITCHES WITH LOCAL AHJ PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. GENERAL NOTES: 1.COORDINATE ALL LOCATIONS OF THERMOSTAT AND SENSORS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 7 8 ---EC120\//1 ---1/40 X(63W)---20A-1P CBCP-1 (NEW HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP)20A-1P NF (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. 45 9 10 11 12 13 EF-2 (CEILING EXHAUST FAN - UTILTY/DISHWASH)MC120/1 ---------20A-1P CB NOTE 3 EF-1 (CEILING EXHAUST FAN - RESTROOM)MC120/1 ---------20A-1P CB NOTE 2(2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. (2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C. HP-1 (10-TON ROOF MOUNTED HEAT PUMP)208/3 (3)#8, (1)#10 G., 3/4"C. --- MC(29)--- --- ---NOTES 1, 660A-3P NF45A-3P CB MODULAR PLUG MODULAR PLUG(36W) (36W) --- --- HP-2 (5-TON ROOF MOUNTED HEAT PUMP)208/3 (3)#4, (1)#8 G., 1"C. --- MC(62)--- --- ---NOTES 1, 6100A-3P NF80A-3P CB EF-3 (ROOF EXHAUST FAN - OVEN)MC120/1 ---------20A-1P CB NOTES 1, 4, 5(2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C.20A-1P---0.5 DU-1 (DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT)EC120/1 8.0 X ---20A-1P CB ---(2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C.20A-1P NF------ DU-2 (DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT)EC120/1 8.0 X ---20A-1P CB ---(2)#12, (1)#12 G., 3/4"C.20A-1P NF------ 15 14 FD SD KEYED NOTES: CONDENSERS FOR WALK-IN COOLER AND FREEZER LOCATED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS, FINAL CONNECTION TO BE MADE BY EC FOR COMPLETE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE NEMA 3R, 30A-2P DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH (2) 15A FUSES. PROVIDE NEMA 3R, 60A-3P DISCONNECT SWITCH WITH (3) 40A FUSES. 1 2 3 GENERAL NOTES: DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT JOB SITE TO OBSERVE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW GENERAL NOTES, SPECIFICATIONS, AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS TO ALLOW FOR INSPECTION, SERVICE, REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA. COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ALL WORK WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. 1. 2. 3. 1/4" = 1'-0"1 ELECTRICAL ROOF EQUIPMENT POWER PLAN HP 2 WP A-14/16/18 EF 3 J A-36 SM WP FD SD WP/ GFCI B-36 A-13/15/17 HP 1 B-38 B-38 B-38 2 1.2.21 A-20/22 WPWP A-19/21/23 WP WP/ GFCI B-36 31.2.1 1 E-210 ELECTRICAL ROOF EQUIPMENT POWER PLAN 03/10/2026 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 01/05/2026 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 E-300 POWER ONE-LINE, PANEL SCHEDULES, & DETAILS ELECTRICAL SERVICE ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NO SCALE1 FED FROM LOCATION OF NAMEPLATE FOR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELS. FOR FLUSH-MOUNTED PANELS, INSTALL NAMEPLATE BEHIND DOOR. ENGRAVED LAMACOID, 5/32" LETTERS, SECURE TO PANEL BOARD COVER WITH ADHESIVE TYPE FASTENER. EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION OF SOURCE SUPPLYING THE DISCONNECT MEANS (AS APPLICABLE). 1" 1" NOTE: NAMEPLATES ARE REQUIRED ON ALL SWITCHBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION PANELS, PANELBOARDS, ENCLOSURES AND ELECTRICAL CABINETS, ACCESS DOORS/PANELS FOR CONCEALED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, EMERGENCY SYSTEMS/BOXES, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, ENCLOSED SWITCHES/CIRCUIT BREAKERS/CONTROLLERS, POWER-TRANSFER DEVICES, PUSH-BUTTONS, CONTACTORS, LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS, INVERTERS, GENERATORS, UPS, MONITORING EQUIPMENT, STARTERS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, METER SOCKETS, RELAYS, TRANSFORMERS, AND JUNCTION BOXES GREATER THAN 4 11/16" SQUARE. ALSO PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON BRANCH SWITCHES/BREAKERS OF SWITCHBOARDS AND DISTRIBUTION PANELS. STANDARD COLORS: 1.NORMAL POWER - WHITE BACKGROUND, BLACK LETTERS 2.EMERGENCY POWER - RED BACKGROUND, WHITE LETTERING 3.IN ADDITION TO THE FUNCTION NAMEPLATE, PROVIDE NAMEPLATES IDENTIFYING ALL "MAIN SERVICE NAMEPLATE DISCONNECTS" - RED BACKGROUND - WHITE LETTERING 4" H I G H 18 " OR A S I N D I C A T E D O N D R A W I N G S 2-3/8" 4" SQUARE OUTLET BOX FINISHED FLOOR 1" CONDUIT DRYWALL COUPLING CEILING LINE INSULATED BUSHING 1" CONDUIT CONNECTOR COVERPLATE AND SYSTEM JACK TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DRYWALL ℄ TYPICAL DATA/TELEPHONE/TV/OUTLET NO SCALE2 NAMEPLATE DETAIL NO SCALE3 FIRE 6' - 8 " 4' - 0 " 1' - 6 " 4" A B O V E C O U N T E R W I T H O U T BA C K P L A S H 2" A B O V E B A C K P L A S H FLOOR LOWEST OPERABLE PART OF ALL ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION RECEPTACLES SHALL BE AT LEAST +15" AFF NOTE: CONFIRM WITH OWNER ORIENTATION OF RECEPTACLES (VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL). TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS NO SCALE3 FIRE COUNTER NEW PANEL 'A' 400A MLO SPLIT-BUS NEW 2 SETS - (4)#3/0 CU, (1)#3 CU G., 2-1/2"C.NEW PANEL 'B' 100A MLO RECEPT LOADS ONLY BUILDING INTERIORBUILDING EXTERIOR ALL WORK SHOWN IS TO BE PERFORMED BY THIS TENANT CONTRACTOR. LOAD SERVEDAMPS TRIP 1 NO. CKT. POLE NO.LOAD- V. A. BØAØ CØ 2 LOAD SERVED 3 5 7 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 43 45 4 6 8 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 44 46 48 POLE NO. AMPS TRIP NO. CKT. VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 201 201 201 201 223 1056 472 --- --- 7440 3480 7440 3480 7440 3480 1560 1560 192 1020 1200 1020 1500 1020 960 1020 960 1123 36 --- 1176 --- --- --- --- --- 3154734323 28500 120/208 400 A.I.C.22,000 MOUNTEDSURFACE -SPARE- 20 1 -SPARE- LOAD SERVEDAMPS TRIP 1 NO. CKT. POLE NO.LOAD- V. A. BØAØ CØ 2 LOAD SERVED 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 POLE NO. AMPS TRIP NO. CKT. PANEL 'B' VOLTS 3 PHASE 4 WIRE AMP. BUS 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 1 1 20 1 203 201 201 201 201 1 201 201 201 1 201 1 201 201 201 201 600 600 700 600 1884 1932 360 1932 180 1932 360 1080 180 680 1200 1080 1200 1200 1020 720 1020 180 1608 360 1200 720 180 180 1200 1296 460 1020 1608 360 600 200 540 --- 540 --- 1013214060 9760 120/208 100 MOUNTEDSURFACE RECEPTS - ROOF TOP RECEPTS - OFFICE -SPARE- -SPARE- 20 1 540 700 CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE AT PANEL 'A' CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPEMAIN LUGS ONLY 80 3 NEW HEAT PUMP HP-1 453NEW HEAT PUMP HP-2 LTG - SALES / CUSTOMER LOBBY EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SIGN LTG - EMPLOYEE AREA, UTILITY,LTG CONTROLS RECEPT - FRONT WINDOW 360 1200 500 40 3 REMOTE CONDENSER - CHILLER 1.2.1 3000 3000 1 CHILLER LTG & DOOR HEATER 20 2 EVAPORATOR COIL - CHILLER 1.1.1 20 2 EVAPORATOR COIL - CHILLER 1.1.1 3000 REMOTE CONDENSER - COOLER 1.2.2 2 15 1 COOLER LTG & DOOR HEATER EVAPORATOR COIL - COOLER 1.1.2 1 20 1 20 DU-1 (BACK OF HOUSE) DU-2 (FRONT OF HOUSE) WALK-IN HEAT TRACE1 GFP 201 1 20 1 20 EXHAUST FAN EF-2 (UTILITY)20 1 1 20 1 20EF-3 (OVEN) CONNECTED 1.00 PANELBOARD LOAD = V.A. FULL LOAD AMPS = A. LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND FACTOR 1.25 1st 10KVA @ 100% D.F. VOLT - AMPS 1.00 L/O LOCK-ON DEVICE MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLES LIGHTING DEMAND GFCI GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTER (30mA) REMAINDER @ 50%RECEPTACLES TOTAL- HT HANDLE TIE ON BREAKERS 7264 3811 5400 7264 5400 4764 5660756607 ------ 94370 87872 87872 244.1 PA PERMANENTLY INSTALLED PAD LOCK ATTACHMENT PER NEC 422.31 AND 110.25 TS CIRCUIT CONTROLLED BY TIME SWITCH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 65% (NEC 220.56)KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 21288 13837 GFCIP GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTER PERSONNEL PROTECTION(5mA) FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT I.D.# CONNECTED 1.00 PANELBOARD LOAD = V.A. FULL LOAD AMPS = A. LOAD DESCRIPTION DEMAND FACTOR 1.25 1st 10KVA @ 100% D.F. VOLT - AMPS 1.00 L/O LOCK-ON DEVICE MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLES LIGHTING DEMAND GFCI GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTER REMAINDER @ 50%RECEPTACLES TOTAL- HT HANDLE TIE ON BREAKERS 7264 --- 5400 7264 5400 --- ------ ------ 33952 26501 26501 73.6 PA PERMANENTLY INSTALLED PAD LOCK ATTACHMENT PER NEC 422.31 AND 110.25 TS CIRCUIT CONTROLLED BY TIME SWITCH GFCIP GROUND FAULT CURRENT INTERRUPTER PERSONNEL PROTECTION(5mA) (NEC 220.56)KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 21288 13837 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT I.D.# WATER HEATER GWH-1 & 1 20 1 CIRCULATING PUMP CP-1 MENU BOARD RECEPTS - CUSTOMER LOBBY CONV. RECEPTS - BACK OF HOUSE, 4 REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE 47 POS, 67 PRINTER 47 POS, 67 PRINTER RESTROOM FUTURE DIGITAL CAKE BOOK FLY CONTROL GFCI RECEPT - BAKING/FROSTING REFRIGERATED WORK-TOP95 MICROWAVE - BAKING/FROSTING83 PRINTER67 20 RECEPT - BAKING/FROSTING RECEPT - BAKING/FROSTING RECEPT - CUTTER/MIXER, VEG. PREP, & SCALE82 RECEPT - BAKING/FROSTING WATER COOLER DISPENSER27 MICROWAVE - EMPLOYEE83 UC REFRIGERATOR - EMPLOYEE19GFCI 20 ROTATING RACK OVEN2 203 MIXER - FLOOR3 RECEPT - CRAFT AREA PRINTER6762COMPUTER, RECEPT - CRAFT AREA MIXER - COUNTER TOP, 20 QT. 99 20 DATA RACK48.2 61 RECEPTS - ALL-IN-ONE PRINTER 62 RECEPTS - COMPUTER NETWORK BOARD GFCI MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 20 1 -SPARE- 20 1 -SPARE- N G M NEW 400A-3P DISC SW 400A FUSES NEW (1)#1/0 CU G. IN 3/4"C. SERVICE GROUND. NEW (4)#3/0 CU, 2-1/2"C. TO UTILITY TRANSFORMER (APPROXIMATELY 40 FT FROM NEW CT CABINET.) 1PANEL B 100 NEW (4)#3/0 CU, (1)#6 CU G., 2-1/2"C. 14060 MANAGER'S DESK 20 GFCI LTG - CRAFT AREA, BAKING/FROSTING, DRY STORAGE OFFICE, RESTROOM, EF-1 CONNECT ONLY RECEPTACLE LOADS / GENERAL POWER LOADS TO THIS PANEL. ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NOTES: 1.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL POWER COMPANY REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING & INCLUDE THE COST OF ALL ASSOCIATED LABOR, MATERIALS, & CHARGES IN HIS BID. 2.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BIDDING AND PROVIDE EQUIPMENT RATED ACCORDINGLY. SUBMIT FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONS WITH SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL. 3.ALL BUSSING SHALL BE COPPER. 4.PROVIDE FULL LENGTH VERTICAL BUSSING IN ALL PANELBOARDS. 5.ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT-ON TYPE. 6.ALL WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON 3/4" FIRE RATED BACKBOARD. 7.ALL FLOOR-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON 4" HIGH CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD. 8.PROVIDE NAMEPLATES PER NAMEPLATE DETAIL. 9.COORDINATE SPACE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO MAINTAIN ALL CODE-REQUIRED CLEARANCES. 10.REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 11.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL SETTINGS REQUIRED FOR ALL ADJUSTABLE/ELECTRONIC TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH LONGTIME, SHORT TIME, GF, INSTANTANEOUS, ETC. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINAL COORDINATION STUDY. 12.WHERE BREAKERS ARE UTILIZED WITHIN ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BREAKERS EQUIPPED WITH ADJUSTABLE INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SETTING TO COMPLY WITH NEC 240.87 ARC ENERGY REDUCTION. THE ADJUSTABLE INSTANTANEOUS TRIP SETTING OPTION SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE THE HIGHEST CONTINUOUS TRIP SETTING FOR WHICH THE ACTUAL OVERCURRENT DEVICE INSTALLED IN A CIRCUIT BREAKER IS RATED OR CAN BE ADJUSTED IS 1200A OR HIGHER. 13.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC ARTICLE 110.16 FOR LABELING OF PANELS FOR ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING AS WELL AS FOLLOWING REQUIRED SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN SERVICING OR MAINTAINING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 14.HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO BE "HACR" TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C 15.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BALANCE PANELS AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO ±10% BETWEEN PHASES: A/B, B/C, A/C REGARDLESS OF CIRCUITING INDICATED. 16.PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C.. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM / AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 17.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. 18.EXTERIOR MOUNTED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEMA 3R RATED AND BE FURNISHED WITH HEATERS, THERMOSTAT AND DISCONNECTING MEANS INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT. 19.GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. NEW METER NEW 2 SETS - (4)#3/0 CU, (1)#6 CU G., 2-1/2"C. NEW 400A CT NEW 100A-3P BREAKER NOTHING BUNDT CAKES TENANT SPACE (4)#3, (1)#8 G. THWN CU., 1-1/4"C. ROOF -SPARE- GRADE FLOOR 3-DOOR REFRIGERATED 1.4 PASS-THRU REFRIGERATED WORK-TOP95 20 GFCI 20 CONTROLLED RECEPTS - OFFICE201-SPARE- CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPEAMP. MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER400 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS RECEPTACLE LOADS / GENERAL POWER LOADS HVAC LOADS 9760 10132 201 201 201 47 49 1 20 1 -SPARE- 20 -SPARE- 51 120 -SPARE- 50 52 54 -SPARE- -SPARE- -SPARE- --- --- --- --- --- --- 201 201 9 11 1 20 1 -SPARE- 20 -SPARE-10 12 -SPARE- -SPARE- --- --- --- --- 41 42201 --- --- -SPARE- 39 40201201-SPARE- --- 500 53 AMP. BUS (SPLIT-BUS PANEL) LIGHTING LOADS 20 1 20 1 -SPARE- -SPARE- -SPARE- 201 201 201 43 1 20 1 -SPARE- 20 -SPARE- 45 120 -SPARE- 44 46 48 -SPARE- -SPARE- -SPARE- --- --- --- --- --- ---47 201 201 201 49 1 20 1 -SPARE- 20 -SPARE- 51 120 -SPARE- 50 52 54 -SPARE- -SPARE- -SPARE- --- --- --- --- --- ---53 A.I.C.22,000 03/10/2026 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 7/9/2025 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 E-400 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS documents for the electrical contract, along with these specifications as though they were one, and anything implied by become a part of this division. This contractor shall examine all such drawings and specifications and become thoroughly Dimensions given on the plans, in figures, shall take precedence over scaled dimensions and shall be verified in the field. 4. Until the time of installation, the architect reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of conduit and 5. The electrical drawings and specifications are intended to supplement each other. Material and labor necessary to the project shall be furnished and installed even though not specifically mentioned in both. Labor and/or materials neither and installed by the electrical contractor. 6. Arrange all equipment substantially as shown on the drawings. Make deviations only where necessary to avoid interference. Check all equipment sizes against available space prior to shipment to avoid interference. to, or finish against any defective work or install work in a manner which will prevent proper installation of the work of other trades. 8. Electrical contractor shall verify with other trades all electrical characteristics of equipment requiring electrical start of work. Electrical contractor shall provide disconnecting means and overload protection for all equipment, unless furnished integral with equipment package. 9. It is the intent of these drawings that this be a complete electrical job, any errors or omissions shall be brought to the 10. Should any of the general notes, specifications, details or instructions on plans conflict, the strictest provision shall govern. the contract documents. This may require removal of existing finishes and possible selective demolition to verify as-built conditions. with the work of other trades. Materials and equipment shall be delivered at such stages of the work as will expedite the work as a whole and shall be marked and stored in such a way as to be easily checked and inspected. The arrival and placing of large equipment items shall be scheduled early enough to permit entry and setting when there is no restriction B. Visit to the Site 1. This contractor shall visit the site of the work and familiarize himself with all conditions affecting his work. The submission of his proposal shall indicate such knowledge. No additional payment shall be made on claims that arise from a lack of C. Code and Permits 1. Installation shall be in full accordance with all codes, rules and regulations of municipal, city, county, state and public utilities and all other authorities having jurisdiction over the premises. delivered to the architect in duplicate. 1. The electrical contractor shall submit product data and shop drawings. Each submittal shall be identified using the D.d. Lighting fixtures D.a. Name of the job 6. All submitted product data and shop drawings (manufacturers' equipment descriptive sheets or vendors' prepared 7. Any submittal not as specified shall be returned without review for corrections and re-submittal. accordance with the contract documents. E. As-built Drawings 1. Submit three paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints to the architect. Contractor shall use red ink for all contractor mark-ups on record prints. 2. Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. Scanned record prints shall be in color. F. Standards and Substitutions 1. Wherever the words "approved by", "approved equal", "as directed" or similar phrases are used in the following specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the owner as the approving agency. The name or make of any known as the "standard". 2. These specifications establish quality standard of materials and equipment to be provided. Specific items are identified by manufacturer, trade name or catalog designation. This contractor shall submit his base bid price based upon standard specifications are not to be considered proprietary. The contractor may submit information on materials and manufacturers (other than those listed) for review by the architect and engineer no later than ten (10) days before bids or deduct price to be factored into the base bid price by the architect and owner if accepted. 3. Should the contractor propose to furnish materials and equipment other than those specified or approved by addendum, data for all items. Failure by this contractor to submit the requisite documentation detailed above shall be understood by the architect and engineer to indicate that substitute equipment will not be presented by the contractor for consideration. Such substitutions will not be considered after the bid opening date and delay of project will not be permitted for further inspection and evaluation after this date. 4. Where such substitutions alter the design or space requirements indicated on the drawings, include all items of cost for the revised design and construction including cost of all allied trades involved. 5. Acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitutions shall be subject to approval of the architect and engineer. If items. 6. In all cases where substitutions are permitted, the contractor shall bear any extra cost of evaluating the quality of the material and equipment to be provided. G.a. Measure the load on each phase of the main service and each phase of every feeder under full load G.c. Measure the ground resistance of the main service grounding electrode and the ground resistance of Ground shown on the architectural drawings. If any work is installed and the architectural design cannot be followed, this as soon as they are discovered. The architect shall determine which equipment will be relocated, regardless of which are specified by manufacturer, brand name, type of catalog number, such designation shall establish the standards of the 1. Special Inspection (as applicable) is to be provided in addition to inspections conducted by the department of building safety and shall not be construed to relieve the owner or his/her authorized agent from requesting periodic and called 2. Provide black and white nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic with a white center core. Letters shall be engraved in the phenolic to form white letters 3/8" high. Fasten the nameplates with an adhesive type fastener. and the requirements of the current edition of the NEC. 2. Review the HVAC and plumbing specifications for electrical requirements and include the same in the contract cost. the contract drawings. 4. All cutting, patching, excavating, backfilling and concrete work related to this contract will be the responsibility of the holes shall be core-drilled. Provide fire stopping materials, UL Listed for application, in all openings created through fire-rated walls, floors or ceilings. Contractor shall field verify slab on grade floor construction type prior to cutting. Under 5. This contractor shall be responsible for providing all required access panels necessary for his work, coordinate with 2. All materials shall be new and free from defects and shall be the best of their several kinds unless specified or indicated caused by his work. He shall leave the area of operation broom clean. period, the contractor shall, upon notice of the same, remedy the defects and have all damages to other work or furnishings caused by the repairs corrected at his expense to the condition before such damage. to, the following items: E.a. Demolition safety switches and feeders. E.d. Complete branch circuit wiring system. E.e. Complete power wiring for all air conditioning equipment, plumbing equipment, heating equipment, ventilating and exhaust equipment. E.g. Complete communications conduit system including but not limited to, back boxes, plates, j-hooks, cable trays, etc., as specified on the drawings and as required by the local service provider and/or owner. E.h. Temporary electrical power and lighting, as required for construction. E.i. Testing of all cables and circuit wiring after installation. E.j. Exit light system. E.k. Wiring devices, floor boxes, multi-outlet assemblies. E.l. E.m. Grounding and Bonding of the electrical system. E.n. Communication and telephone services. E.o. Electric service. 1. The electrical contractor shall furnish, install and remove as required all temporary power and temporary lighting in all areas and individual rooms when needed by the individual trades in the performance of their work. This contractor shall provide a minimum of twenty (20) footcandles of illumination for temporary lighting. Any additional lighting required by construction purposes shall conform to all federal (OSHA), state, specific safety requirements, as well as the requirements of the national electric code and national electrical safety code. The electrical contractor shall obtain and pay for all required applications, permits and inspections pertaining to this work. This cost shall be included in the 2. New light fixtures shall not be used for temporary lighting. G. Electric Service 1. Provide metering to power company specifications. 3. Coordinate all work with the power company and perform any work necessary to assure a complete, working installation. The entire service installation shall be in complete conformance with the power company's requirements. 4. Verify the exact routing of the secondary services, and all service requirements, with the power company prior to bidding. Section 260519 - Wiring and Cable A. Color code conductors (except control and instrumentation conductors) as follows: System Black White Green 2. Color code conductors larger than above, which do not have continuous insulation color by application of at least two conductors are not allowed on this project. C. Flexible cord shall be heavy duty type so with an equipment ground conductor in addition to the current carrying conductors. impedances, the X/R ratios, base quantities selected and other source impedances. on the bus, as well as the individual contribution from each connected branch, shall be listed with its respective X/R ratio. eliminated. Contractor shall use this layout for rough-in of sensor locations. System I. Connect #8 and larger wires with compression connectors or splices as manufactured by Burndy or T&B. J. Insulate splicing connectors to at least 200% of the wire insulation. Use pre-stretched tubing connector insulators, 3M PST for #2 and larger conductors. K. Pull conductors using recognized methods and equipment leaving at least 6" wire at all junction boxes for connections. 1. Clean out each conduit system before pulling wire. L. Form and tie all wiring in panelboards. P. Circuits may be multi-plexed in conduit provided wire is properly derated and conduit sized per code. Under no circumstances Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding A. Ground all equipment per N.E.C. B. Ground all dry type transformers as per drawings and NEC #450-10. conductors are increased in size for any reason (i.e. voltage drop, derating, etc.), the ground wire size shall be increased proportionately (according to circular mil area). D. Where an isolated, insulated ground is required a separate isolated green ground shall be run from the panel isolated ground bus boxes, conduit and building steel) be allowed to contact the isolate ground (green wire with white stripe). Section 260533 - Raceways and Boxes A. Raceways tubing (E.M.T.) unless otherwise specifically stated herein. A.a. Conduit in exterior walls, below floor slab, or underground shall be rigid, threaded, galvanized, heavy wall type. lieu of rigid, threaded, galvanized conduit. PVC 40 conduit shall not be run in or above floor slab. PVC conduit shall terminate below floor slab with rigid, threaded metal conduit adapter. Conduit above slab A.c. Conduit run exposed to the weather shall be heavy wall, metal threaded type. 2. Conduit size shall be 3/4" minimum. 3. Conduit shall be securely fastened in place. 4. All conduit shall be concealed in walls, floors and ceilings wherever possible. Exposed conduit in finished areas will not be permitted. Exposed conduit will be permitted in the unfinished areas with the specific approval of the architect. 5. Use flexible conduit for the connection to recessed or semi-recessed lighting fixtures (6' length maximum). Use liquid tight metal conduit for all connections to motors and other equipment subject to vibration and in areas subject to moisture. minimum of 24" of cover. Metal conduits buried in earth shall be painted (two coats) with heavy asphaltum paint. 7. Support runs of conduit as detailed in the appropriate table of the national electrical code (NEC). Support conduits within 1" of all changes in direction. junction/outlet boxes, tile rings and appropriate cover plates. 14. Horizontal portion of conduit exposed on the roof and feeding equipment shall not be more than 5'-0" unless the written approval from architect or engineer is obtained. points, and to facilitate wire pulling. Furnish box sizes in accordance with NEC unless larger boxes are indicated. 2. Provide steel boxes and removable covers of code gauge, hot rolled sheet steel, hot dipped galvanized inside and covers with gaskets and stainless steel, brass or bronze screws. C. Outlet Boxes 3. Wall box sizes (minimum) shall be 4" square X 2-1/2" deep where wall construction permits. Where wall construction 5. Ganged boxes shall be one piece (minimum), 2-1/8" deep. 7. Flush mount boxes in all finished walls, install the plaster rings in drywalled plastered walls and raised covers as required in walls with other finishes so that the cover plates fit tightly against boxes or rings, 3/16" maximum gaps are allowed for 8. Adjust location of outlets in masonry or tile construction to occur in the nearest joint to the height specified. Heights shall meet A.D.A. requirements. 9. Support all boxes to maintain proper alignment and rigidity. 11. Mounting heights on the drawings are to the centerline of the box unless otherwise noted. Section 260573 - Fault Current Study 480/277 engineer prior to receiving final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and/or prior to release of equipment for manufacture. If formal completion of the study may cause delay in equipment manufacture, approval from the engineer may be obtained for a preliminary submittal of sufficient study data to ensure that the selection of device ratings and characteristics will be B. The fault current study shall be performed with the aid of a "Windows" based computer program. Section 260923 (cont.) B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Acuity Controls 2. Hubbell Control Solutions 3. Wattstopper 4. Lutron 5. Greengate 8. An LED shall indicate occupancy status. 9. Internal timer shall be factory set at 10 minutes, shall be push-button programmable from 30 seconds to 20 minutes and shall reset every time occupancy is re-detected. Requires no field calibration or sensitivity adjustments. 10. Manual range, photocell, and time settings shall be user-configurable. 11. Switch shall be rated at 120/277V in one unit. 12. Unit shall fit in a standard box and use a standard wallplate, which is gangable. 13. Wall switch shall not protrude more than .4 inches from box. 14. Shall be a Decora style unit with a matching wallplate available. 15. Shall have standard 5 year warranty and shall be UL listed. 16. Two-pole devices shall provide switching for 2 separate banks from a single unit. 5. Shall incorporate a real-time motion indicator LED, which is visible from the front of unit. and shall reset every time occupancy is re-detected. Requires no field calibration or sensitivity adjustments. 8. Shall be included with a low voltage relay for tie-in to building automation system. 1. Transforms 120 or 277V to class 2, 15 to 24V DC, to power remote sensors. 2. Shall be compatible with incandescent, magnetic or electronic low voltage, and magnetic or electronic fluorescent, as 4. Shall be plenum rated. Mount in deep junction box where required per local AHJ. 5. Shall have elongated mounting nipple which can be mounted either directly through a ½” knockout in a junction box or 7. Shall have self-contained relays with relay circuit protection. F. Wall Timer Switches 1. The timer shall be an electronic interval timer with a manually operated toggle switch. Timer adjustment shall be hidden after wallplate is installed. 4. Flicker feature shall be provided to provide a flick warn of the load controlled two minutes before the end of the timed cycle and again one minute before the end of the timed cycle. 6. Unit shall be capable of switching fluorescent lights with electronic or electromagnetic ballasts, incandescent lights, or motor loads. Unit shall accept input of 24, 120, 208-240, or 277 volts AC at 50/60 Hz. locations adjusted as required prior to rough-in. Refer to sensor layout submittal provided by manufacturer. All sensors shall have non-adjustable factory calibrated sensitivity for maximum performance. A factory-authorized service b. Time Delay settings for occupancy sensors shall be factory set at 10 minutes, and shall not be field adjusted unless specifically instructed by Architect. This delay selection is based on lamp life vs. energy savings and factory-authorized service representative and Owner to test operation of systems. Service representative shall be engaged to make adjustments to sensors, set points and programming as necessary for proper operation. two visits to site outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose. J. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain manufactured by Edwards or the special equipment manufacturer in which the transformers are used. E. Four approved vibration dampeners per transformer shall be employed as necessary to avoid transmitting any vibration to the 2. A spring type for suspension mounting. F. No conduits shall be attached directly to the transformer. At each attachment, provide a vibration dampening assembly consisting of: approved equal. 3. Shor length (24" plus or minus) of liquid-tight flexible conduit. concrete pad. ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 260010 - General Provisions Section 260010 (cont.) A. General 1. Requirements specified in Division 1, instructions to bidders, supplemental general conditions, special conditions, addenda, alternates, contract and proposal, along with Division 26, 27, 28 and all its sections, comprise the contract the specifications shall be interpreted as also implied by the drawings and vice versa. Provide necessary items for a complete installation of all electrically operated equipment listed in the specifications or shown on the contract drawings. 2. The architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing and equipment drawings and specifications are incorporated into, and familiar with the provisions contained therein. The submission of his bid shall indicate such knowledge. 3. Electrical drawings are diagrammatic. They are intended to show the approximate locations of equipment and conduit. The electrical contractor shall layout all equipment rooms to make sure the equipment, as purchased, fits in the room or space shown. Exact location of all equipment shall be verified in the field and routing of conduits shall suit field conditions. equipment without additional cost to the contract. shown nor specified, but obviously necessary for the completion and proper functioning of the system, shall be furnished 7. Examine the work of other trades insofar as their work comes in contact with or is covered by this work in no case attach connections, contractor shall verify voltage, phase and horsepower and shall notify engineer of any discrepancies prior to attention of the engineer prior to bidding the job. 11. The existing conditions of these documents may not reflect current installations or as-built conditions. Prior to initiating material procurement and construction, it is the contractor's responsibility to verify existing conditions are consistent with 12. Do NOT scale drawings. 13. The contractor shall make provisions for the delivery and safe storage of his/her materials and equipment in coordination or problem due to size and weight. Protection of all finishes during delivery is the responsibility of the contractor. knowledge of the existing conditions 2. Comply with any specification requirements that are in excess but not in conflict with code requirements. 3. The contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, plan reviews and certificates of inspection in connection with his work, required by the foregoing authorities. Before final payment of the contract is allowed, all certificates shall be 4. Electrical material and equipment shall bear the UL label except where UL does not label such types of material and equipment. D. Shop Drawings Submittals respective specification numbering system and titles. Each submittal shall clearly identify which products and options are applicable. The submittals shall be submitted through the architect to the engineer and then, if necessary, resubmitted for final approval. Submittals shall be submitted for the following items: D.a. Wiring devices D.b. Panelboards, transformers and safety switches including fault current study based on equipment being supplied. D.c. Lighting control system and devices 4. Electronic Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number. 5. Each submittal shall be provided with a cover identifying the following: D.b. Location of the job, address, city and state. D.c. Name and address of the company issuing the submittal. D.d. Date of the submittal drawings) shall have the general contractor's or subcontractor's "stamp of approval" indicating that the item submitted is as called for on the plans and specifications, is approved by the general contractor or subcontractor, the date of approval and initialed by the person approving the submittal and the name of the company submitting said equipment for approval. 8. Every effort shall be made, in checking the shop drawings, to detect and correct all errors, omissions and inaccuracies. Failure to do this will not relieve the electrical contractor of the responsibility for the proper and complete installation in 3. Print and scan each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. equipment or materials named in this specifications (whether or not the words "or approved equal" are used) shall be specified equipment described herein and as detailed on drawings and associated contract documents. These are submitted. Manufacturers of products accepted by the architect and engineer will be listed in an addendum to the specifications as an acceptable substitution equipment accepted as detailed below and shall be shown as a separate add submit a written request for substitutions to the architect at the bid opening. The request shall be an alternate to the original bid; be accompanied with complete descriptive (manufacturer, brand name, catalog number, etc.) and technical requested, the contractor shall submit (at his cost) inspection samples of both the specified and proposed substitute G. Testing and Placing in Service 1. Any material or equipment failing a test shall be repaired or replaced at the contractor's expense. 2. Tests shall include the following: conditions. G.b. Measure the no-load and full-load voltages (phase to phase, phase to neutral and phase to ground for each phase of each service, of each separately derived system, and at each panelboard or transformer). each separately derived system's grounding electrode. G.d. Make insulation resistance tests on all dry type transformers and motors. 3. Provide performance testing as required per N.E.C. or local authority having jurisdiction. Phase A Phase B Phase C Neutral H. Interferences 1. Before the installation of any item begins, the electrical contractor shall carefully ascertain that it does not interfere with clearances for the erection of finish beams, columns, pilasters, walls or other structural or architectural members as contractor shall, at his own expense, make changes in his work as directed by the architect to permit the completion of the architectural work in accordance with drawings and specifications. 2. It shall be the duty of this contractor to report any interferences between his work and that of any of the other contractors was installed first. His decision will be final. I. Quality Assurance 1. All products shall be new and of the type and quality specified. Where materials, equipment, apparatus or other products desired quality and style. It is the intent of these specifications to establish a standard of quality of materials and equipment installed. J. Special Inspections inspections required by the building code. Special Inspection shall be paid by the owner. 2. Special Inspector shall meet the qualifications as stated in the applicable building code and shall perform the duties and responsibilities as outlined in the applicable building code. 3. The electrical contractor shall provide access to areas requiring testing or inspections, and provide requested documentation (if required by the Special Inspector). Section 260050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods A. Nameplates 1. General: furnish and mount on each panelboard, switchboard (including branch devices), large junction box, safety switch, starter, remote control, push button station, and all similar controls, a nameplate descriptive of the equipment or equipment controlled. B. Mounting Accessories 1. This contractor shall furnish and install all angle iron, channel iron, rods, supports, hangers, concrete or plywood required to install, mount and support any electrical equipment or device called for on the plans. 2. Supporting material shall be complete with hangers, connectors, bolts, clamps and necessary accessories to make a complete installation. Supporting material shall be galvanized, painted or otherwise suitably finished. Products by Binkley, Steel City, or Raco will be acceptable. 3. All surface-mounted equipment on block walls shall be mounted on 3/4" plywood backboard. All floor-mounted equipment shall be installed on a 4" high concrete housekeeping pad. C. Execution 1. The electrical work for construction proposed shall conform to all federal (OSHA), state, all specific safety requirements 3. Equipment connections, starters, disconnect switches, control transformers and pushbutton stations for the equipment furnished by the owner or under a separate contract shall be installed and connected under this division, as indicated on electrical contractor. This contractor shall assume the responsibility of providing the sleeves, chases and openings necessary for the electrical installation and for their repair in an acceptable manner, as determined by the architect. All no circumstances shall the contractor cut a structural floor slab thicker than four (4") inches without prior written approval from Engineer of Record. Notify Engineer of Record of any slab thickness greater than four (4") inches prior to proceeding with any saw cutting. architect prior to installation. D. Materials and Workmanship 1. All work shall be installed in a practical and workmanlike manner, by mechanics skilled in the several trades necessary. on the drawings to the contrary. 3. During each phase and at the completion of the construction, this contractor shall remove all debris and excess materials 4. All electrical equipment shall bear the underwriters laboratories label or ETL label. 5. This contractor shall guarantee his workmanship and material (lamps excepted) for a period of one year from the date of building opening and leave his work in perfect order at the completion. Should defects develop within the guarantee E. Scope of Work 1. The electrical contractor shall provide all labor, material, storage, unpacking and placement; to include but not be limited E.b. Emergency lighting and power. E.c. Complete electrical distribution system including, but not limited to appliance panelboards, transformers, E.f. Complete lighting fixture installation, including all lamps. Lighting control system and devices F. Temporary Service individual trades shall be provided by the individual trades including power for the lighting. The electrical work for contractor's price. 2. Pay the cost of all power company charges connected with permanent electric service to the building. 208/120 Red Blue Grey Green 1. #12 and #10 conductors shall have continuous insulation color, as listed above. laps of colored tape on each conductor at all points of access including junction boxes. Color tape shall be the equal of 3M products Scotch #35. 3. Conductors shall be soft annealed copper insulated for 600 volts unless specifically indicated otherwise. Aluminum B. Insulation type shall be type THWN for wire sizes #8 AWG and larger and THHN or THWN for #10 AWG and smaller. THHN shall not be used in wet or damp locations. D. Provide #12 conductors, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Control conductors shall be #14 minimum for NEC class I and #16 for NEC class II. C. The input data shall include the power company's fault current contribution, resistance and reactance components of the branch D. Short circuit momentary duty values and interrupting duty values shall be calculated on the basis of three phase bolted short circuits at each switchgear bus, switchboard, distribution panel, branch circuit panel, and other significant locations through the system. The short circuit tabulations shall include symmetrical fault currents and X/R ratios. For each fault location, the total duty Section 260923 - Lighting Control Devices A. Sensor Layout: Utilizing project-specific floor plans, manufacturer shall produce a CAD layout of their recommended locations for all occupancy sensors and daylight sensors. Indicate where additional sensors are recommended or where any sensors can be Brown Orange Yellow Section 260519 (cont.) E. Conductors #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. F. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. G. Install wiring in conduit. H. Connect #10 and smaller wires with constant pressure expandable spring type connectors, "Scotchlok" by 3M or B-Cap by Buchanan. M. There shall be no wirenut joints or splices made inside switchboards/panelboards. N. Branch circuit wire sizes (and conduits) shall be increased from those indicated on the plans to prevent excessive voltage drop. Branch circuits shall be installed with wires of sufficient size so that voltage drop between the panel and the loads does not exceed limit of 3%. O. Regardless of the temperature rating of the conductor insulation, all conductor ampacity rating for this project shall be determined from the 75°C conductor temperature ratings indicated in the NEC tables. Where equipment or devices are provided with terminals/lugs rated for 60°C, the ampacity rating of the 75°C conductor shall be limited to its associated 60°C rating as indicated in the NEC tables. The electrical contractor shall be responsible to increase the conductors and conduit size as required. shall more than six (6) current carrying conductors be run in a single conduit. C. All conduits shall contain a code-sized ground wire size per N.E.C. in addition to the conductors shown on the plans. Where circuit to the isolated ground connection of the device served. In no case shall the system ground (green wire and associated outlet 1. All wire shall be run in accordance with code in corrosion resistant, rigid, threaded, metal conduit or electrical metallic A.b. Carlon PVC type 40 heavy wall conduit with ground wire may be used below floor slab or underground in shall be metal. 6. Use watertight joints with buried and concrete encased conduit. All buried conduits outside of buildings shall have a 8. Installed exposed runs of conduit and conduit above lay-in ceilings parallel or perpendicular to the walls, structural members of intersections of vertical planes and ceilings. Provide right angle turns using fittings or symmetrical bends. 9. If a conduit is suspended, it shall be supported on trapeze hangers which use "all-thread" rods from the structural steel. The use of ceiling support wire or similar material will not be accepted. 10. Install empty conduit for future use as indicated on the drawings. Conduit shall be complete with jetline or pull rope, 11. Provide pitch pockets where conduits penetrate the roof. 12. Thread lubrication/sealant is required on outdoor and underground threaded metal joints. 13. Install fire seal fittings where conduits penetrate concrete floor slabs or masonry walls required to be fire rated. B. Pull and Junction Boxes 1. Install pull and junction boxes where shown on the drawings, and where required for changes in direction, at junction outside, for above ground work. Furnish weatherproof boxes when installed above ground outside. 3. Provide cast iron boxes, hot dipped galvanized inside and outside where shown on the drawings. Furnish removable 4. Provide concrete boxes for underground work unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Furnish steel frames and covers with the cover attached to the frame with hexagon head, brass or bronze cap screws, 3/8" in diameter. Provide a rubber gasket for sealing between the cover and the frame. Paint the cover with two coats of heavy asphaltum. 1. Use sheet steel boxes, zinc coated or cadmium plated, for concealed interior work. 2. Use cast boxes, zinc-cadmium finish malleable iron, for exposed interior work, and for exposed or concealed work in wet, damp or exterior locations. Cast boxes shall be series FD by Crouse Hinds or Appleton. dictates, the depth may be reduced to 2-1/8" or 1-1/2" under special conditions. 4. Fixture outlets in ceilings (minimum) shall be 4" octagonal X 1-1/2" deep (4-11/16" octagonal X 2-1/2" deep where required to accommodate larger conduit or larger number of wires). 6. Provide cast iron, concrete-tite floor boxes with adjustable covers set flush and level with the finished floor, with outlets as indicated on the drawings. Provide Hubbell #B-2400, 4200, or 4300 series boxes with leveling screws. Flush type covers and openings to serve outlets used. Furnish flush caps for closing off box when not in use. noncombustible walls. 10. Clean boxes of all foreign matter prior to the installation or wiring of devices. A. The fault current study shall be performed by the distribution equipment manufacturer. The study shall be submitted to the satisfactory. 6. Douglas Lighting Controls 7. Crestron 8. Steinel Professional 9. Touché Lighting Control 10. B.E.G. Controls C. Occupancy Sensors, Line Voltage, Wall Switch Type 1. Shall use passive infrared motion detection. 2. Shall be compatible with incandescent, magnetic or electronic low voltage, and magnetic or electronic fluorescent, as well as motor loads. 3. Switch shall be microprocessor controlled. 4. Shall be capable of detecting occupancy with true, 180º field of view. 5. Shall utilize zero crossing circuitry, which increases relay life, protects from the effects of inrush current, and increases sensor longevity. 6. Wall switch shall have integral shutters that narrow the field of view from 180º. 7. Shall feature pushbutton for manual on and off, which times out based upon occupancy detection. D. Occupancy Sensors, Low Voltage, Ceiling Mount 1. Shall incorporate dual-technology passive infrared and ultrasonic motion detection. 2. Shall mount on ceiling. 3. Shall have 360° coverage with at least a 28 ft coverage pattern (when mounted at 9 ft) in all directions for walking motions. 4. Shall automatically adapt to changing room conditions--including background PIR levels and continuous airflow not less than 6 feet from sensor. 6. Shall have mask inserts for PIR rejection to prevent false tripping. 7. Internal timer shall be factory set at 10 minutes, shall be push-button programmable from 30 seconds to 20 minutes 9. Shall have standard 5 year warranty and shall be UL listed. E. Power Pack well as motor loads. 3. Ratings: 20A incandescent, 20A fluorescent, 120 or 277V. to be located inside an adjacent box for specific local code requirements, contractor to verify. 6. Shall be capable of powering up to 14 sensors. 8. Provide 2-pole version for rooms with two levels of lighting control including inboard/outboard switching. 9. Shall have standard 5 year warranty and shall be UL listed. 2. The timer switch shall be capable of 3-way operation. 3. Switch contacts shall break the current at the end of a preset time which is user adjustable from 1 minute to 18 hours. 5. Unit shall fit into a standard 2-1/2 inch deep wall box, single or multi-gang installation, and accept a standard toggle switchplate. 7. Time switch shall have 5 year warranty and shall be UL listed. G. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and assist in field testing. Report results in writing. Remove and replace lighting control devices where test results indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. H. Adjusting 1. Final occupancy sensor locations shall be determined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and representative shall be engaged to meet on-site with the contractor to determine proper device locations prior to rough-in. 2. Once lighting fixtures and occupancy sensors have been installed, a factory-authorized service representative shall be engaged to set-up and program occupancy sensors and photosensors. Contractor and service representative shall meet on-site with the Owner to determine appropriate set points and programming. a. All occupancy sensors shall be field adjusted/aimed to effectively detect motion and eliminate nuisance tripping. sensor performance. 3. Once all occupancy sensors have been set-up, adjusted and programmed, contractor shall meet again with I. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, a factory-authorized service representative shall be engaged to provide on-site assistance in adjusting sensors to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to lighting controls. Refer to Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." Provide a minimum of four (4) hours of Owner training. Section 262213 - Dry Type Transformers A. Transformers shall be continuously rated isolating type for 60 hertz service unless otherwise indicated. B. Insulation systems shall be 220 degrees C (150 degrees C rise). C. Enclosures for transformers shall be metallic, suitable for indoor and outdoor installation as applicable and rodent proof. D. Manufacturer shall be Cutler-Hammer, Square "D", General Electric or I.T.E.-Siemens. Fractional KVA transformers shall be building structure. Sizes of the mountings shall be selected on the basis of the weight of the transformer, using: 1. A minimum 1" thick rubber-cork-rubber sandwich type for floor mounting. 3. Two (2) spring type at the top (with two (2) steel brackets) and two (2) rubber-in compression type at the bottom (stand-off) for wall mounting. 1. AT&B #5721, 2, 3 etc., or equivalent female hub type liquid-tight connector by Steel City, Efcor or approved equal. 2. T&B #5331, 2, 3 etc., or equivalent male hub type liquid-tight connector with an insulated throat by Steel City, Efcor or 4. A bonding jumper of NEC size outside of the assembly. G. Floor mounting: All floor mounted transformers shall be installed on a 4" high concrete pad. This contractor shall furnish and install 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 01/05/2026 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 E-410 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (cont.) Section 262416 - Panelboards Section 265119 (cont.) D. A. Panelboards 1. Panelboards shall be enclosed dead front safety type with features and ratings as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Panels known as "load centers" are unacceptable. 3. Molded case circuit breakers shall be as scheduled on the drawings and specified in this division. 4. All bus bar shall be rectangular solid copper. 5. Space, where shown in panel schedules, designates space for future protective devices and shall include bus and support. 6. Install cabinets so that center of the top breaker does not exceed 6'-6" above the finished floor. 7. Entries on directory cards shall be typed, complete and accurate. 8. All bolted connections shall be torqued in accordance with manufacturer's standards. 9. Electrical contractor shall arrange circuits as near as possible to circuit numbers on the drawings. At completion of job, electrical contractor shall take current reading checks of respective phases. A minimum of circuit connections shall be rearranged to balance, as closely as possible, the load in the panel. 10. All breakers shall be bolt-on type. 11. Provide (3) spare 1" conduits into accessible ceiling space where panels are flush-mounted. 12. Manufacturer shall be Square D, Siemens, G.E., or Cutler-Hammer. Section 262726 - Wiring Devices A. Wiring device color shall be selected by architect, unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide totally enclosed, 20 ampere, 120/277 volt, quiet A/C general use snap switches. C. Switches shall be specification grade as manufactured by Hubbell, P&S, or Leviton. D. Provide NEMA configuration 5-20R Duplex 125 volt grounding type receptacles rated for 20 amperes unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E. Receptacles shall be specification grade as manufactured by Hubbell, P&S or Leviton. F. Receptacles requiring amperages, voltages or configurations different from the duplex convenience receptacles above shall be as indicated on the drawings. G. Provide other receptacles of a quality, material and workmanship equal to that specified for duplex convenience receptacles. H. Provide cover or device plates for outlet boxes as follows unless otherwise noted: 1. Finished areas: Thermoplastic - color to match device. 2. Unfinished areas: Zinc coated sheet metal, aluminum, or cast metal as appropriate for the type of box. 3. Exterior areas: Copper free aluminum with gray, powder epoxy finish, gasket, weatherproof, Crouse-Hinds "WLRD" for duplex receptacles and WLRS for single receptacles or equal. 4. Telephone, communication, and signal outlet plates, shall match those used for receptacles and switches. All outlet and/or junction boxes shall be complete with a cover plate by this contractor. 5. Where devices are ganged, they shall be installed under a common cover plate. I. Locate the switches approximately 4'-0" above the finished floor elevation or nearest block course (within A.D.A. requirements), unless otherwise indicated. The long dimension of the switches shall be vertical. J. Locate receptacles approximately 1'-6" above the finished floor elevation or nearest block course (within A.D.A. requirements), unless noted otherwise. The long dimension of receptacles shall be vertical. Section 262813 - Fuses A. The contractor shall furnish a complete set of fuses for all switches, plus fusible equipment furnished by other trades. Unless indicated otherwise on plans, the fuses shall be of the following types: 1. Fuses 601 to 6000 amps shall be UL class. Trade type shall be KRP-C as manufactured by Bussmann Company. 2. Fuses 1/10 to 600 amps shall be UL class RK1. Trade type shall be low peak LPS-RK (600V) and LPN-RK (250V) as manufactured by Bussmann Company. 3. All other fuses shall be dual-element current-limiting type with 200,000 amperes symmetrical interrupting capacity. B. Fuses shall be manufactured by Bussman, Gould-Shawmutt, or Reliance. C. Spare fuses amounting to a duplicate set of each size installed shall be turned over to the owner upon completion of the project. Provide and place in a spare fuse cabinet similar to Bussman # SFC. D. This contractor shall replace all fuses blown during construction. Section 262816 - Safety Switches A. Safety switches shall be the enclosed heavy-duty type (type HD) with quick-make, quick-break mechanism and external pad lockable operating handle. B. Safety switches shall be rated for 240 or 600 volts as applicable. They shall be horsepower rated when used in motor circuits. C. Safety switches shall be fusible or non-fusible 2, 3, or 4 pole as indicated on the drawings. D. Safety switches shall be single throw unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. E. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1 indoors and NEMA 3R outdoors unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. F. Manufacturer shall be Square D, Siemens, G.E., or Cutler-Hammer. All safety switches shall be by one manufacturer. G. Mount the safety switches securely between 3' X 6' levels above the floor unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. H. Switches on block walls shall be mounted on a 3/4" plywood backboard, where located indoors. Section 262913 - Motor Starters A. Provide motor starters (magnetic or fused combination) and control equipment where shown. Starters shall be provided with 120 volt coils, 3 overloads, control transformer with fused 120 volt secondary control circuit, (2) N.O. and (2) N.C. auxiliary contacts, hand-off-auto selector switch and running pilot light, unless otherwise noted. Wire thru control devices furnished by other trades. Since motor driven equipment is furnished by other trades, the control indicated on the drawings shall be considered as for bidding purposes only. Wire to conform to the actual equipment supplied and installed by the other trades. All fuses shall be dual element type. Provide "blownfuse" indicator lamps in cover. B. Starters shall be Square D, G.E., Cutler-Hammer, or Siemens. C. The exact number of normally open and normally close auxiliary contacts in each starter shall be determined by the temperature control contractor. D. Coordinate all equipment indicated on the electrical drawings with mechanical equipment schedules and specifications and provide motor starters for all equipment indicated as being interlocked or started from a remote location. E. Starters supplied as an integral part of equipment shall be furnished under the division providing the equipment. Wiring and disconnect shall be by this contractor. All other starters and auxiliary control equipment shall be supplied and wired by this contractor unless otherwise noted. Section 265119 - Lighting Fixtures A.LED lighting fixtures: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Recessed Fixtures: Comply with NEMA LE 4. Bulb shape complying with ANSI C79.1. Lamp base complying with ANSI C81.61. CRI of minimum 80. CCT of 3500K, unless noted otherwise on the plans or fixture schedule. Rated lamp life of 50,000 hours, minimum at 70 percent lumen maintenance. Lamps dimmable from 100 percent to 10 percent of maximum light output, unless noted otherwise on the plans or fixture schedule. Integral driver. Driver power factor shall be 40 percent or greater. Harmonic distortion shall be less than 10% THD. Drivers shall be equipped with automatic thermal protection and 20 KA surge protection with end of life LED indicator. Nominal Operating Voltage: as indicated on plans and schedules. 10. Efficiency minimum of 80 lumens per watt. 11. Each LED luminaire type shall be binned within a three-step MacAdam Ellipse to ensure color consistency among luminaires. 12. Fixtures shall comply with UL 1598 and UL 8750. B.Exit Signs: 2. 3. 4. C. Comply with UL 924; for sign colors and lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Internally Lighted Signs: Lamps for AC Operation: Light-emitting diodes, 70,000 hours minimum of rated lamp life. NFPA 101 Compliance: Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs. All lighting fixtures shall be furnished and installed by electrical contractor as indicated on the lighting fixture schedule. Other acceptable manufacturers shall be at the discretion and approval of the architect and engineer. Section 270528 - Telephone System A. Electrical contractor to provide telephone service conduit or duct to telephone board as shown on plans. Service conduit size and quantity shall be as determined by local telephone company. B. This contractor shall provide and install all conduits with pull wires, outlet boxes, metal cabinets and pull boxes. Provide a complete conduit system with pull wire as indicated on drawings. C. All plates shall be standard telephone type with jack. Provide plates of same material and finish as specified for receptacles. Wall phone plates shall have mounting studs. D. Provide fire-rated plywood terminal board as shown on drawings. E. A conduit run shall have not more than three (3) bends in a run between outlet boxes or between outlet box and a metal cabinet or pull box. When a run requires more than three (3) bends, a pull box of suitable size shall be placed in suitable location to meet the above conditions. K. L. M. N. E. F. G. H. I. J. All fixtures shall bear the underwriter's laboratories (UL) label, be listed and approved for the purpose intended and installed according to manufacturer's instructions. Existing fixtures noted to be reused shall be cleaned and relamped. Electrical contractor shall confirm that all lighting fixtures and associated drivers, ballasts, etc. are coordinated with the lighting/dimming controls being provided. Contractor shall verify if and where Generator Transfer Devices (GTDs) are required prior to ordering lighting fixtures. Electrical contractor shall confirm that all lighting fixture mounting options and hardware are coordinated with the ceiling height and construction. Contractor shall verify fixture mounting heights with architect prior to ordering and rough-in. Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures and suspension system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies. Set all lighting fixtures level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls. This contractor shall provide and install all necessary support media for all lighting fixtures including structural steel, angle, rods, etc. and shall be supported in a manner acceptable to the local inspection authorities. All fixtures shall be firmly supported from beams or joists. 1. 2. 3. Provide all necessary backing, blocking and supports for wall mounted fixtures. Fixtures shall not be supported from roof deck. Support for Fixtures in or on Grid-Type Suspended Ceilings: a. Install a minimum of four ceiling support system rods or wires for each fixture. Locate not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from fixture corners. b. Support Clips: Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner with clips that are UL listed for the application. c. Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid: Install as indicated on reflected ceiling plans or center in acoustical panel, and support fixtures independently with at least two 3/4-inch (20-mm) metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees. 4.Suspended Fixture Support: Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inches (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging. If required by code, light fixtures shall be Chicago Plenum or New York City rated. If required by code or project requirements, light fixtures shall be CALGREEN, DC Green, Title 24 and/or Energy Star compliant/certified. Recessed fixtures recessed in air plenums shall be approved for the purpose intended and installed according to manufacturer's instructions. Fixtures shall be air-tight rated and/or provide air-tight gaskets to seal around openings. Recessed fixtures in direct contact with insulation shall be IC (Insulated Ceiling) rated. Insulation shall be kept away from Non-IC rated fixtures as required by code and manufacturer's instructions. Provide barriers as required. All penetrations associated with the electrical installation located in or passing through fire rated assemblies shall be fire-stopped using a UL approved method. Furnish and install UL listed fire rated materials and equipment such as boxes, puddy pads, endothermic mat, lighting fixtures with rated enclosures, fire rated covers for lighting fixtures, etc. to comply with code for project conditions. UL approved method for fire stopping shall meet or exceed fire rating of structure being penetrated. Reference architectural plans for fire ratings. O. P. All adjustable fixtures shall be aimed and adjusted during evening hours to the satisfaction of the architect. Submittals: In accordance with other sections of these specifications, provide shop drawings for lighting fixtures containing the following information (as applicable): 1.Project specific luminaire designation 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. All features, options, accessories, mounting, etc. clearly marked Luminaire dimensions Delivered lumen output, CCT and CRI Lamp life Energy efficiency data Photometric data Listings (NRTL, IC, IP, etc.) Lighting controls compatibility 10. Emergency batteries (integral or remote) including the capacity and lumen output 11. Factory shop drawings indicating project specific lengths and layouts for all continuous linear products 03/10/2026 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 01/05/2026 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 E-501 TITLE 24 INTERIOR LIGHTING 07-09-2025 07-09-2025 796 Merus Court St. Louis, MO 63026 796 Merus Court St. Louis, MO 63026 CASE Engineering, Inc. E 17866 636-349-1600 636-349-1600 03/10/2026 07-09-2025 636-349-1600 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 01/05/2026 Dan Conrad, Engineer CA # E 17866 E-502 TITLE 24 POWER DISTIBUTION 07-09-2025 796 Merus Court St. Louis, MO 63026 796 Merus Court St. Louis, MO 63026 CASE Engineering, Inc. E 17866 636-349-1600 03/10/2026 M-000 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section 200500 - General Requirements A. General 1. Specifications are applicable to all contractors and/or subcontractors for all mechanical systems in Divisions 01, 20, 21, 22, and 23. 2. This contractor is also referred to the architectural, structural, electrical and all other drawings and specifications pertinent to this project and fully coordinate with all other trades, owner and architect requirements. All of the above mentioned drawings and specifications are considered a part of the contract documents. 3. Conform to all Instructions to Bidders, general and special conditions of contract as specified by architect and/or owner. 4. Refer to “Alternate Proposals” for possible changes affecting the extent of this section of work. 5. Before submitting a bid, each contractor is requested to visit the job site to familiarize themselves with construction condition, check facilities and conditions and make all necessary observations and measurements. Note conditions under which work is to be performed and take all items into consideration in bid. No consideration will be given for his failure to do so. 6. Systems are to be complete and workable in all respects, placed in operation and properly adjusted. 7. Each contractor shall provide for his own clean-up, removal and legal disposal of all rubbish daily. 8. Each contractor shall protect his work, his existing and adjacent property against weather. 9. Each contractor shall protect his work, materials, apparatus and fixtures from damage. Any work damaged by failure to provide protection required, shall be removed and replaced with new material at the contractor's expense. 10. Each contractor must confirm all utility company requirements and connection points in field, prior to starting work. Each contractor shall include cost of utility companies work in their bid. 11. Each contractor must confirm size, location and materials at point of tie in connections in the field prior to rough-in of new work. 12. Arrange for and obtain owner's and insurance representative's permission for any service shutdowns. 13. Each contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, sequences of construction and the safety of workmen. 14. No piping, ductwork, wiring, etc., shall be installed or routed above or below electrical panels and equipment, through elevator equipment rooms or elevator shafts or stairways unless these items serve these areas only. 15. All contractors shall coordinate with the electrical contractor and obtain a written approval identifying the electrical characteristics of all mechanical equipment prior to ordering of equipment. No additional payment will be made for lack of contractor coordination of electrical characteristics. 16. Each contractor shall include modifying existing conditions to complete the project. During construction the contractors may uncover an existing condition that will have to be modified. Any such work which comes under the jurisdiction of this contractor shall be done by this contractor without extra cost to the owner and project. 17. Work related to the existing building shall be coordinated to minimize interference or interruption of normal building use by the owner. Refer to architectural plans for phasing requirements. 18. Ceiling grid systems shall not be supported from ductwork, heating or plumbing lines or any other utility lines, and vice versa. Each utility and the ceiling grid system shall be a separate installation and each shall be independently supported from the building structure - concrete, steel or masonry. Where interferences occur, in order to support ductwork, piping, ceiling grid systems, etc., trapeze type hangers or supports shall be employed which shall be located so as not to interfere with access to such mechanical equipment as valves, regulators, mixing boxes, fire dampers, etc. B. Work Coordination and Scope 1. Each contractor under this division shall familiarize himself with the work to be done under other divisions of this specification and their related drawings and shall so coordinate and schedule his work as not to cause delays or interference with the work of others. Such coordination and scheduling shall accomplish the installation of mechanical and plumbing equipment and piping with a minimum of cutting through masonry and other adjustments. 2. Work included under this division shall consist of furnishing all materials, supplies, equipment, tools, transportation and facilities and performing all labor and services necessary for the complete installation of the mechanical systems of plumbing, fire protection, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and specialty systems. 3. The contractor under this division shall report discrepancies in the work of others which affect his work. Any changes made necessary by failure or neglect to report such discrepancies shall be made by and at the expense of the contractor of this division. Obtain written instructions for changes necessary to accommodate work of others. 4. The contractor under this division shall be responsible for proper size and location of anchors, chases, recesses, opening, etc., required for the proper installation of his work. 5. The division of responsibility under separate mechanical, fire protection and plumbing contracts for tie-in points shall be as follows: a.The plumbing contractor shall provide domestic water and gas to within five feet (5'-0”) of equipment connection furnished by the mechanical or electrical contractor, final connection by mechanical or electrical contractor. On the water lines, the plumbing contractor shall provide the shut-off valve, check valve, backflow preventor and pressure regulator. On the gas lines, the plumbing contractor shall provide the shut-off valve and pressure regulator. b. Plumbing contractor shall run the gas, water and sanitary to 5'-0” outside the building or to points as noted on the drawings. c. Fire protection, plumbing and mechanical contractor shall provide sleeves to the general contractor for placement in floors, walls, etc. and coordinate such location. The plumbing contractor shall be responsible for flashing at vent roof terminals. d. The fire protection, plumbing and mechanical contractor shall check with the architectural drawings concerning the test borings to determine areas of rock which should be included in his excavation work. Failure to adjust for rock conditions shall not warrant cause for additional compensation. e. The plumbing contractor shall rough-in and connect all other fixtures and equipment where shown on the drawings but not previously mentioned. Provide with shut-off valves and p-traps with clean-out plug. f. All motors 1/3 HP and smaller shall be single phase motors, 1/2 HP and larger, shall be three phase motors except where otherwise specified. Thermal overload protection for all motors shall be provided. Combination fused disconnect and magnetic line starters with auto-off-test switch shall be provided for all three-phase motors. Thermal overload relays shall be sized for 115 percent of full load motor current. For motors with VFD; motors shall be inverter duty motors that meets current “MG 1 Part 31” specifications. Motors to have a minimum of 20:1 turn down ratio. Motors over 20 Hp shall have shaft ground rings. The installation of all motors, starters and other electrical work under this mechanical division shall be done so as to conform with the National Electric Code. Each motor shall be of squirrel cage type, open-drip proof, normal starting torque, having ball bearings unless otherwise specified. For manufacturers that use PMAC motors, this contractor shall supply VFD's to operate motor. 6. Each contractor shall provide OSHA approved handrail (Guard) system for all roof mounted equipment within 10'- 0” of roof edge where the roof edge does not have a 42” high parapet or higher. C. Codes, Permits, Standards and Regulations 1. Contractors shall install work in full accordance with rules and regulations of all applicable codes (local, city, county, state, national codes, NFPA, OSHA, etc.), government regulations, utility company requirements, and applicable standards having jurisdiction over premises. This shall include safety requirements of the state department. Do not construe this as relieving contractor from compliance with any requirements of specifications which are in excess of code requirements and not in conflict therewith. 2. Contractors shall secure and pay for all fees, permits, and certificates of inspection incidental to this work required by foregoing authorities. Arrange for all required inspections and approvals. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for payments to all public utilities for work performed by them in connection with provision of service connections required under this division of specifications. 4. Deliver all permits and certificates to architect in duplicate. D. Design Drawings 1. The design drawings, as submitted, are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact location of equipment, piping and ductwork unless dimensions are given. Piping and ductwork are to be installed along the general plans shown on the drawings while conforming to actual building conditions. Each contractor shall confirm all dimensions by field measurement. 2. Before entering into a contract, the successful bidder may be required to submit satisfactory evidence to show that the manufacturer of all parts of the equipment offered have been regularly engaged in the manufacture of such equipment for three (3) years and have not less than three (3) installations of a similar type which have been in successful operation under conditions similar to those specified for not less than two (2) years. 3. All equipment, piping and material specified herein after as shown on the drawings shall be furnished and installed by the contractor, unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Installation shall comply with all required “Building Codes” and “Reference Standards.” 4. If this contractor proposes to install equipment requiring space conditions other than those as specified and/or shown on the design drawings, or to rearrange the equipment, he shall assume full responsibility and submit drawings for the rearrangement of the space and shall obtain the full approval of the architect prior to start of any work. 5. The exact locations for fixtures, equipment and piping which is not covered by drawings shall be obtained from the architect or his representative in the field and the work shall be laid out accordingly.The design drawings, as submitted, are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact location of equipment, piping and ductwork unless dimensions are given. Piping and ductwork are to be installed along the general plans shown on the drawings while conforming to actual building conditions. Each contractor shall confirm all dimensions by field measurement. Section 200500 (cont.) 6. Drawings and specifications are intended to supplement one another. Any materials or labor called for in one but not the other shall be furnished as if both were mentioned in the specifications and shown on the drawings. E. Base Bid Equipment, Materials and Substitutions 1. All equipment and materials shall be new, free of defects and UL labeled. 2. Base bid manufacturers are included in the specification or listed in schedules on the drawings. All other manufacturers are considered substitution. 3. The name or make of any article, device, material, form of construction, fixture, etc., stated in this specification, whether or not the words "or approved equal" are used, shall be known as a "standard". 4. All cost shall be based on "standards" specified. 5. The equipment schedules on the drawings indicate manufacturer and their equipment model numbers that this design has been based on. Each contractor is required to bid upon the basis of design and furnish the makes specified. 6. Where more than one make or name is mentioned as being acceptable, it shall be understood that only the name or make referring to the manufacturers model numbers or sizes shall be considered the “Specified Standards.” It shall be further understood that other makes and names, even though mentioned, have not been checked for detail and that their size and arrangement are the contractor's responsibility the same as a proposed substitute item. The use of other manufacturer's equipment that is listed as acceptable alternates that entails general trades, structural, mechanical, electrical, etc., revisions is this contractor's responsibility to provide revisions. Any additional cost of such changes shall be paid by the contractor submitting the acceptable alternates which necessitates changes in installing such submitted alternate equipment, even though such costs may be part of another division of work. 7. Bids concerning the use of substitute products must be accompanied by complete specifications and performance characteristic covering these products. Contractor shall provide all available test data and experience records which may be helpful to the architect in evaluating the quality and/or suitability of alternate products. 8. Contractor is also invited to bid on any other similar products the contractor desires to propose as substitutions, stating any difference in cost (add or deduct from base bid cost) for each proposed substitution on the substitution sheet. If the architect decides to accept any of the proposed substitutions, proper notations thereof shall be made in the written contract. Where several makes are mentioned in the specifications and the contractor fails to state that he prefers a particular make in his bid, the owner shall have the right to choose any of the makes mentioned without change in price. No consideration will be given to proposals for alternative products unless submitted with the original bids. 9. Substitutions are subject to the approval of the owner. If a substitution is submitted, it is the contractor's responsibility to evaluate it and certify that the substitution is equivalent in all respects to the base specifications. 10. If substitutions are approved, notify all other contractors, subcontractors, etc., affected by the substitution and fully coordinate with them. Any costs resulting from substitution, whether by this contractor or others, shall be the responsibility of and paid for by the substituting contractor. Approved shop drawings do not absolve this contractor from this responsibility. 11. All equipment shall be installed in full accordance with the manufacturer's data and installation instructions and service clearances. It is this contractor's responsibility to check and confirm these requirements prior to starting of any work. F. Warranty 1. Fully warrant all materials, equipment and workmanship and the successful operation of all equipment and apparatus installed by this contractor for one (1) year from date of final acceptance. 2. Extend all manufacturers' warranties to owner; including five (5) year compressor and ten (10) year heat exchanger extended warranty on HVAC equipment to include material and labor. 3. Repair or replace without material and labor charge to the owner all items found defective during the warranty periods. In the case of replacement or repair due to failure within the warranty period, the warranty on that portion of the work shall be extended for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of such replacement or repair. G. Shop Drawing Submittals 1. Submit shop drawings for mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, and control systems; including but not limited to sheetmetal, plumbing fixtures and equipment with adequate details and scales to clearly show construction. Indicate the operating characteristics for each required item. Clearly identify each item on the submittal as to mark, location and use, using the same identification as provided on the construction documents. 2. Sheet metal and fire protection shop drawings shall be fully dimensioned and coordinated based on field verified building dimensions and clearances and architectural ceiling layouts. Indicate structural systems, lighting, ductwork and piping at all critical locations. 3. Contractor shall review and indicate his approval of each shop drawing prior to submittal for review. Shop drawings will not be reviewed by the engineer unless the contractor's approval is noted. Do not start work or fabrication until shop drawings have been reviewed by the engineer and returned to the contractor. 4. Submittals will be reviewed only for general compliance with the contract documents and not for dimensions or quantities. The architect and engineer will make every effort to detect and correct errors, omissions, and inaccuracies in such drawings, but the failure to detect errors, omissions, and inaccuracies shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for the proper and complete installation in accordance with the intent of the contract documents. The submittal review shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for purchase of any item in full compliance with the contract documents or its complete and proper installation. 5. Where submittals vary from the contract requirements, the contractor shall clearly indicate on submittal or accompanying documents the nature and reason for the variations. 6. Each manufacturer or his representative must check the application of his equipment and certify at time of shop drawing submittal that the equipment specified has been properly applied and can be installed, serviced and maintained where indicated on the drawings. Advise engineer in writing with submittal drawings of any potential problems. The manufacturer shall be responsible for any changes that might be necessary because of physical characteristics of equipment that have not been called to the engineer's attention at the time of submittal. 7. Submit a minimum of one (1) print and an electronic “pdf” of shop drawings to the architect. The architect and engineer shall review and return a pdf. The contractor shall distribute copies as required to properly conduct the work, including requirements of the operating manual. H. Record Drawings 1. Each contractor or subcontractor shall keep one (1) complete set of the contract drawings and equipment submittals on the job site on which he shall regularly record any deviations or changes from such contract drawings made during construction. All recording shall be done in color ink. 2. These drawings shall record the installed location of all concealed equipment, piping, electric service, sewers, wastes, vents, ducts, conduit, etc., by measure dimensions to each such item from column centerlines or readily identifiable and accessible walls or corners of the building. Plans also shall show invert elevation of sewers and top elevation of all other below-grade lines. 3. Record drawings shall be kept clean and undamaged and shall not be used for any purpose other than recording deviations from working drawings and exact locations of concealed work. 4. After the project is completed, these drawings shall be scanned to an electronic “pdf” format and pdf and hard drawings shall be delivered to the architect in good condition, as a permanent record of the installation as actually constructed. I. Supervision 1. The contractor shall have in charge of work at all times during construction a competent foreman or superintendent whose experience and background shall qualify him for the work to be performed under this division. Once assigned, the foreman or superintendent shall be retained until completion of the project and any consideration as to his removal on grounds of incompetence shall either be initiated by or referred to the architect for decision. Section 200510 - Basic Materials and Methods A. General 1. Provide all materials, labor, equipment, and accessories required to furnish and install the mechanical items identified in this section. 2. This section includes basic mechanical materials and methods to complement other division sections in this specification and requirements indicated on the mechanical drawings. B. Interferences 1. Before installing any work, contractor shall see that it does not interfere with clearance required for finish on beams, columns, pilasters, walls, or other structural or architectural members, as shown on architectural drawings. If any work is so installed and it later develops that architectural design cannot be followed, contractor shall, at his own expense, make such changes in his work as architect may direct to permit completion of architectural work in accordance with plans and specifications. 2. Install additional offsets on piping or ductwork where required to obtain maximum headroom or to avoid conflict with other work without additional cost to owner. 3. Report any interferences between work under this division and that of any other contractors to architect as soon as they are discovered. Architect will determine which equipment shall be relocated, regardless of which was first installed, and his decision shall be final. Section 200510 (cont.) C. Protection of Work and Property 1. The contractor shall be responsible for safeguarding work, property, and facilities against damage, both his own as well as others with which he may come into contact in the performance of his work. 2. Stored materials shall be protected against damage from weather. Pipe, and duct openings shall be closed with caps or plugs during installation. All fixtures and equipment shall be covered and protected against damage. Any materials or equipment damaged at any stage in the construction shall be replaced or repaired. Final completion, all work shall be in a clean and unblemished condition. 3. During construction, all return air ductwork and transfer air openings serving new and existing air handling equipment and/or adjacent tenant spaces shall be protected. Openings which need to remain active shall be covered and protected with MERV 8 filtration media; openings which can remain inactive during construction shall be covered with plastic sheathing and sealed air tight. Filter media shall be replaced regularly as required during construction in order to ensure adequate airflow through all required active openings. In addition, at the end of each phase of construction and at the end of the construction project, all filtration media within each piece of equipment serving the space shall be replaced. D. Excavation and Backfill 1. Perform all excavation and backfill required for installation of below-grade piping and ductwork. 2. Excavate as required to install piping at required depth and pitch. Pipe to be laid on sand bedding to give uniform bearing along length of pipe (sand inside building and interlocking aggregate outside building). 3. Backfill with bedding material to a minimum of 12” above top of pipe and compact. Balance of backfill in outdoor grass areas shall be clean earth up to 6” above surrounding grades. Backfill below finished floors shall be sand. Backfill outdoors under paving shall be interlocking aggregate and shall be compacted in maximum 10” layers. 4. All other excavations shall be backfilled with clean earth, excluding rubbish and boulders. Backfill shall be thoroughly tamped and puddled. 5. Patch floor and paving to match existing adjacent surfaces. 6. Backfilling shall not be done until pipe lines are properly tested in the presence of the architect and/or inspection of the government agency having jurisdiction. 7. Control trench soil compaction during construction for compliance with the maximum density specified for the following areas: a. Building slabs, walkways, roadways, or public thorough-fares; compact top 12” of subgrade and each layer of backfill for fill material at 95 percent density for cohesionless soils, and 90 percent density for cohesive soil material. Tests to be performed by an independent testing service, with the compliance report submitted to the architect. 8. Pipe shall not be laid in water. Furnish all pumping equipment, power, temporary connections, etc., and do all pumping necessary to remove ground or casual water. 9. Where trenches cross roads, walks, or public thoroughfares, provide suitable barricades and bridges adequately protected by signs or red flags during day and lights as night. 10. Repave all streets or sidewalks disturbed at this contractor's expense to recommendations, procedures and satisfaction of architect and authorities having jurisdiction. E. Supports and Hangers 1. Hangers and supports are to be provided to properly support, secure and align piping and to meet field conditions and as manufactured by Grinnell, Michigan Hanger or Caddy. 2. All hangers, brackets, clamps, etc., shall be of standard weight steel. Perforated strap hangers shall not be used in any work. When two or more pipes are run parallel, they may be supported on unistrut-type trapeze hangers. Other hangers for pipe 3” in size and smaller shall be clevis. For pipe transporting medium above 150 degrees F and 4” in size and above, use pipe roll. Each hanger is to be sized to include pipe insulation saddle for protection. 3. Where building service lines enter or leave building such as water, sewer, gas, etc., and are installed on filled earth, provide continuous support on a reinforced concrete beam furnished and installed under this division. Support beam on building and with vertical support down to foundation footing and on undisturbed earth at other end. Gas main shall enter building above grade. 4. All vertical piping passing through floors shall be supported at the floor by a riser clamp. 5. Isolate all copper lines form ferrous hangers or supports by using foil filler or vinyl tape. 6. Spacing to comply with ASHRAE standards and code requirements. F. Pipe Sleeves, Floor and Ceiling Plates 1. All pipes passing through floors or masonry walls shall be provided with machine-cut schedule 40 pipe steel sleeves. The sleeves shall be so sized to allow at least 1/4" clearance between the inside sleeve wall and the pipe or insulation surface. Sheet metal sleeves shall not be used in this work. Pipe sleeves are to extend 2” above finished floor and sealed. Pipe sleeves are to be full wall thickness and sealed. 2. Unused sleeves shall be plugged and finished to match adjoining surface. G. Escutcheons 1. Fit all pipe passing through walls, floors or ceilings in finished rooms with steel or brass escutcheons. Where surface is to receive a paint finish, make escutcheons prime painted; otherwise, make escutcheons nickel or chrome plated. Where piping is insulated, fit escutcheons outside insulation. H. Pipe Identification and Tags 1. Identify each pipe, valve and controls in equipment rooms, above accessible ceilings and in accessible shafts. 2. Color code identification bands or marker backgrounds to identify contents of pipe with initials and direction of flow located near each valve and fitting, on both sides of pipe passing through walls and on long runs at not over 20'-0” intervals. 3. At place where pipe is to have marking, covered pipe shall be properly primed with clear lacquer. After marking is applied, coat with lacquer. Apply marking adjacent to valves and equipment at major changes in directions, where pipes pass through walls or floors. 4. Each piece of equipment shall be identified by a number, together with a brief description of its purpose, e.g. “Air Handling Unit - East Lobby.” Identification shall be embossed or engraved plastic or stamped brass strips firmly attached to the equipment or adjacent wall at the obvious location. The lettering for such strips shall be not less than 1/2" high. 5. All valves shall be provided with brass numbered tags attached to handle with a brass chain or ring. Wiring of tags will not be acceptable. At the completion of the work, a reproducible valve schedule shall be provided. Three (3) copies of this shall be mounted in metal, glass covered frames where requested by the architect. The schedule shall give a description of the line or equipment controlled; the normal position, emergency and/or shutdown position and location given either by description or diagram. 6. All controls, starters, switches, etc, shall be identified by embossed stencil or engraved plate as to purpose and/or equipment controlled. Control wiring shall be identified with program number and device it services. I. Access Panels 1. Each contractor shall be responsible for providing all required access panels necessary for his work. This includes any access panels required for HVAC, plumbing and fire protection. Each contractor shall also provide access panels for any existing conditions as required. 2. Refer to architectural drawings and specifications for type of access panel and coordinate locations prior to any work. 3. Contractor shall mark lay-in ceiling tiles, in a method approved by the architect, where access is required to such mechanical, plumbing, and fire protection equipment, valves, regulators, mixing boxes, fire damper, etc. J. Noise and Vibration Isolation 1. Furnish and install vibration isolating mountings to isolate from the structure, by means of resilient vibration and noise isolators, all mechanical equipment over 1 HP having rotating or reciprocating a. Isolators shall be supplied by a single source, and shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer to provide isolation efficiencies in accordance with this specification. Selection shall be based on equipment purposed, power dissipated, frequency, weight distribution and nature of the building structure. Mountings shall be designed to permit attachment to the equipment base or pad and to the structure and shall be selected for uniform deflection allowing for unequal weight distribution. 2. Selection shall be made by the manufacturer of the mountings to provide a transmissibility not exceeding 10 percent. This contractor shall provide inertia pads for equipment where called for on drawings or recommended by the manufacturer of the mountings. These shall consist of reinforced concrete pads of suitable shape, of weight 1-1/2 times the weight of the equipment and provided with weld plates or channels at the corners to which the mountings may be secured. 3. Vibration or noise created in any part of the building by the operation of any equipment furnished and/or installed under this contract will be prohibited, and this contractor shall take all precautions by isolating the various items of equipment, pipe and sheet metal work form the building structure. The major items of equipment shall be isolated as called for on the plans and specified herein. The minor items shall be held the responsibility of this contractor. Section 200510 (cont.) 1. Mechanical equipment not internally isolated by the manufacturer shall be isolated as follows: a. Connections from pump outlet and discharge nozzles to piping shall be made with flexible connectors. b. Isolate each base mounted pump from the piping systems by use of appropriate size corrugated bellows, type 347 stainless steel couplings with control rods as manufactured by Keflex Mfg. or flexonics for 300 psig design pressure at 800 degrees F. Design temperature. c. Centrifugal fans, air conditioning and/or heating and ventilating units up to 3”static pressure on grade shall be mounted on precompressed molded fiberglass, rubber-in-shear, or steel spring isolators. If the drive motor is not supported directly on the fan, both units shall be mounted on an integral structural steel base supplied by the isolator manufacturer, or sufficient rigidity to maintain alignment between the fan and the drive motor. The base shall, in turn be mounted on precompressed molded fiberglass, rubber-in-shear, or steel spring isolators. The fans' isolators shall provide isolation efficiencies as follows: Fan speed over 700 RPM 95 percent Fan speed between 450 and 700 RPM 90 percent Fan speed below 450 RPM, fan wheel over 48” diameter 80 percent Fan speed below 450 RPM, fan wheel under 48” diameter Noise isolation only d. Centrifugal fans, air conditioning and/or heating and ventilating units up to 3” static pressure above grade shall be mounted on steel spring vibration isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolation pads. If the drive motor is not supported directly on the fan, both units shall be mounted on an integral concrete inertia base, supplied by the isolator manufacturer, of sufficient rigidity to maintain alignment between the fan and isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolation pads. See “C” above for isolation efficiencies. e. Centrifugal fans, air conditioning and/or heating and ventilating units up to 3” static pressure ceiling suspended shall be mounted on a suitable platform and the platform in turn, suspended by threaded rods from the overhead structure. Resilient hangers incorporating steel springs and precompressed molded inserts shall be incorporated into each supporting rod. See “C” above for isolation efficiencies. 2. Piping and ductwork shall be supported independently of the mechanical equipment and shall be isolated as follows: a. All suspended piping in the mechanical equipment and air handling rooms shall be supported from the overhead structure by threaded rods incorporating resilient hangers. The resilient hangers shall contain steel springs and precompressed molded fiberglass inserts, designed for static deflections of between 1” and 1-3/4” under operating conditions. b. All floor supported piping and pipe hangers in the mechanical equipment rooms shall be mounted on steel spring vibration isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolators, designed for minimum static deflections of 1”. c. Suspended piping entering or leaving mechanical or air handling equipment outside the equipment rooms shall be supported for the first three hangers away from the equipment by threaded rods incorporating resilient hangers from the overhead structure. The resilient hangers shall contain steel springs and precompressed molded fiberglass inserts, designed for static deflections between 1” and 1-3/4” under operating conditions. d. Floor supported piping entering or leaving mechanical equipment outside the equipment room shall be mounted on steel spring vibration isolators in combination with precompressed molded fiberglass noise isolators, designed for minimum static deflections of 1” for the first three supports. e. Flexible connections shall be used between air handling equipment and ductwork. f. All ductwork within the mechanical equipment and air handling rooms shall be suspended with rod and rubber-in-shear hangers. 3. Isolation efficiency shall be based on the lowest operating speed of the supported equipment. The isolator manufacturer shall provide, as a part of his submittal data, and isolating efficiencies for the isolators supporting each piece of equipment. Isolators shall be manufactured by Consolidated Kinetics Corp., 401 Dublin Avenue, Columbus, Ohio, or Mason Industries, Inc., Hollis, New York. K. Expansion Joints 1. Expansion joints in piping for heating and domestic water system 2-1/2” and below shall be Flexicraft ML loop stainless steel for steel and copper pipe or Flexonics model H, stainless steel bellows, internal guides, anti-torque device for steel pipe and model HB, bronze bellows, internal guides, anti-torque device for copper pipe; end connections to match corresponding pipe construction. 2. Pipe alignment guide to be steel spider (copper clad for copper pipe) housed in a steel sleeve with feet for attachment to structure. 3. Expansion loops shall be provided on all pipe runs over 100 ft in length. Size loop per manufacturer's recommendations or as scheduled. L. Thermometers and Gauges 1. Pressure gauges shall be provided in pipe lines and at inlets and outlets to equipment as called for or specified. These shall be installed to indicate pressure changes across equipment only. This means that they must have connections installed as close as possible to equipment flanges. These shall be bourdon tube type with 3” minimum dial 1/4 male NPT connection, steel cages with pressure ranges suitable for indicating the normal operating pressure at the two-third point of the scale range. Ashcroft, 3M or Taylor. Connections shall be made with shut-off cock and surge snubber. 2. Thermometers shall be a red mercury in glass-type with adjustable angle feature, 7” minimum scale length with range and bulb length suitable for the application and insertion well. These shall be located where they sense a true temperature and where they can be easily read and be installed with heat transfer grease. M. Miscellaneous Steel 1. Furnish and install all miscellaneous steel required for supports, hangers, anchors, guides, etc., required for installation of equipment and materials furnished and installed under this division. N. Painting 1. This contractor shall perform all painting incidental to this work. 2. All insulation shall be painted at the time of installation with one coat of Benjamin Foster “Lagtone” water base paint. At the completion of the work, all such insulation shall be given an additional coat of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 3. All uncovered black iron pipe, fittings, iron portions of valves, hangers, structural steel, expansion tanks, cooling tower sumps and all other black iron work shall be thoroughly cleaned and given two coats of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 4. All uncovered exposed sheet metal shall be thoroughly cleaned and neutralized and given two (2) coats of alkyd resin paint of a color to match existing building structure or as selected by the architect. 5. All painting shall be done with a brush or roller. Spray painting will be prohibited. 6. All finishing materials, thinners, etc., shall be the best quality, first line materials as manufactured by: a. E.I. Dupont De Nemours and Company b. Pratt and Lambert, Inc. c. The Glidden Company d. The Sherwin-Williams Company e. The Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company 7. All paint materials shall be delivered to the job in the manufacturer's original unopened and labeled containers, and they shall be used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 8. This contractor shall submit a list of materials to the architect. The list shall state the branch names of the materials that the contractor intends to use. This list shall be secured from the paint manufacturer and shall be on his stationery. 9. The architect's approval must be secured before any painting work is started. O. Clean-Up 1. Insofar as this contract is concerned, at all times keep premises and building in a neat and orderly condition: Follow explicitly any instructions of architect in regard to storing of materials, protective measures, cleaning-up of debris, etc. 2. Upon completion of work, this contractor shall thoroughly clean all apparatus furnished by him, pack all valves and thoroughly clean piping, fixtures and equipment removing all dirt, grease and oil. 3. Air systems shall not be operated without filters. Upon completion of work, replace all filters. 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 M-010 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS (cont.) P. Operating and Maintenance 1.This contractor shall furnish competent personal instruction to the owner's operating personnel for a period of two (2) days in the proper operation of the heating and air conditioning equipment. He shall also supply the owner with copies of an operation manual containing the following: a. Step-by-step procedures for start-up and shut-down for each system and piece of equipment. b. Performance data, curves, ratings. c. Wiring diagrams. d. Manufacturer's descriptive literature. e. Automatic controls with diagrams and written description of operation. f. Manufacturer's maintenance and service manuals. g. Plumbing fixtures. h. Spare parts and replacement parts list for each piece of equipment. i. Name of service agency and installer. j. Final approved shop drawings. Q. Roof Curbs (as manufactured by Pate, Roof Products and Systems and Thycurb) 1.Curb shall be 18 gauge galvanized steel with continuous welded seams, wood nailer, counterflashing, R-8 minimum and liner insulation. Top of curb shall be a minimum size as shown in detail on drawings, but not less than 14” above the high point of roof where curb attaches. 2.Provide curb for all roof penetrations of ducts and piping. 3.All cutting and patching of existing roof shall be by the owner's roofing contractor and paid for by the mechanical contractor. 4.Curb shall be installed with top level. Curb base to match roof pitch. Section 200523 - Piping and Valves A. General 1.Furnish all material, labor, equipment, and accessories as required to install complete fire protection, plumbing, and HVAC piping systems as indicated on drawings and in these specifications. 2.Install in full accordance with local code requirements, see other specification section for additional requirements and install in accordance to manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. B. Connections to Equipment Furnished by Others 1.Provide valved water and/or gas connection for equipment furnished by other contractors or owner. 2.Include accessories required by code, drawings and manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.Fully coordinate with lab equipment, pool equipment, kitchen equipment, and laundry equipment suppliers and confirm all rough-in requirements prior to starting work. C. Installation 1.All piping shall be installed parallel with or perpendicular to the building walls. All vertical risers shall be installed plumb and straight. All piping above accessible ceilings shall be installed as high as possible and at height to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. 2.All piping shall be installed with pitch in the direction of flow of not less than 1” in 40'-0", except as otherwise shown. It must be possible to drain every portion of the piping system. 3.Run lines as direct as possible and avoid unnecessary offsets. However, if offsets are required in order to obtain maximum headroom or to avoid conflict with other work, they shall be made as required or as requested by the architect without addition cost to the owner. The architect reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of piping and equipment during the roughing-in, without additional cost to the owner. All changes proposed by others shall be approved by the architect. 4.Lines shall be cut accurately to measurement at the site and worked into place without springing or forcing. Sufficient offsets, pipe loops or expansion joints between anchor points shall be provided as needed, whether or not shown, to limit stresses and control movement of lines subject to the thermal expansion. 5.Before any piping is installed, it shall be up-ended and pounded to remove any foreign matter present, and shall be swabbed, if necessary, for thorough cleaning. After installation and before final connections made, all piping system shall be flushed with a material that is not injurious to either pipe or equipment. (See also “Tests and Adjustments.”) 6.Pipe to be threaded shall be cut square and full threaded with clean-cut tapered threads and shall be reamed after threading. Threaded connections shall be made with pipe thread compound applied to the wall threads only. 7.The edges of pipe to be welded shall be machine beveled wherever possible. Before welding, the surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned. The piping shall be carefully aligned. No metal shall project within the pipe. Mitered joints are prohibited. Only factory formed fittings shall be used. Elbows shall be long radius type. Flanges shall be welding neck type. Mitering of the pipe to form elbows or the notching of straight runs to form the tee connection will not be permitted. 8.Unions or companion flanges shall be installed in all connections to equipment, automatic valves, etc., as necessary to permit removal of equipment and specialties for servicing, repairing or cleaning. It shall be possible to remove any piece of equipment by removing only one or two sections of piping. 9.Valves shall be provided in suitable locations at each item of equipment, branch circuit, riser, or section of piping as indicated or required for proper and safe operation of the system and to facilitate maintenance and/or removal of all equipment and apparatus. On horizontal pipe runs, install all valve stems vertically up where possible and in no case shall the stems be turned more than 90 degrees from the vertically up position. 10.Drain valves shall be provided at all low points, trapped section, and on the equipment side of all branch valves to permit draining of all parts of all liquid piping systems. Drain valves shall have threaded hose ends with cap and chain. Drain piping shall be provided from pump glands, relief valves, etc., to spill at the floor over floor drains or other acceptable discharge points. The drain line shall terminate with plain, unthreaded end with a minimum 2” air gap at floor drain. 11.Taps (half couplings or tees) shall be provided as necessary to permit the installation of temperature control instruments, thermometers, pressure gauges, air vents, etc. 12.Connections between copper piping and screwed ferrous equipment connections or screwed ferrous piping systems shall be made as follows: a. For stationary non-rotating, non-vibrating equipment connections: dielectric unions. b. For rotating or vibrating equipment connection: cast brass adapter and bronze flanges with dielectric separation of flanges and bolts. c. Connections between copper piping and ferrous equipment flanges or flanged ferrous piping systems shall be made using bronze companion flange with dielectric separation of flanges and bolts. d. Brass or bronze valves in ferrous piping will not require dielectric separation. e. Nipples between copper piping and equipment or fixture connection fittings shall be brass, not galvanized steel. 13.All pressure piping systems shall be installed to conform to the requirements of the local AHJ or state's pressure piping system code. 14.All excavations for installation of pipe shall be open trench work and shall be kept open until piping has been inspected, tested, and accepted. 15.All piping passing thru cast-in place concrete construction shall be sleeved to provide a minimum of 1/2"annular space around entire pipe to be sleeved. Space between sleeve and pipes in foundation walls shall be tightly caulked or mechanical seal to give a waterproof penetration. 16.Any piping resting on or coming in contact with building structure shall be insulated at that point to prevent telegraphing of sound. 17.Metal piping laid in corrosive fill shall be encased in concrete or in split tile. 18.Threaded joints shall conform to American Taper Pipe Thread ASA-B2.1-1960. All burrs shall be removed, pipe ends shall be reamed or filed to size of bore and all chips removed. Pipe cement shall be used only on male threads. 19.Unions shall have metal seats for drainage systems and metal to metal ground seats on water system. 20.Furnish and install valve in branches to sill cocks, toilet rooms and other fixture groups. Plumbing fixtures shall have wheel or screwdriver stops as specified. 21.All piping shall be rigidly supported and shall not be loose or shaky. D. Sanitary, Waste and Vent Sewers 1.Install sewers, stacks, vents, drains, etc., as indicated on the drawings. 2.All drainage and vent piping shall be constructed and run as direct as possible, protected from contact with slag or cinders and wherever practicable, shall be located so as to be accessible for inspection. The actual runs and locations of drains, soil waste, and leader piping shall be installed as to meet with the various conditions at the building and any work necessary to conceal pipes or clear pipes of other trades shall be done as directed by the architect. 3.Sewers to be pitched a minimum of 1/4" per foot for 3" sizes and under and 1/8" per foot for 4" sizes and larger or to slope as indicated on drawings. Kitchen sanitary waste shall be sloped ¼” per foot for all pipe sizes. Section 200523 (cont.) 4. All piping shall be correctly aligned before joins are made. All changes of direction in drainage and vent piping shall be made by means of “Y” branches and 1/6, 1/8 or 1/16 bends. No lines shall be run with unnecessary bends or offsets and where changes in direction are unavoidable; they shall be made by use of proper fittings. Single and double sanitary tees, 1/4 bends and 1/8 bends may be used in vertical sections when direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Changes in direction and branch connections shall be made with approved drainage fittings compatible with the piping system material in which it is installed. 5. Install cleanouts at base of each vertical waste and rainwater stack, each change in a direction of piping greater than 45 degrees, within five feet (5'-0”) of main sewer after exiting the building, or as shown on drawings. Cleanouts on underground lines shall extend up flush with finished floor or grade. Provide cleanouts not over 50'- 0” on center along straight runs. Cleanouts shall be size of pipe to which it is installed up to 6” in diameter. Pipe over 6” in diameter shall have a 6” cleanout. 6. Vent terminals shall be terminated at least 18” above roof. Each vent terminal shall be made water tight with the roof by using sheet copper (8 ounces PSF) with base not less than 16” diameter and collar full height of pipe or rubber boot pipe flushing. Where vents are 4” or larger, flashing may be turned over into top of pipe without gap. Furnish flashing to general contractor for building into roofing material. 7. All fixtures and sanitary drains shall be vented as indicated on drawings and in accordance with code. Vent pipes, where not vertical shall have continuous slope up to vent through roof. 8. Openings in pipes shall be properly plugged when work is not in progress 9. Sewers shall be laid with full length of each section resting on a solid bed. Where necessary to obtain a firm support, the pipe shall be bedded on select material and thoroughly tamped. As pipe is laid, care shall be exercised to keep interior of pipe clear of foreign matter. Where trenching for pipe is excessively wide, the contractor shall, at his own expense, embed the pipe in concrete to support the added load of backfilling. 10. Pipe Schedule: a. Below grade inside building 1) Service weight - cast iron pipe ASTM A-74-82 with ASTM C-564-80 neoprene compression joints or no-hub CISPI with clamps. All kitchen sanitary shall be cast iron only. 2) PVC-DWV Sch. 40 solid core pipe, ASTM D-1785 with ASTM D-2665 DWV solvent weld socket fittings. b. Above grade and vent material shall be as follows: 1) No-hub cast iron pipe CISPI 1-301-78. 2) PVC-DWV SCH. 40 solid core pipe, ASTM D-1785 with ASTM D-2665 DWV solvent weld socket fittings. 3) 1-1/4” and smaller, SCH. 40 galvanized steel pipe ASTM A-53/A53M, Type E with screwed fittings ASME B-16.4, class 125. c. Site below grade sewers 1) No-hub cast iron pipe CISPI 1-301-78. 2) PVC-DWV SCH. 40 solid core pipe. ASTM D-1785 with ASTM D-2665 DWV solvent weld socket fittings. 3) Up to 15" - PVC pipe, ASTM D-3034 SDR 35 with ASTM F477 gasket joints. 4) 18" and over - reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) ASTM C 76-83 with ASTM C 443-79 rubber gasket joints. d. Expansion Joints and deflection fittings 1) Ductile-Iron, flexible expansion joints; AWWA C110 or AWWA C153 with two gasketed ball-joint sections and one or more gasketed sleeve sections rated for 250 psig minimum. 2) Ductile-Iron expansion joints; three-piece assembly of telescoping sleeve with gaskets and restrained-type, ball-and-spigot end sections; AWWA C110 or AWWA C153; rated for 250 psig minimum. 3) Ductile-Iron deflection fittings; compound coupling fitting with ball joint, flexing section, gaskets, and restrained joint ends; AWWA C110 or AWWA C153; rated for 250 psi minimum and up to 15 degrees of deflection. 11. PVC piping shall not be installed unless permitted by code and shall not be installed in return air plenums. E. Domestic Water Piping 1. Install domestic water piping as indicated on drawings. Include all fittings, valves, hangers, and other accessories including water meter and backflow preventer. Extend domestic water piping to all fixtures and equipment required for complete installation. 2. Include unions, or other disconnect means, stops or valves for isolation of fixtures and equipment. Valves to be fully compatible with piping for service intended as manufactured by Nibco, Crane or Milwaukee. Include hose or drain valves at low points where fixtures cannot be used for drainage. 3. Install shock absorbers at each quick closing fixture and where required to prevent water hammer as manufactured by J.R. Smith, Sioux Chief or Zurn. Absorbers shall be installed in vertical upright position. 4. Hangers on insulated pipe to be outside of insulation, sized accordingly with a sufficient saddle to protect insulation as manufactured by Grinnell or Michigan. 5. Pipe Schedule: a. Below grade outside building (2-1/2” and less). 1) Soft copper ASTM B88, Type “K” without joints. 2) PEX tube and fittings with stainless steel crimp rings. No joints for below grade installation. 3) PP, SDR11 socket fittings; and fusion-weld joints. 4) Piping may be routed inside a larger conduit so pipe can be removed without excavation. 5) If maximum length of pipe available is not long enough and fitting needs to be installed underground, all fittings shall be stainless steel mechanical fittings wrapped with polyethylene encasement and encased in concrete. b. Below grade inside building (2-1/2” and less) 1) Soft copper ASTM B88, Type “K” without joints. 2) PEX tube and fittings with stainless steel crimp rings. No joints for below grade installation. 3) CPVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings and solvent cement joints. 4) Piping may be routed inside a larger conduit so pipe can be removed without excavation. c. Above grade (2” and less) 1) Type “L” hard copper ASTM B 88-832 with wrought copper fittings ASTM B 16.22 1980 and non-lead or antimony solder joints. 2) CPVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings and solvent cement joints. 3) PEX tube and fittings with stainless steel crimp rings. 6. Flush, vent and sanitize all water piping with chlorine as required per AWWA, local building department and health department codes. 7. Domestic hot and cold water piping under concrete floor to be covered with sand so that piping will not become embedded in the floor slab. 8. All piping under concrete floor shall be type "K" soft copper, continuous. Splices or fittings will not be allowed. 9. Extreme caution must be taken so that no copper piping and insulation under concrete floors becomes crushed, cut, split or deformed during the pouring of the floor slab. 10. Allow 1-1/4” per 100 feet of length for expansion in domestic hot water lines. 11. All piping in return air ceiling plenums or walls shall be plenum rated materials. F. Gas Piping 1. Install gas piping in accordance to the latest version of the National Fuel and Gas Code, NFPA and local gas companies' requirements and State and local codes. 2. Include meter, regulators, valves and connect to all gas using equipment. 3. Equipment connections at each unit shall include gas cock, union, dirt leg, and reducer to unit connection size. For above low pressure gas systems, provide pressure reducing valve at equipment or low pressure branches. 4. Construct concrete base to below frost line for large meter installation. 5. Pipe Schedule: a. Below grade, outside building (<60 psi) 1) Polyethylene plastic ASTM D-2513 with stab couplings or fusion weld joints. 2) Black steel Schedule 40 pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints, or mechanical couplings. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel pipe. Install cathodic protection anode on service line. b. Below grade, outside building (�� 60 psi) 1) Polyethylene plastic ASTM D-2513 with stab couplings or fusion weld joints. 2) Schedule 40 black steel coated and wrapped with welded black steel fittings. Install cathodic protection anode on service line. Section 200523 (cont.) c. Above grade, low pressure (�� 2 psi) 1) Schedule 40 seamless black steel pipe, beveled ends. a) 2” and smaller - screwed fittings, wrought iron. b) 2-1/2” and larger - welded fittings, black steel. d. Above grade, medium pressure (2 - 10 psi) 1) Schedule 40 black steel with welded black steel fittings. e. Underground, below building 1) Black steel Schedule 40 pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Pipe in containment conduit which is steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints coated with protective coating for steel pipe. Conduit to be vented to atmosphere at both ends. Install cathodic protection anode on conduit. f. Valves shall not be located above ceiling spaces used as a return air plenum. g. Exterior exposed bare steel pipe shall be painted with a primer coat and two (2) coats or rust inhibitive paint, color as selected by Architect. h. All welding shall be performed by state certified welders. i. All piping in non-accessible spaces shall have welded joints. G. Refrigerant Piping 1. Mechanical refrigeration equipment including refrigerant piping, valves, and relief valves, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the current edition of the American Standards Association's “Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.” 2. All refrigerant pipe used in this installation shall be sealed and contain a holding charge of nitrogen. It shall remain sealed until immediately before installation: refrigerant piping shall be cut with a tube cutter only and shall be reamed after cutting. Hack saw cuts are prohibited. 3. After installation, the refrigerant piping shall be pressurized to 75 psig with nitrogen. All joints must then be thoroughly leak tested using an electronic leak detector, a halide torch, or soap bubbles. After the refrigerant piping has been leak checked, it should be evacuated twice by either the deep evacuation or the triple evacuation method. The unit manufacturer will recommend the method to be followed. After the evacuation, the piping shall then be charged with the system refrigerant. 4. Isolate piping from structure with 1” insulation between all piping and support points. 5. Install piping in as short and direct arrangement as possible to minimize pressure drop. 6. Install isolation valves and unions to allow removal of solenoid valves, pressure-reducing valves, expansion valves, and at connections to compressors and evaporators. 7. Install flexible connectors at inlet and discharge connection of compressors. 8. Fill the pipe and fittings during brazing with nitrogen or carbon dioxide to prevent formation of scale. 9. Pipe Schedule: a. Piping shall be refrigerant grade type "L" copper with silver soldered joints or brazed joints. Pipe per manufacturer's piping diagrams and recommendations. Copper to copper refrigerant piping joints shall be made using a phosphorus bearing alloy such as “SIL-PHOS” without flux. Copper to brass and copper to steel joints shall be made using a 45 percent silver alloy such as “EASY-FLO” with flux. H. Condensate Drain Piping 1. Trap shall be installed near equipment if not integral with equipment. Install piping at a uniform slope of 1” in forty feet downward indirection to drain. 2. Pipe Schedule: a. Piping of all sizes shall be type L hard copper pipe with brass or copper fittings and soldered joint. b. Piping of all size for mechanical rooms, roof and non-return air plenum rated ceiling space shall be type PVC, schedule 40 with solvent weld socket fittings. I. General Hydronic and Domestic Valves and Strainers 1. Ball valves 2” and smaller shall be 600# WOG, 150# SWP, two-piece, full port cast bronze or forged brass body, chrome plated brass ball, replaceable “Teflon” or “TFE” seats and seals, blowout-proof stem, vinyl-covered steel handle and have threaded ends. Valves shall be Hammond 8901, Milwaukee BA-125, Stockham S-207, Nibco T-585, or Apollo 77-100. 2. Check valves 2” and smaller shall be 150# W.S.P. bronze, swing check, bronze seat, screwed pattern. Valves shall conform to MSS SP 80, type 4. Valves shall be Crane 141, Hammond IB-946, Milwaukee 510, Nibco T-43, Stockham B-331B, Lunkenheimer 230, or Jenkins 352. 3. Balance valves 2” and smaller shall be 125#, bronze body screwed pattern ball type circuit setter valves with memory stop, straight pattern with Schrader valve connection for differential pressure Valves to be Taco or Bell & Gossett. 4. Strainers 2” and smaller shall be 250#, cast iron body, screwed pattern with 20 mesh stainless steel or Monel screens, strainers to be Muessco No. 11, Armstrong, Crane, Sarco, or Hayward. 5. Pressure reducing valves shall be as specified on drawings or an approved equal by Conbraco, Watts or Zurn. J. Gas Valves 1. Gas cocks 2” and smaller shall be 175# WOG, cast iron, screwed body pattern. Valves shall be UL listed for gas service. Valves shall be Dezurik series 425 with “RS-49” plug, seals and lever handle. 2. Gas cocks 2-1/2” thru 4” shall be 175# WOG, cast iron, flanged body pattern. Valves shall be UL listed for gas service. Valves shall be Dezurik series 425 with “RS-49” plug, seals and lever handle. 3. Pressure reducing valves shall be line size and to reduce pressure from supplied side to equipment pressure requirements. Valves shall be as specified on drawings or an approved equal by American Meter Company, Fisher Control Valves or Invensys. Section 200593 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing A. General 1. After installation, check all equipment and perform start up in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2. All piping shall be tested and free of leaks as required by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3. Work that is scheduled to be concealed or insulated shall remain uncovered until required tests have been completed. If the construction schedule requires, arrange for tests on sections of the system at a time. 4. Balance all systems, calibrate controls, check for proper operation and sequence under all conditions and make all necessary adjustments. 5. Instruct owner in operation of systems and submit operating and maintenance manual for all equipment and systems. 6. Submit air and water balance report from independent AABC or NEBB certified subcontractor for all air and water systems per AABC or NEBB standards. 7. When the contractor is ready to run capacity tests, he shall notify the architect. When this notice is given, the architect will assume that the contractor has made preliminary tests and is satisfied that the plant will develop specified and guaranteed capacities. It will be the contractor's responsibility to furnish any and all instruments required to obtain test data which shall include thermometers, electric meters, pressure gauges, etc. 8. Work under this division of the specifications shall not be considered complete until the contractor has obtained required inspection, performance tests, made necessary adjustments and has submitted satisfactory evidence of the architect or his representative will make spot checks to determine the accuracy and completeness of final adjustments. Should spot checks indicate more than a reasonable deviation from design requirements, the contractor shall repeat tests and adjustments to the satisfaction of the engineer. 9. During one complete heating and one complete cooling season, the contractor shall make any minor adjustments that may be necessary to ensure uniform temperatures throughout the spaces. 10. Test results shall be submitted to the architect/engineer. 11. The Test and Balancing contractor shall adjust all sheaves or provide new sheaves and belts as required in order to properly balance all air handling equipment. B. Balancing, Start Up and Instructions 1. After equipment is placed in operation, systems shall be balanced to within 10% of design flow with report submitted to owner. Balancing shall be performed by an independent AABC or NEBB certified contractor. 2. Balance the air systems prior to balancing hydronic, steam, and refrigerant systems. 3. Test, adjust and balance cooling systems during summer season and heating systems during winter season. Balance systems when the outside air conditions are within 5 degrees F wet bulb temperature of the maximum summer design condition and within 10 degrees F dry bulb temperature of the minimum winter design condition. 4. Start up and place all systems in operation and tag all switches and controls with permanent labels. 5. Train and instruct owner on proper operation and preventative maintenance of system Section 200593 (cont.) C. Piping: Testing to be done by the contractor. 1. All piping shall be given the following pressure test without appreciable pressure drop: Contractor shall use recording line charts to record all pressure testing outcomes. *A minimum notice of 48 hours shall be given the architect prior to purging of any gas lines. Purging shall be to the outside of building at a safe location. 2. During the final inspection of the building, the contractor may be asked to remove at least one water closet in the presence of the architect so that it can be checked for a proper installation. If the one toilet is found to be installed in a defective manner, the contractor shall remove and properly reinstall all toilets. 3. Care shall be exercised in installation of air piping so as not to allow contamination. 4. Minor leaks in welded joints shall be corrected by chipping out the weld and rewelding. A general sweating of a weld joint will be considered sufficient cause for rejection. Defects that may develop in screwed joints under test shall be corrected by replacing the fitting or thread or both. Caulking of defective threaded joints will not be permitted. 5. During the testing period, this contractor shall maintain on the job a competent individual thoroughly familiar with all phases of plumbing for as long as may be required to thoroughly adjust all of the systems and to demonstrate to the architect that they are functioning properly. 6. Adjust all flush valves and balancing valves for proper flow. 7. All hydrostatic and/or air tests shall be made before piping is concealed or covered. This contractor shall be responsible for completely draining the systems after hydrostatic tests are performed. Any damage from freezing prior to acceptance of the completed installation shall be repaired at the sole expense of this contractor. 8. All materials and installations under the plumbing system shall be inspected by the inspector to ensure compliance with requirements of the plumbing code. 9. This contractor shall notify the plumbing inspector whenever work is ready for test and inspection. 10. When work for the plumbing permit is issued and completed, this contractor shall request final inspection. Such request shall be made before the building is occupied or used but not more than 30 days after completion of the work. 11. Before approving the plumbing system, the plumbing inspector may require that the system in whole or part be tested to prove sufficiency. All equipment, material, power and labor necessary for inspections and test shall be supplied by the plumbing contractor. 12. All piping of plumbing system shall be tested with water or air per testing schedule. a. Drainage system water test: provide fitting at property line or termination point for purpose of test plug. Water test shall be applied to entire system or by section. When tested in sections, at least the lower 20 feet of the next section above shall be retested so that every section tested shall have at least a 20-foot head test. Hold without pressure loss for 15 minutes. b. Drainage system air test - attach air apparatus to suitable opening, close all other inlets and outlets, and then force air into the system until there is uniform pressure, sufficient to balance a column of mercury 10” in height or 5 pounds gauge pressure on the entire system. Hold without pressure loss for 15 minutes. c. No part of system shall be covered before inspection is made and approved. If covered before test, contractor shall pay for cost of uncovering so test can be made and accepted. d. Defective work or materials shall be replaced and inspection and tests repeated within three days. 13. Certificates of approval of satisfactory completion and final inspection shall be obtained by the plumbing contractor. One copy of each approval shall be given to the architect. 14. Damages which result from breakage or faulty installation shall be the responsibility of the plumbing contractor. 15. After the system has been in service for a two-week period and again before the system is turned over to the owner, all dirt pockets, traps, and strainers shall be cleaned, removed, and reinstalled. D. Water Using Equipment: All water using equipment, such as but not limited to, cooling coils and convertors, shall be balanced to obtain the required water pressure drop and flow. This contractor shall list the flow rate and required pressure drop and the observed pressure drop for each piece of equipment. E. Air Handling Equipment: For each piece of air handling equipment, this contractor shall list the data of the fan, motor and drive and shall obtain by measurement and furnish to the architect/engineer the fan speed, motor voltage, operating amps, for cfm and static pressure as determined from the manufacturer's fan curves. This contractor shall also determine the fan cfm by means of a velocity traverse which shall be taken a minimum of three fan diameters from fan outlet. Before running any tests, the contractor shall have installed all the components of the system and shall ensure the cleanliness of the filters. F. Diffusers, Registers, Grilles: After completion of the air distribution systems and final adjustments, the contractor shall adjust all dampers and air supply, return and exhaust outlets so that each outlet handles its proper quantity of air. Supply registers and diffusers shall be adjusted to provide for the proper throw and a uniform distribution pattern. 1. For supply, return and exhaust air outlets, the velocity shall be measured with a heated wire resistance type anemometer held 1” from the face of the outlets; the air velocity shall be the average of velocity readings taken at points no more than 6” apart. The area shall be the net core area of the outlet. 2. Test readings shall be taken for each register, grille and diffuser. For each of these units, obtain and furnish information on manufacturer, testing equipment used, procedure followed, location, size, average, velocity, gross and net core areas, observed cfm and specified cfm. Separate tabulations shall be furnished for each manufacturer, each system and each type of register, grille and diffuser. G. Holes in ducts and casings used for static pressure and velocity readings shall be provided with removable closures. H. During the testing period, this contractor shall maintain on the job a competent individual thoroughly familiar with all phases of air conditioning, including refrigeration, temperature control and distribution, for as long a period as may b required to thoroughly adjust all of the systems and to demonstrate to the architect that they are functioning properly. I. The testing and balancing engineer shall, as part of his work, perform a “Spot” re-check balancing conditions between 30 to 90 days after both summer and winter balancing operations at which time a representative of the temperature control manufacturer capable of performing adjustments to his system shall accompany the balancing engineer. This operation shall include a check of space temperature, calibration of controls, pump and fan performance and the necessary adjustments thereto. Section 200700 - Insulation A. General 1. Furnish all material, labor and equipment as required to install complete plumbing and HVAC insulation as indicated on mechanical drawings and in these specifications. 2. Install in full accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Scope: This contractor shall furnish and install all insulation necessary to the project and in accordance with the following requirements. All insulation and accessories used in an air plenum space, and all duct covering and lining, regardless of physical location, shall have a composite (insulation, jacket, and adhesive) fire and smoke hazard rating as tested under procedure ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723, not exceeding a flame spread 25 and smoke developed 50. All other areas shall have insulating materials and accessories on pipes and vessels rated at a flame spread 25 and smoke developed 150 as tested by the same procedure. All calcium silicate shall be asbestos free. C. Workmanship: 1. All insulation shall be installed over clean, dry surfaces. Insulation must be dry and in good condition. Wet or damaged insulation will not be acceptable. No insulation shall be applied prior to pressure test completion of the respective piping and/or duct system. 2. All pipe insulation shall be installed with joints butted firmly together. All valves and fittings shall be insulated using mitered sections of insulation equal in density and thickness to the adjoining insulation, or with an insulation cement equal in thickness to the adjoining insulation or premolded insulated fittings. The insulation applied to the valves and fittings shall be covered with the same type of covering as used on the pipe insulation. No staples. 3. All insulation ends shall be tapered and sealed regardless of services. 4. All insulated, exposed piping 8'-0” and below to the finished floor shall include a 0.020” thick vinyl jacket. This jacket is in addition to the normal finish for the respective service. 5. Rigid duct insulation shall be impaled over welded pins and secured with white insulation caps. All seams shall be firmly butted and sealed with white pressure sensitive vapor barrier tape. No staples. 6. Wrap around duct insulation shall be applied with all joints butted firmly together. Insulation shall be cemented to the surface with fireproof adhesive applied in 6” wide strips on 12” centers. All joints in the insulation covering shall be sealed with adhesive. Where ducts are over 24” wide, the ductwrap shall be additionally secured to bottom of rectangular or oval ducts with mechanical fasteners on 16” centers to prevent sagging. Vapor barrier shall be legibly printed by the manufacturer to show nominal thickness and type of insulation. Aluminum corner angles shall be used to prevent over compressing insulation during installation. 7. Ductliner insulation shall be applied with joints precoated with adhesive and butted firmly together. Lining shall be cemented to ductwork with a minimum of 75 percent coverage of fire resistant adhesive. Mechanical fasteners on 16” centers and adhesive shall be used when duct width exceeds 12” or when duct height exceeds 24”. 8. All ductwork in the mechanical rooms is to be considered as “exposed ductwork,” i.e. supply, return, relief, and outdoor air. 9. All round diffuser duct drops connected to lined ductwork shall be insulated the same as “ductwork” schedule non-lined. 10. All flexible elastomeric insulation shall have all fittings, butt ends, and seams sealed with vapor barrier adhesive. 11. Provide removable insulation sections to cover parts of equipment which must be opened periodically for maintenance including metal vessel covers, fasteners, flanges, chilled water pumps, frames and accessories. 12. Repair all damaged sections of the existing piping and mechanical insulation damaged during this construction period. Use insulation of same thickness as existing insulation. Install new jacket lapping and seal over existing. 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 M-020 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS (cont.) 13.Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturated units. D. Plumbing Insulation (as manufactured by Owens Corning, Knauf or Schuller) 1.Insulate all above-grade hot water, hot water return and cold water piping with 1” thick molded fiberglass having an all service jacket. 2.Insulate all above-grade, horizontal air conditioning condensate floor drains and waste lines, with 1” thick molded fiberglass having an all service jacket. 3.Include insulation of fittings and valves. Keep vapor barriers intact. Apply per manufacturer's recommendations. 4.Insulate all exposed waste and water supply piping under lavatory with safety covers per ADA requirements (as manufactured by Plumberex Specialty Products, McGuire or Truebro). E. HVAC Insulation (as manufactured by Owens Corning, Knauf) 1.All insulation to be applied in full accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and comply with 25/50 flame and smoke hazard ratings per ASTM E-84, NFPA 255 and UL 723. 2.Insulate all supply, return, outside and exhaust air ducts with 3/4" thick lined insulation or less to none with 1-1/2" thick, 1.5 pcf, R-6, foil faced reinforced kraft jacket fiberglass duct wrap fully secured to duct. Lap and tape seams and secure tightly to the ducts with wire or stick pins. Exposed ductwork in conditioned spaces without ceilings shall not be insulated, unless otherwise noted to be insulated. Ductwork in ceiling plenum space shall be insulated. 3.Insulate all supply, return, outside and exhaust air ducts lined or not lined located in the attic space with 3” thick, 0.75 pcf nominal density, R-10, foil faced reinforced Kraft jacket, fiberglass duct wrap fully secured to duct. Lap and tape seams and secure tightly to the ducts with wire or stick pins. 4.Insulate all supply, return, outside and exhaust air ducts lined or not lined exposed to weather outside with 3” thick mineral-fiber board, 3 pcf nominal density, R-13. Provide a venture clad insulation jacketing, color as selected by architect, field-applied jacket. 5.Insulate all air conditioning condensate drain piping with 1" thick molded fiberglass insulation, C = 0.22. 6.Insulate all refrigerant suction and hot gas lines with 1" elastomeric foam insulation, C = 0.24 with joints and seams sealed vapor tight. Insulation outside shall be painted with two coats of protective coatings per manufacturer for protection to weather (as manufactured by Aeroflex, Armocell, or K-Flex). Section 211000 - Fire Protection Systems A. General 1.Furnish all labor, materials and equipment as required to install a complete fire protection system for project. 2.Field-verify sizes and location of existing sprinkler piping before fabrication of new. 3.This contractor shall be responsible for the removal and reinstallation of existing ceiling tiles, as required, for the installation of work shown in areas where existing ceilings are to remain. See architectural drawings for areas where existing ceilings are to remain. 4.This removal and reinstallation of existing lay-in ceiling tiles shall be the responsibility of the fire protection contractor (under the supervision of the general contractor) as required to perform his work. Any damage to existing ceiling tiles or supports shall be the responsibility of the general contractor. Ceiling tiles may be left out of the ceiling areas under construction only if stored in areas as directed by the owner so as not to hinder the daily operations of the building's occupations. 5.This contractor shall modify and relocate sprinkler piping and provide new sprinkler piping and heads, as required, to accommodate new mechanical work in full compliance with NFPA 13. This contractor shall also perform hydraulic calculations for sprinkler piping in the remodeled areas in accordance with NFPA 13. B. Design Basis 1.Design basis for system shall be per NFPA 13 (latest edition) building code requirements, local water department, local fire department, state fire marshal, local code, and owner and owner's fire insurance underwriter requirements. 2.System shall be hydraulically calculated as required by code. 3.Pipe sizes indicated on drawing are approximate and shall be verified per the contractor's hydraulic calculations. C. Drawings and Calculations 1.Contractor shall prepare submittal drawings and hydraulic calculations with a 10% factor of safety for building in accordance with owner's insurance company building department, and local fire authority requirements, tenant's requirements for design density, whichever is most stringent. 2.Contractor shall perform a flow test data on water main and submit data with calculations. 3.It is the fire protection contractor's responsibility to verify each tenant's design density with agreed upon lease documentation and that tenant's prototype or insurance underwriters requirements. 4.Provide wet standpipe system for project in accordance with NFPA 14 requirements. 5.Contractor and designer shall be state certified. 6.Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with ductwork and equipment above ceilings and other construction that penetrates ceilings, including but not limited to light fixtures, speakers, HVAC equipment, doors and partition assemblies. No sprinkler piping shall be routed beneath equipment above any ceilings that must be dropped directly down for service, repair, or replacement. 7.Examine areas and conditions under which fire protection materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to installer. Schedule rough-in installations with installations of other building components. 8.Shop drawings review does not relieve fire protection contractor from responsibility to meet each tenant's requirements for sprinkler coverage. 9.Fire protection contractor is responsible for verifying any high pile storage requirements of future tenants and providing an incoming sprinkler service size and risers to meet the requirements for adequate sprinkler coverage. D. Piping 1.All piping shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 13, 14 (latest edition) and local code requirements. 2.Fire protection piping shall be as follows: a. Below-grade outside building - ductile iron, cement lined. Class of pipe as directed by local water purveyor with mechanical or push-on type joints. b. Inside building - pipe and tubing shall be steel or copper in accordance with NFPA requirements. c. Piping shall match existing building standards. d. Contractor shall arrange with owner and insurance underwriter prior to shut down of existing systems. e. Flush all piping upon completion of project and test per NFPA requirements. f. No piping shall be installed at locations subject to freezing. 3.Excavation and backfill - see Section 200510, Basic Materials and Methods. E. Sprinkler Heads 1.Sprinkler heads shall be UL listed, match existing building standards and be manufactured by Central, Star or Viking. 2.Sprinkler heads shall be as follows: a. Areas with exposed structure 3.Upright - rough brass. a. Areas with ceilings 4.Recessed Pendent - chrome plated with matching two (2) piece, flush escutcheon. 5.Concealed - brass finish with off-white ceiling cover plate. 6.Sidewall - chrome plated with off-white, two (2) piece, semi-recessed escutcheon. 7.Install concealed heads with white flush mounted cover plate in (sales area). 8.Install higher temperature sprinkler heads where required by code or application. 9.Sprinkler heads shall be located in the center of ceiling tiles or the center of an area of a 24” x 24” tile section. See architectural reflected ceiling plans. 10.Submit samples of sprinkler heads to architect prior to fabrication of any piping. 11.Install inspector's test connection with valve and terminate drain through exterior wall with text fitting and splash block. F. Valves 1.Install all valves as required by NFPA 13, UL or FM listed and as manufactured by Grinnell, Hammond or Milwaukee. 2.All shut-off valves shall be fitted with tamper switches by fire protection contractor and wired by electrical contractor. Tamper switches shall be as manufactured by Notifier, Potter or Viking. 3.Install flow switch in riser as manufactured by Notifier, Potter or Viking and wired by electrical contractor. 4.Install UL listed alarm check valve with all required trim, including water motor alarm bell and drains as manufactured by Central Star or Viking. 5.Install wall mounted indicator valve as manufactured by Potter Roemer, Croker or Elkhart and approved by local authorities. 6.Install double check detector assembly backflow preventer, as required by local water purveyor and as manufactured by Watts, Zurn or Conbraco. Section 211000 (cont.) G. Extra Materials 1.Valve wrenches: Furnish to owner, 2 valve wrenches for each type of sprinkler head installed. 2.Sprinkler heads and cabinets: Furnish 2 extra sprinkler heads of each style included in the project. Furnish each style with its own sprinkler head cabinet and special wrenches. 3.Obtain receipt from owner that extra stock has been received and give architect a copy of this receipt. Section 224000 - Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment A. General 1.Furnish all fixtures and equipment indicated and scheduled on drawings, complete with all accessories, controls, etc., as required. 2.Provide factory-fabricated fixtures of type, style and material indicated. For each type fixture, provide fixture manufacturer's standard trim, carrier, seats and valves as shown by their published product information and indicated in the plumbing fixtures schedule; either as designed and constructed or as recommended by manufacturer and as required for complete installation. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer's option, but all fixtures of same type must be furnished by single manufacturer. Where type is not otherwise indicated, provide fixtures complying with governing regulations. 3.Where fittings, trim and accessories are exposed or semi-exposed, provide bright chrome-plated or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass where not exposed. 4.Water Outlets: At locations where water is supplied (by manual, automatic or remote control), provide commercial quality faucets, valves or dispensing devices of type and size indicated and as required to operate as indicated. Include manual shut-off valves and connecting stem pipes to permit outlet servicing without shut-down of water supply piping systems. 5.Water Hammer Arrestors: Provide water hammer arrestors where shown on the drawings and as required to prevent water hammer and excessive vibration in the domestic water system. Arrestors to be of size indicated or as recommended by the manufacturer. 6.P-Traps: Include removable P-traps (with clean out plug) where drains are indicated for direct connection to drainage system. 7.Carriers: Provide cast iron supports for fixtures of either graphitic gray iron, ductile iron or malleable iron as indicated. 8.Escutcheons: Where fixture supplies and drains penetrate walls in exposed locations, provide chrome-plated sheet steel escutcheons with friction slips. 9.Aerators: Provide aerators of types approved by Health Department having jurisdiction. 10.Comply with additional fixture requirements contained in fixture schedule on drawings. B. Backflow Preventer 1.Provide reduced pressure backflow preventer consisting of assembly including abutting shutoff valves on inlet and outlet, and discharge funnel. Backflow preventer shall include a minimum of four (4) test cocks and pressure-differential relief valve located between two (2) positive seating check valves. Backflow preventer and shutoff valves shall be the same size as the upstream pipe. 2.Backflow preventers sizes 2” and smaller shall have NPT connections, be of bronze body construction with bronze ball type shut-off valves as specified in Section 200523 and test cock and bronze body relief valves with stainless steel trim. 3.Complete backflow preventer assembly shall be rated to 150 psi working pressure and water temperature range from 32º F to 140º F. 4.Provide each backflow preventer with a drain funnel furnished by the manufacturer. Extend drain from funnel to nearest floor drain. 5.Backflow devices must meet ASSE Standards 1013, 1015 and 1020 and shall be tested at the time of installation by a person certified by the Ohio Department of Health. The plumbing contractor shall pay for all costs associated with this test. 6.Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide backflow preventers of one of the following: a. Cla-Val Company b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. c. Febco Sales, Inc., Sub. Of Charles M. Bailey Co., Inc. d. Hersey Products, Inc. e. Watts Regulator Company Section 230900 - Instrumentation and Controls C. General 1.Furnish and install complete temperature control for all HVAC systems. 2.Provide new control devices including thermostats, humidistats, damper operators, motors, temperature sensors, staging relays, and other related devices for a complete operational system per the operating sequence and industry standards. 3.Mount all controls furnished as accessories to equipment and provide all control wiring required for proper operation. All wiring shall be in conduit per N.E.C. and local code requirements. 4.Mechanical contractor shall install all duct-mounted smoke detectors. Electrical contractor shall furnish and wire photo-electric duct smoke detectors at each unit to shut down fan upon activation. Detector shall be located in the supply/return air duct downstream/upstream of the unit connection. Detector will have manual reset and will activate a local alarm panel. G. Exhaust Fans 1.Toilet Room Exhaust Fan (EF-1) a. Interlock fan with light switch to operate when lights are turned on (interlocking wiring) by electrical contractor. H. Rooftop Units 1.Gas Fired Rooftop Unit (RTU-1(E)) a. Wall mounted thermostat shall sequence heating and cooling. Provide with sub-base to manually select heating, cooling, fan on-off, auto operation. b. Unit shall operate in occupied or unoccupied modes based upon time clock sequence as determined by owner. c. Unoccupied mode - The supply fan will be off, the outdoor air damper will go to 100% closed position and unit will cycle on with a call for heating or cooling. d. Occupied mode - The supply fan shall run continuously, the outdoor air damper will open to the minimum air position and the unit will go into the heating or cooling mode, based upon room thermostat setpoint temperature. e. Upon a call for cooling, and the outdoor air temperature is 55 degrees F. (adjustable) or cooler, the unit shall go into economizer mode. If the outdoor air temperature is greater than 55 degrees F. (adjustable), the outside air damper shall go to minimum position, and the compressors will be energized. f. Upon a call for heating, the gas burner shall fire. g. A low temperature thermostat will de-energize the supply fan and close the outside air damper if the mixed air temperature is sensed at 40 degrees F or colder. h. A duct mounted, photoelectric smoke detector (furnished by electrical contractor and installed by mechanical contractor) shall shut down the unit, close the outside air damper and send a signal to the fire alarm panel when activated. Both safeties will require manual reset, and will activate an alarm at the local control panel. Section 233000 - Air Distribution Systems A. General 1.Furnish all materials, labor, equipment and accessories required to install complete air distribution systems. 2.Contractors bidding this project shall visit this site and familiarize themselves with all condition affecting their work. Submission of a bid on this project shall be construed as having such knowledge. 3.Verify exact conditions in field and coordinate with these drawings and other trades before beginning new work. 4.Determine exact locations for all new and relocated ductwork and accessories in field. 5.Coordinate work of this contract with other trades. 6.Any discrepancies between what is shown on drawings or specified and the actual conditions in the field shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect before proceeding. 7.Building and surfaces damaged during installation shall be repaired, replaced, and/or restored to original condition after completion of work and before acceptance by owner. 8.This contractor is also referred to the appropriate mechanical and plumbing specification sections the items of equipment to be bid as a part of this project. B. Ductwork 1.Fabricate and erect all ductwork to ASHRAE and SMACNA standards from galvanized steel. Comply with NFPA 90A requirements. 2.Ductwork shall be SMACNA low pressure construction 2" static pressure rating with Seal Class B seams and joints, unless otherwise noted. 3.Include all acoustic, airfoil shaped perforated aluminum turning vanes, manual dampers, flexible connectors, grilles and diffusers, acoustic lining, and other sheet metal accessories for the project. 4.Changes in direction, in low velocity supply air rectangular ductwork, shall be made with full radius elbows with radius equal to 1 1/2 times the horizontal width of the duct, or with square elbows with turning vanes. Turning vanes shall be constructed of the same material as the surrounding ductwork and two (2) gauge numbers heavier. 5.Furnish and install all manual balancing dampers, splitter dampers, extractors, and deflectors required to properly distribute the air. All dampers, extractors and deflectors shall be constructed of the same material as the surrounding ductwork, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. All manual balancing dampers shall be the opposed blade type. 6.Furnish and install all automatic control dampers unless noted otherwise on the drawings, all control dampers shall be opposed blade type and shall have leakage of less than 1 percent when closing against 4" water column static pressure and when sized for 2000 fpm velocity. 7.All manual balancing dampers, splitter dampers, extractors and deflectors shall be controlled by Young No. 1 or Ventlock No. 688 regulators. If ductwork is accessible, mount the regulator on the ductwork. If ductwork will be inaccessible after the installation of the ceiling or walls, mount the regulator in a steel, flush mounted box specifically designed for this purpose. Provide all linkage, top bearings and/or gear drives required for the remote installation of the regulator. 8.All branch connection fittings in rectangular ductwork shall be 45 degree transition type, conical fittings or spin-in fittings with integral air scoops. Butt fittings are not acceptable. Section 233000 (cont.) 9.Exhaust duct outlets shall be installed a minimum of 10'-0" from all outside air intakes. 10.Kitchen hood exhaust duct shall be minimum thickness .060” black steel with liquid-tight welded joints, where concealed, and of 18-Ga. minimum stainless steel where exposed. Install per local code and NFPA 96 requirements. Maintain 18" clearance from duct to combustibles. 11.Alternative design: Furnish double wall, zero clearance to combustibles, factory built grease duct for use with Type 1 kitchen hoods, which conform to the requirements of NFPA-96. Products shall be ETL listed to UL-1978 and UL-2221 for venting air and grease vapors from commercial cooking operation. The duct sections shall be constructed of an inner duct wall and an outer duct wall with insulation between. Duct shall be CaptiveAire DW-2R or approved equal. Install per manufacturers instructions. 12.All exposed round ductwork shall be spiral seam ductwork and painted a color as selected by the architect. C. Drain Pans 1.Install 2” deep secondary drain pan below all furnaces and domestic water heaters. Pipe 3/4” drain to floor drain independently off all the other drains. D. Duct Liner 1.Acoustic line all rectangular ducts indicated on drawings with 1” thick non-flaking, coated medium density liner, apply to manufacturer's recommendations. 2.Duct dimensions indicated on drawings are clear inside dimensions (free area). 3.Duct liner shall comply with NFPA 90A and 90B (latest edition) requirements. E. Duct Accessories 1.Flexible ductwork (as manufactured by Clevaflex, Flexmaster or Wiremold). a. Flexible ducts shall be independently supported from the structure and connected with plastic draw bands and tightened. Flexible ducts shall be limited to 48" maximum straight length. Flexible ducts shall be constructed of 1 1/2" insulation with vinyl vapor barrier jacket and rated at 10" W.C. for sizes though 12", UL listed, and meet 25/50 flame and smoke test. Flexible ducts are not permitted in rooms without ceiling. 2.Dampers (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Standards. Provide end bearings and locking, indicating quadrant regulators. Blade to be single thickness with continuous hinge or rod. 3.Backdraft Dampers (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a. Multiple blade, parallel type damper constructed of galvanized steel with felt or flexible vinyl sealed edges, ball bearings, pivot pin and adjustment device for varying pressures. 4.Access Doors (as manufactured by Ruskin, Nailor or Safe-Air) a. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA standards. Doors to be fabricated of galvanized steel with sealing gasket and quick locking device. b. For insulated ductwork, doors shall have minimum 1” insulation with sheet metal cover. F. High efficient boilers and domestic water heaters shall have stainless steel or PVC combustion air intakes and flue gas outlets as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. G. Domestic water heater flues shall conform to the specification for low pressure ductwork. H. All grilles, registers, diffusers and louvers shall be of the sizes, type, etc., as shown on the plan and schedules. I. Grilles, registers, louvers and diffusers as manufactured by Krueger, Anemostat or Titus Company will be considered provided dimensions, capacities, construction and sound characteristics are compatible and so shown by shop drawings and performance specifications. All grilles, registers and diffusers shall be finished a color as selected by the architect. J. Furnish and install all hoods and hood exhaust ductwork. The construction of the hoods and hood exhaust ductwork shall be as indicated on the drawings. K. Centrifugal roof exhaust fans, intake, and relief vents as manufactured by Loren Cook or Greenheck will be considered provided size, performance ratings and dimensions are compatible and so shown by shop drawings and performance specifications. L. Roof mounted equipment shall be supported using Pate curbs. M. Louvers (as manufactured by American Warming, Arrow or Ruskin) 1.Extruded aluminum, storm-proof, drainable type, with a 6" deep frame, channel frame, 1/2" birdscreen mounted on the interior face and prime coat finish. Final color selected by architect. Weather-proof all joints around louver. Section 235000 - Heat Generation Equipment A. General 1.Furnish all material, labor, equipment, and accessories as required to install equipment as indicated on mechanical drawings. 2.Install in full accordance with local code requirements, other specification section requirements, and manufacturer recommendations. B. See equipment schedules on mechanical drawings. Section 236000 - Refrigeration Equipment A. General 1.Furnish all material, labor, equipment, and accessories as required to install equipment as indicated on mechanical drawings. 2.Install in full accordance with local code requirements, other specification section requirements, and manufacturer recommendations. B. See equipment schedules on mechanical drawings. Section 237000 - HVAC Systems and Equipment A. General 1.Furnish all equipment, material, labor, tools, etc., for the complete HVAC system. Install complete and place in operation. 2.Contractors bidding this project shall visit this site and familiarize themselves with all conditions affecting their work. Submission of a bid on this project shall be construed as having such knowledge. 3.Verify exact conditions in field and coordinate with these drawings and other trades before beginning new work. 4.Determine exact locations for all new and relocated equipment, piping, conduits and ductwork in field. 5.Coordinate work of this contract with other trades. Conflicts shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect. Architect's resolution to conflicts shall be final. 6.Any discrepancies between what is shown on drawings or specified and the actual conditions in the field shall immediately be brought to the attention of the architect before proceeding. 7.Building and surfaces damaged during installation shall be repaired, replaced, and/or restored to original condition after completion of work and before acceptance by owner. B. Equipment 1.Mechanical contractor to furnish all HVAC equipment indicated and/or scheduled on the drawings complete with bases, isolators, supports and other required accessories. 2.Install complete and place in proper operation per manufacturer's recommendations, lubricate and adjust as required. Furnish and install clean set of filters prior to balancing. 3.Equipment to be make and model as scheduled unless alternate equipment of equivalent quality and performance is submitted as a substitution prior to bidding. All substitutions are subject to acceptance without qualification by owner, engineer and architect. 4.Contractor shall perform routine service inspection of all existing HVAC equipment to remain. Lubricate bearing, service control systems, replace fan belts and install new filters in each rooftop unit. 5.Contractor shall field verify refrigerant charge and add refrigerant if the charge is less than manufacturer's specifications. 6.Submit service report to any major component failures or malfunctions. Report shall include cost to service all malfunctioning or damaged items listed. Cost shall include parts and labor. Equipment shall be placed in full operation with controls calibrated upon completion of project. C. See equipment schedules on mechanical drawings. 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 GENERAL PLAN NOTES FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS HVAC ABBREVIATIONS HVAC SYMBOLS LEGEND HVAC PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' - 0" M-100 HVAC PLAN . N.T.S. 86 " NBC THIS FACILITY DOES NOT PRODUCE GREASE LADEN EXHAUST. 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 10x10 10x12 10x12 M-200 ROOFTOP UNIT SCHEDULE THERMOSTAT SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT OPERATIONAL TIMES WITH OWNER/MANAGER PRIOR TO PROGRAMMING. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN TIMER. 3.CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THAT HUMIDITY CONTROLS AND SENSORS FUNCTION PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. SET TO 50% RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN THE SPACE. EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE NOTES: 1.PROVIDE ROOF VENT CAP WITH BIRDSCREEN AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER FOR EXHAUST FANS. VENT FOR EXHAUST DUCT, SHALL BE A MINIMUM 36" HIGH ABOVE ROOF SURFACE. 2. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED AND WIRED SPEED CONTROLLER. 3.INTERLOCK WITH LIGHTS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 4. FAN SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH FACTORY WHITE GRILLE. 5.PROVIDE WITH MOUNTING HARDWARE AND ISOLATOR KIT. 6.FAN TO RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED HOURS VIA TIME CLOCK. E.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL TIME CLOCK. BUILDING AIR BALANCE SCHEDULE TOTAL BUILDING PRESSURIZATION +40 CFM WITH RESTROOM EXHAUST OFF +120 CFM AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE SCHEDULE NOTES: (BASED ON PRICE AIR DEVICES) NOTES: 1. PROVIDE WITH OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AT AIR DEVICE. 2. MAX NC LEVEL 30. 3.PROVIDE SQUARE TO ROUND NECK ADAPTOR. 4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PAINT AND FINISH. 5.PROVIDE 4-WAY AIR THROW PATTERN UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED. 6. PROVIDE INSULATED BACK ON ALL SUPPLY AIR DEVICES MIN. R6. NOTE: ALL BALANCING DAMPERS MUST BE "ACCESSIBLE." CONTRACTOR TO FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. AIR DEVICE COLOR SHALL FACTORY ORDERED WHERE POSSIBLY. ALL OTHER AIR DEVICES SHALL BE PAINTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1.SYMBOL KEY -FIRST LETTER: S-SUPPLY, R-RETURN, E-EXHAUST, T-TRANSFER SECOND LETTER: D-DIFFUSER, R-REGISTER, G-GRILLE, AS-ADJUSTA SLOT. 2. BORDER STYLE - REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. 3.DAMPERS -OPERABLE FROM FACE OB: OPPOSED BLADE ROB: RADIAL OPPOSED BLADE B: BUTTERFLY DEHUMIDIFICATION UNIT MARK PLAN MANUFACTURER NUMBER MODEL AREA SERVED SALES 155 DUAL BAKING QUEST 155 DUAL QUESTDU-2 DU-1 (IN) NOTES: 1. SUSPEND UNIT FROM STRUCTURAL WHILE MAINTAINING ACCESSIBILITY. 2. 3/4" DRAIN TO BE ROUTED TO NEAREST OPEN SITE DRAIN AND PROVIDED WITH 1" AIR GAP. PROVIDE EXTERNAL CONDENSATE PUMP. 3. UTILIZE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED OUTLET DUCT COLLARS FOR DISCHARGE. OVEN EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE 1.MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MOTOR STARTER INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. PROVIDE WITH REMOTE FAN SPEED DIAL CONTROLLER. SET TO 800 CFM. 3.FAN SHALL BE RATED FOR KITCHEN DUTY. 4.APPROVED MANUFACTURER'S: DAYTON (GRAINGER), GREENHECK, BROAN, LOREN COOK, ACME, CAPTIVEAIRE, AND PENN. 5.REFER TO KITCHEN HOOD EQUIPMENT SHEETS. 6.PROVIDE WITH VARI-GREEN MOTOR. OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATIONS 350 350 CFM ESP 0.2" 0.2" 155 155 3/4" 3/4" ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONS NOTES 120V/1PH 120V/1PH 20"x22"x38" 20"x22"x38" 1,2,3 1,2,3 WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE AREA SERVEDNOTES 1,2,3,4,5,6 2,3,4,5,6 2,3,4,5,6 2,3,4,5,6 DAMPERSMATERIALMOUNTINGSIZE MODELTAG RD-1 SD-1 SD-2 SD-3 50FF SCO SCD PAR FACE 24/12 24/24 22/11 22/22 24/24 12/12 24/24 10"Ø 12"Ø 10"Ø 12"Ø 6"Ø 1400 300 500 100 300 500 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES BUILDING BALANCE DIAGRAM 80 E A 80 E A 25 0 R A 25 0 S A 50 S A 450 SA 11 1 0 S A 60 0 R A 4000 SA3400 RA 500 RA 700 SA TOTAL LOBBY/SALES CFM TOTAL CRAFT CFM TOTAL RESTROOM CFM TOTAL BAKING/FROSTING CFM TOTAL UTILITY CFM TOTAL BUILDING PRESSURE SPACE MUST BE DESIGNED FOR POSITIVE PRESSURE TOTAL SQFT: 2642 TOTAL TONNAGE OF COOLING: 15 TON 176 SQFT/TON +400 +310 -30 -290 -130 +40 FLOOR ROOF CEILING UTILITY ROOM RESTROOM BDD BDD EXHAUST VENT EXHAUST VENT TOTAL SA CFM TOTAL RA CFM +2000 -1600 +400 +1110 -800 +310 +50 0 -80 +250 -250 +1110 -600 TOTAL SA CFM TOTAL RA CFM TOTAL SA CFM TOTAL RA CFM TOTAL EA CFM -30 -0 -800 TOTAL SA CFM TOTAL RA CFM TOTAL SA CFM TOTAL RA CFM 600 15% 25 0 R A 20 0 S A +200 -250 -80 -130 TOTAL SA CFM TOTAL RA CFM TOTAL EA CFM TOTAL DRY STORAGE CFM -170 250 RA 750 RA 1780 SA EF-3 HOOD FAN IS FOR TYPE II HOOD 20 0 0 S A 16 0 0 R A 2000 SA1600 RA 11 1 0 S A 80 0 R A 400 20% -290 TOTAL EA CFM 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 25 0 R A 20 0 S A +200 -250 -50 TOTAL SA CFM TOTAL RA CFM 12 5 0 R A 10 8 0 S A +1080 -1250 -170 TOTAL SA CFM TOTAL RA CFM 200 SA 500 SA 2220 SA 1110 SA 1400 RA 800 RA2000 RA TOTAL OFFICE CFM -0 TOTAL EMPLOYEE AREA CFM -50 M-300 MECHANICAL DETAILS NOTE: DAMPER HANDLE TO BE INSTALLED MAXIMUM OF 5'-0" ABOVE CEILING. SHT. MTL. ELBOW REQUIRED LOCKABLE QUADRANT DAMPER LOCATION WHERE DAMPER WOULD BE INACCESSIBLE AT TAKE-OFF PROVIDE W/ 3" EXTENDED SHAFT, HANDLE AND INSULATED ROUND DUCT COLLAR ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION INSULATED FLEXIBLE C0NNECTION (MAX. 5 FT.) GYP. BD. CEILING SHEET METAL BAND AND (3) #8 SHEET METAL SCREWS GYP. BD. PERIMETER BRACKET SECURED TO FRAMING. COLOR TO MATCH DIFFUSER OR CEILING. CEILING TILE CEILING T-BAR AT CEILING TILE SUPPORTED BY RUNNERS. SECURELY TAPE VINYL FLEX DUCT TO SHT. MTL. W/MIN. OF (2) CONTINUOUS WRAPS OF DUCT TAPE. STRAP CLAMP OVER FLEX DUCT INSULATION & VINYL TO SHT. MTL. TAPE INSULATION TO DUCT TO FORM GOOD SEAL BUTT DUCT INSULATION FIRMLY AGAINST DIFFUSER BODY. PULL VAPOR BARRIER DOWN AND CLAMP WITH DRAWBAND. 1" BLANKET INSULATION. LAY OVER ENTIRE BACK OF DIFFUSER BODY. TO S.A. MAIN FLANGED / GASKETED TAKE OFFS WITH OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER (FLAGGED) HARD PIPE ONLY FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK, 60" MAX. LOCATED AT DIFFUSER ELBOW (TYP. OF ALL S.A. DEVICES) ENTIRE SYSTEM TO BE FULLY INSULATED WITH ALL JOINTS TAPED WITH REINFORCED FOIL TAPE. DUCT WRAP INSULATION HARD DUCT ELBOW RADIUS 1-1/2 DUCT SIZE OR 12" LONG HARD PIPE (TYP. OF ALL S.A. DEVICES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) SQUARE TO ROUND TRANSITION (AS REQUIRED) FACTORY INSULATED DIFFUSER LAY-IN CEILING BY GENERAL TRADES CONTRACTOR NOTE: INSTALLATION SIMILAR FOR GYP. BOARD CEILING SUPPLY AIR DEVICE (ADJUST PER PLAN) MAIN DUCT PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER, AT BRANCH TAKE OFF. ADJUSTABLE ELBOWS BALANCING DAMPER (BD.) WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWING. MINIMUM OF 1 DUCT DIA. FROM MAIN DUCT L=W/4 (4" MIN.) BRANCH DUCT MAIN DUCT W L 45 ° BRANCH DUCT L=W/4 (4" MIN.) RECTANGULAR RECTANGULAR TO ROUND TAKEOFF ROUND MAIN DUCT AIR FLOW W L 45 ° 3/8" STEEL ROD W / THREADED ENDS (TYP. 4 PLACES) SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE AS REQUIRED. (COORDINATE W / STRUCT.) VIBRATION ISOLATORS SEE PLAN FOR ROUTING BACKDRAFT DAMPER CEILING MOUNTED AIR FLOW AIR FLOW EXTERNAL DUCT WRAP INSULATION BUTT INSULATION TO FACE OF DUCT TRUNK AND CLAMP W/ DRAWBAND GALVANIZED STEEL DUCTWORK SEALER INSTALL DUCTWORK W/ SEALER, SHEETMETAL BAND AND (3) #8 SHEETMETAL SCREWS EQUALLY SPACED. SPIN-IN BELLMOUTH COLLAR W/ MANUAL VOLUME DMAPER INSULATION ADHESIVE ALL AROUND AIR FLOW MOTOR DOME - ALUMINUM, REMOVABLE FAN WHEEL - ALUMINUM, CENTRIFUGAL. BACKWARD INCLINED BLADES. CURB - EXTENDED, STEEL , WELDED BY FAN MAUNF. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT STUB. MOTOR - BELT DRIVE, ADJUSTABLE PULLEY, OUT OF AIR STREAM BIRDSCREEN - ALUMINUM FAN BASE - HEAVY GAUGE STEEL, ONE-PIECE CONSTUCTION, HINGED ROOF OPENING - VERIFY WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MFR'S SUBMITTALS WIND BAND - SPUN ALUMINUM, UPBLAST TYPE EXHAUST DUCT - 26 GA STANDARD DUCT TO BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. GREASE THROUGH - SECURE TO BASE ROOF CURB HINGED CURB FOR CLEANING, FLEXIBLE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FOR EXTENSION AND CHAIN LOCK FOR OPEN PPROSIVTIIDOEN .LOREN COOK HINGED BASE KIT OR EQUAL. THE HINGED BASE KIT IS A FIELD INSTALLED 40" AL U M I N U M 3' MIN. CLEARANCE FOR KEF-1, & 2 AIR DUCT DETECTOR AND AIR SAMPLING CHAMBER. (MOUNT ON TOP IF SPACE REQUIRED) MOUNTING PLATE INTAKE TUBE RETURN TUBE NEOPRENE GASKET MOUNTING NUTS DUCT DUCT WIDTH DU C T H E I G H T NOTES: 1. SMOKE DETECTOR FURNISHED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AND WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR , AND MOUNTED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. INSTALL IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3.PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR AT SAMPLING TUBES. 4. INSTALL PER NFPA 90A 5.MOUNT REMOTE INDICATOR / RESET BY THERMOSTATS ROOF TOP UNIT (RTU) OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE WITH DAMPER CONDENSATE DRAIN REFER TO DETAIL THIS SHEET R / A DUCTWORK SIDE DISCHARGE PROVIDE FLEX. CONNECTIONS AT UNIT ROOF TOP UNIT ROOF CURB ROOF OPENING CURB WIDTH DISCONNECT SWITCH PROVIDE FLOAT SWITCH IN DRAIN PAN S / A DUCTWORK (SIDE DISCHARGE) PROVIDE FLEX. CONNECTIONS AT UNIT CONTROL CIRCUIT POWER CIRCUIT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. NOTES: 1. DUCT TRANSITION FROM RTU TO DUCT SIZE SHOWN ON MECH. FLOOR PLAN SHALL BE MADE BETWEEN RTU & TOP OF ROOF WITHIN CURB. 2. SIZE OF OPENING IN ROOF DECK TO BE AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE. COORDINATE W / STRUCT. DWGS (6" MIN. LARGER THAN DUCT SIZE SHOWN) 3. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION AND INSTALLATION MANUAL. RAIN CAP COMBUSTION AIR STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS POLYVINYL CHLORIDE STEPPED BOOT FURNISHED BY MECH. CONTRACTOR SPUN ALUMINUM PLATE "PPS" PIPE SEAL VENT VENT ROOFING MEMBRANE ROOF DECK SUPPORT (FIELD SUPPLIED) ELBOW (FIELD SUPPLIED) COMBUSTION AIR ROOF INSULATION TO AND FROM WATER HEATER NOTE: 1. BOND BASE TO ROOF AND MEMBRANE TO BASE WITH MASTIC. 2.ONE (1) FOR EACH UNIT. 3. SUPPORT MUST BE FIELD INSTALLED TO SECURE TERMINATION KIT TO STRUCTURE. MA I N T A I N 1 2 " M I N I M U M A B O V E R O O F . LINE SIZE EQUAL TO DRAIN PAN CONNECTION ROUTE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. THREADED CAP WITH 1/4" DIA. HOLE DRILLED IN TOP THREADED CAP DRAIN PAN UNION DEEP SEAL P-TRAP COOLING COIL SLOPE TO DRAIN ROUND TUBING HOT DRIPPED GALV. THROUGH BOLT FILLET WELD FULL POST CIRCUMFERENCE TO BASE PLATE 8x8x1/4" BASE PLATE PLATES SHALL SANDWICH ROOF JOIST MEMBER W / 4 3/8" THREADED RODS PER PLATE W / NUBS & WASHERS EXIST. STEEL JOIST 8x8x1/4" STEEL PLATE BELOW ROOF JOIST 2x2x1/4" ALUM. ANGLE (6061-T6 ALLOY) PROVIDE 1/4" KWOK FLEX SELF DRILLING SCREWS BY "HILT" BASE PLATE CONN. DETAIL ON STEEL JOISTS ALT. AC UNIT TIE-DOWN CONNECTION DETAIL AC UNIT TIE-DOWN CONNECTION DETAIL (4) 2x4x1/8" REM CLIP ATTACHED TO THE UNIT AND BEAN WITH 3-1/4" #20 KWIK FLEX SELF DRILLING SCREWS TO THE UNIT AND (2) SCREWS TO THE STAND. AC UNIT HOUSING OR SHELL 2"x18 GA GALV. STEEL STRAP. STRAP SHALL PASS OVER UNIT TO I-BEAM ON OPPOSITE SIDE. MIN. (4) PER UNIT & SHALL BE FULLY STRETCHED. 36KSI ANTI-VIBRATION PAD BY AC CONTRACTOR @ EACH CONNECTION LOCATION (4 MIN.) (4) #12 SIMS AT EACH STRAP END TO UNDERSIDE OF I-BEAM AC UNIT HOUSING OR SHELL REM CLIP BY R.M. ENTERPRISES W / CORRESPONDING FLORIDA CERTIFICATION # ANTI-VIBRATION PAD BY AC CONTRACTOR @ EACH CONNECTION LOCATION (4 MIN.) I-BEAM 1/4"Ø HOLES I-BEAM 2" 6" GENERAL NOTES: 1. WIND LOADS DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE W / THE ASCE 7-10. 2. ALL WELDING SHALL BE PERFORMED W / 4043 FILLER ALLOY. 3. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE ANCHORAGE AS SHOWN ON MANUFACTURER'S PLAN. BASE PLATE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE ENCASED WITHIN ROOFING MATERIAL. 4. STAND AND FRAME SHALL BE MADE OF 6061-T6 ALUMINUM ALLOY, IS AN EXTERIOR EXPOSURE ALUMINUM. 5.A/C CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CORROSION RESISTANT ISOLATION PADS BETWEEN AC UNIT AND STAND. 6.USE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED CONNECTIONS. 7.COASTAL APPLICATION IS EQUIPMENT TO EXPOSURE D. INLAND APPLICATION IS EQUIVALENT TO EXPOSURE C. AC UNIT (40x40x40) MAX HEIGHT - 300LB R.M. ENTERPRISES MODEL "HRDCA80 STAND" (RATED FOR 180 MPH) NOTES STAND TO BE MANUFACTURED BY RM ENTERPRISES 510 BUSINESS PARKWAY ROYAL PALM BEACH, FL. 561-682-1225 THRU BOLTS 20" MIN. MI N . 1 8 " MA X . 3 0 " CONDENSATE PIPE 1.5" ID MAX SIZE STRAP AND #8 STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS IN THE GUIDE HOLES AT THE TOP OF EACH PIPESTAND MAPA PRODUCTS PIPE SUPPORTMODEL MT-1V PIPE SUPPORT. (TEL 877-897-2371) BASES OF DESIGN EQUAL IS APPROVED NOTE: THE MANUFACTURER DOES NOT RECOMMEND FASTENING THE PIPE SUPPORTS TO THE ROOF. SHOULD THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIRE THAT THE PIPE SUPPORTS BE SECURED TO THE ROOF, ANY METHOD OF FASTENING THE SUPPORTS MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOFING MATERIAL SO AS NOT TO VOID THE ROOF WARRANTY. VERIFY A PROPER METHOD OF ATTACHMENT WITH THE ROOFING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. IF A SUPPORT PAD IS TO BE UTILIZED PLACE PAD IN THE DESIGNATED SUPPORT AREA. IF SPECIFIED, ADHERE SUPPORT PAD TO ROOF MEMBRANE AS DIRECTED BY THE ROOFING MANUFACTURER. PLACE SUPPORT AS APPROPRIATE ON EITHER THE ROOF MEMBRANE OR CENTERED ON THE SUPPORT PAD. WHERE SPECIFIED ADHERE SUPPORT TO PAD. MAPA PRODUCTS RECOMMENDS E-6000 ADHESIVE. NOTE: THE MANUFACTURER DOES NOT RECOMMEND FASTENING THE PIPE SUPPORTS TO THE ROOF. SHOULD THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT REQUIRE THAT THE PIPE SUPPORTS BE SECURED TO THE ROOF, ANY METHOD OF FASTENING THE SUPPORTS MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE ROOFING MATERIAL SO AS NOT TO VOID THE ROOF WARRANTY. VERIFY A PROPER METHOD OF ATTACHMENT WITH THE ROOFING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. IF REQUIRED BY CODE ADHERE SUPPORT AND PAD TO ROOF MEMBRANE AS DIRECTED BY ROOFING MANUFACTURER (COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR) PROVIDE .125ML NEOPRENE PAD UNDER PIPE SUPPORT. RESTRAINT BRACKET (7) #10 TEK SCREWS PER RESTRAINT BRACKET. 2" O.C. SPACING HOLDING RESTRAINT BRACKET TO CURB MIN. 18 GAUGE GALV. SHEET METAL CURB WITH ALL JOINTS WELDED-NRCA APPROVED-FABRICATE TO MATCH SLOPE OF STEEL SUCH THAT TOP OF CURB IS LEVEL AND THE MIN. HEIGHT NOTED IS THE LOWEST EDGE POINT RIDGED INSULATION-THICKNESS TO MATCH BLOCKING HVAC UNIT BASERAIL (7) #10 TEK SCREWS PER RESTRAINT BRACKET. 2" O.C. SPACING HOLDING HOVC UNIT TO RESTRAINT BRACKET PRIME GALV. STTL 14 GA. (0.07" MIN.) CURB WALL EITH FY-33,000 PSI (MIN.) ROOF WORK BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR SECURE CURB TO STRUCTURAL ROOF FRAME MIN. (16) 1/2Ø A307 THROUGH BOLTS PER CURB FOR ALL UNITS SIZES, MIN (5) ON EACH CURB LONG SIDE AND MIN (3) ON EACH CURB SHORT SIDE TOP OF STEEL ELEVATION VARIES WITH SLOPE RIGID INSULATION AND METAL DECK TO BE REMOVED TO ACCOMMODATE ROOF CURB OPENING STRUCTURAL ROOF OPENING FRAME 4" 14 " M I N I M U M H G T ROOF EQUIPMENT ROOF SELF FLASHING ALUMINUM CURB (CANT BY OTHERS) REMOVABLE TOP (WATER TIGHT) FASTEN WTH SELF TAPPING SCREWS #316 S.S. ALUMINUM HOOD 2' - 0"6" 4" 12 " M I N . 10 ° PLAN 8" M I N . NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL FOAM FILL AROUND ALL PIPING AT OPENING OF CURB. TO SUIT NOTES: 1. DUCT SHOULD EXTEND STRAIGHT FOR SEVERAL INCHES FROM A CONNECTION BEFORE BENDING. 2. SUPPORT SYSTEM MUST NOT DAMAGE DUCT OR CAUSE OUT OF ROUND SHAPE. SELF TAPPING SCREW WITH LOCKING WASHER, PREVENT BENDING OF STRAP AT THE 90° BEND STEEL JOIST 22 GA. GALV. STEEL DUCTWORK 2" X 1/8" 22 GA. GALV. STEEL HANGER STRAP 1 1/2"x1 1/2"x1/8" 22 GA. GALV. STEEL ANGLE 2"x1/8" 22 GA. GALV. STEEL HANGER STRAP SIZE BOLTS FOR LOAD FLEX DUCT 5' MAXIMUM 2" METAL STRAP MAX. SAG 1/2" PER FOOT (MINIMUM) OF SUPPORT SPACING. UPPER ATTACHMENT - TYP. TRAPEZE HANGER LOWER ATTACHMENT - TYP. 12x12 INTAKE 2'x2' RETURN / INTAKE DIFFUSER 2'x2' SUPPLY DIFFUSER MANUFACTURER'S COLLAR / FLANGE 3/8" STEEL ROD W / THREADED ENDS (TYP. 4 PLACES) SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE W/ UNISTRUT. (COORDINATE W/ STRUCT.) MC TO PROVIDE FASTENERS AND WASHERS APPROPRIATE FOR A SECURE INSTALLATION MC TO SECURE UNIT TO UNISTRUT 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 M-400 TITLE 24 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 M-500 TITLE 24 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 M-600 TITLE 24 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 GENERAL PLAN NOTES PLUMBING CODED KEY NOTES MECHANICAL CODED KEY NOTES 1.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY AND REPRESENT THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE WORK. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE JOB SITE TO OBSERVE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REVIEW GENERAL NOTES. SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS THAT MAY NOT BE SPECIFICALLY CALLED OUT IN THIS PORTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OR DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS TO ALLOW FOR INSPECTION, SERVICE, REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA. COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE ALL WORK WITH LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. IDENTIFY ALL ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT WITH STORE NAME AND UNIT NUMBER USING PERMANENT WEATHER PROOF 2" HIGH DIE-CUT LETTERS. ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SET LEVEL AND PLUMB. ALL NEW ROOF WORK SHALL BE DONE BY LANDLORDS ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT TENANTS EXPENSE. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL NEW AND EXISTING ROOF WORK TO CONFORM TO LANDLORDS ROOFING STANDARDS AND PER LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. FIELD VERIFY ALL ROOF WORK PRIOR TO BID. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.COORDINATE EXACT EXHAUST FAN LOCATION FOR OPENING IN THE ROOF. MAINTAIN 10 FOOT CLEARANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID AND INSTALLATION. IF EXHAUST FAN FALLS WITHIN 10 FOOT OF ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE, THE EXHAUST DISCHARGE OPENING SHALL BE EXTENDED BY MEANS OF A SHROUD ON UPBLAST FANS AND DUCTWORK ON UTILITY FANS, TO MEET THE 3'-0" VERTICAL CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FROM EXHAUST DISCHARGE. SHROUD CAN BE PROVIDED BY CAPTIVEAIRE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ORDERING, INSTALLATION AND BID , G C TO COORDINATE WITH CAPTIVEIAIRE. 4" EXHAUST DUCT SHALL BE MINIMUM 26 GA GALVANIZED STEEL. PROVIDE RAIN CAP WITH INTEGRAL BIRD SCREEN, BACKDRAFT DAMPER, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED INCLUDING SPEED CONTROLLER CONCEALED AND ACCESSIBLE. EXHAUST FAN OUTLET SHALL MAINTAIN 10' CLEARANCE FROM ANY OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. ALL ROOF WORK SHALL BE DONE BY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT TENANT'S EXPENSE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. INTERLOCK HP-1 WITH OVEN EXHAUST FAN SO THAT WHEN THE OVEN IS IN USE THE EXHAUST FAN AND HP-1 WILL RUN TOGETHER. 3" CONCENTRIC FLUE/CA VENT KIT DOWN TO WATER HEATER. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND ROUTING. SLOPE 1/4 INCH PER FOOT BACK TOWARD WATER HEATER. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. MAINTAIN 10 FOOT CLEARANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE. APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONDENSING UNIT. COORDINATE WITH FOOD SERVICE, ARCHITECTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. PROVIDE RAILS FOR CONDENSING UNITS. COORDINATE RAIL SYSTEM WITH MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS. CONTRACTOR INSTALLING REMOTE CONDENSERS SHALL VERIFY EXACT SIZE OF CONDENSER STAND. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY TERMINATION OF VTR IS A MINIMUM OF 10'0" FROM ALL OUTSIDE AIR INTAKES. 1. 2-1/2" NG LINE TO EXISTING GAS METER. 2. 1-1/4" NG LINE DOWN TO TENANT SPACE. SEE SHEET P1.0 FOR CONTINUATION. ROOFTOP PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' - 0" MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN MP-100 4. NEW WATER HEATER . ROUTE NEW GAS PIPING AS REQUIRED AND CONNECT TO NEW WATER HEATER. 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 03/10/2026 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 10'0" MIN CLEARANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE 10'0" MIN CLEARANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE 10'0" MIN CLEARANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE 10'0" MIN CLEARANCE FROM ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE 1-1/4"(290) 1-1/4"(199 MBH) 1 1-1/2" (290 CFH) 1-1/2" (290 CFH) 1-1/2" (489 CFH) 1-1/4" (199 CFH)TOTAL GAS DEMAND LOAD PLUMBING SUB-TOTAL 489 SIZE CONN. (MBH/EA) INPUT DESCRIPTION (MBH) TOTAL NO.QTY. NOTE(S): 1.GAS PIPING SIZE IS BASED ON LONGEST RUN METHOD. 2.THE GAS SYSTEM SIZED FOR THE RTUS, OVEN AND WATER HEATER IS SIZED FOR A TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH OF MAXIMUM 200'-0" FROM THE GAS METER. 3.PIPE SIZES SHOWN ON THE RISER DIAGRAM ARE BASED ON 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS FOR ACTUAL DEVELOPED LENGTH AND POSSIBLE ADJUSTMENTS TO PIPE SIZES. GAS DEMAND TOTAL HVAC SUB-TOTAL - 1 WATER HEATER 1-1/4"1 199 199 2 OVEN 1-1/4"1 290 290 489 4 2 1 PIPE SUPPORT SCHEDULE 1/2 NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER NPS (IN) 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 4 6 8 10 12 MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACING (FEET) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 CAST IRON 9 12 13 14 15 17 21 24 26 30 9 COPPER 8 12 5 5.5 6 7 7 7.5 8.5 9 10 11.5 5.5 SCH 40 PVC - 6 60°F 5 5.5 6 7 7 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5 11.5 5.5 5 6 73°F SCH 40 CPVC 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 9.5 10.5 10.5 5.5 4.5 5.5 100°F 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.5 7 7 7.5 8.5 9.5 10 5 4.5 5.5 120°F 4 5 5 6 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 8.5 4.5 4 5 140°F 1.SUPPORT SPACING ABOVE IS FOR STRAIGHT HORIZONTAL PIPE. PROVIDE SUPPORTS ON EACH SIDE OF ELBOWS, FLANGES, VALVES, SPECIALTIES, ETC. 2.ALL PIPING SUPPORTS, THREADED ROD SIZES AND HANGERS SHALL BE PER MSS SP-69 7 10 11 12 12 12 12 12 12 STEEL 9 TABLE TO CALCULATE SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS PLUMBING FIXTURE SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS NUMBER OF FIXTURES TOTAL SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS WATER CLOSET FLUSH TANK 5.0 1 5.0 LAVATORY 2.0 1 2.0 HAND SINKS 2.0 2 4.0 MOP SINK 3.0 1 3.0 3 COMPARTMENT SINK (S-1)4.0 1 4.0 POT FILLER 0.5 1 .5 TOTAL SUPPLY FIXTURE UNITS 18.50 WATER PIPE SIZE= 1" TABLE TO CALCULATE DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS PLUMBING FIXTURE DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS NUMBER OF FIXTURES TOTAL DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS WATER CLOSET FLUSH TANK 4 1 4 LAVATORY 2 1 2 HAND SINKS 2 2 4 MOP SINK 3 1 3 3 COMPARTMENT SINK (S-1)5 1 5 POT FILLER 2 1 2 TOTAL DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS 20 SANITARY WASTE SIZE= 4" VOLT/PHASEMFRMARKMODELSTORAGE HEAT INPUT REMARKS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE 1: SET WATER HEATER TEMPERATURE TO 140°f. 2:CONSULT MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO PURCHASE FOR EXACT MODEL AND ALL ACCESSORIES FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. 3:CONFIRM MBH WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND ROUGH IN. WH-1 RINNAI INSTANTANEOUS 120/1 199 1,2,3 SAN. RESTROOM FIXTURES MARK FIXTURE VENT C.W.MANUFACTURERH.W.MODEL#VALVE MFG GPM/GPF REMARKS VALVE MODEL # BATTERY MANUAL L-1 2"2"1/2"1/2"WALL HUNG LAVATORY WITH CONCEALED ARM FLOOR PEDESTAL CARRIER ADA COMPLIANT TOTO KOHLER GERBER LT-307 K-2007-0 12-654 TOTO KOHLER DELTA SLOAN K-13466 TEL145 K-15198 631TP320 22C1 EFX250 ADDITIONAL REMARKS 1.ANGLE STOPS SHALL BE LOOSE KEYED WITH INTEGRAL CHECK VALVE. MCGUIRE LFCK SERIES OR EQUIVALENT. 2.ALL ADA ACCESSIBLE SINKS PTRAP AND DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MCGUIRE PREWRAPPED PW2125 SERIES OR EQUIVALENT. ALL SUPPLIES SHALL BE TRUEBRO LAVGUARDS OR EQUIVALENT. WATCO IDEALLAV LAV DRAIN GRID DRAIN WITH INTERNAL STOPPER WITH P-TRAP WRAPPED IN TRUEBRO LAV GAURD IS ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE. MARK QTY DESCRIPTION PROV. BY OTHERS PROV. BY KITCHEN PROV. BY G.C. PROV. BY TENANT EQUIPMENT REMARKS 7 24" x 24" MOP SINK, FIAT MODESTO ●w/ HOSE AND HOSE HANGER 7.1 FAUCET, SERVICE SINK ● 1 1 20 SINK, SCULLERY, 3 COMPARTMENTS ●120" (24" DRAIN BOARD EACH SIDE) 20.2 ADD ON FAUCET FOR 3 COMPARTMENT SINK ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 21 HAND SINK, WALL MOUNTED w/ FAUCET ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR 1 1 2 NOTE: G.C. SUPPLIER TO VERIFY QUANTITIES G.C. IS TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THIS PLAN. IF ANY CONFLICTS ARE FOUND, CONTACT ARCHITECT AND OWNER IMMEDIATELY. CONFLICTING EQUIPMENT IS NOT TO BE ORDERED UNTIL ISSUE IS RESOLVED. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY THE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. 2. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ALL UTILITIES, INCLUDING THE DEPTHS OF ALL BELOW GRADE SANITARY SEWERS, PRIOR TO START OF WORK. THIS DRAWING IS NOT INTENDED TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH LANDLORD'S STANDARDS, RULES AND REGULATIONS. OBTAIN COPY OF MALL'S CRITERIA PACKAGE AND CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS. ALL LANDLORD'S CRITERIA SHALL BE COMPILED WITH AND INCLUDED IN THIS BID. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO ENSURE THAT THE WORK REPRESENTED ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS CAN BE INSTALLED AS INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL INTERFERENCES INTO CONSIDERATION. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL UTILITY CONNECTION POINTS, INCLUDING SIZES AND INVERTS WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 6. MAKE ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND INSTALLATIONS IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH ALL UTILITY REGULATIONS. PROVIDE ALL ADDITIONAL APPURTENANCES AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY COMPANY. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS OF GOOD PRACTICE AND SAFETY, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S STRICTEST RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCT APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS RELATED TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. 8. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, LAWS, ACTS AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. 9. MAINTAIN ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES FOR ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. 10. CUTTING OF ROOF AND FLASHING OF PIPE CURBS, SANITARY VENT THROUGH ROOF, ETC. SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH AND PERFORMED BY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR, AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. ALL VENT OUTLETS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 10'-0" AWAY FROM OR 3'-0" ABOVE ANY AIR INTAKES ON HVAC EQUIPMENT. 11. ALL HORIZONTAL FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER PIPING AND ALL ABOVE GRADE EXPOSED HORIZONTAL PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE TIMES TO WORK IN SPECIFIC AREA OF THE EXISTING BUILDING WITH THE BUILDING MANAGER AND WITH THE OCCUPANTS OF THE AREA AFFECTED BY THE WORK. 13. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK. 14. SLEEVE AND SEAL ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND FLOORS. APPLY INTUMESCENT FIRE SAFING COMPOUND AT PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS, MAINTAINING INTEGRITY AND RATING OF FIRE SEPARATION. SLEEVES THROUGH FLOORS SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE FLOOR, BE GROUTED INTO PLACE AND WATERPROOFED. PIPING THROUGH EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND SEALED WEATHER TIGHT WITH SILICONE CAULK. 15. ALL DOMESTIC COLD, HOT AND TEMPERED WATER PIPING TO BE INSULATED WITH RIGID FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH TYPE "ASJ" JACKET. COLD WATER PIPES TO HAVE 1 2" THICK INSULATION. DOMESTIC HOT AND TEMPERED WATER PIPES TO HAVE 1" THICK INSULATION. 16. THE P.C. IS TO INSPECT THE EXISTING SANITARY DRAIN TO VERIFY THAT IT HAS SUFFICIENT DEPTH FOR THE NEW WORK AND TO VERIFY THE DIRECTION OF FLOW. PRESSURE TEST THE EXISTING SANITARY DRAIN PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK. VERIFY THAT SEWER IS ACTIVE BY FLUSHING WITH WATER, A MINIMUM OF FIVE GALLONS PER MINUTE FOR FOUR HOURS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 17. ALL NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES MUST BEAR THE WATERSENSE LABEL. DO NOT REMOVE THE WATERSENSE LABEL PRIOR TO PASSING THE FINAL INSPECTION AND HAVE FIXTURE CUT SHEETS ONSITE FOR FINAL INSPECTION. 18. A STACK TEST ON THE WASTE AND VENT MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE PLUMBING INSPECTOR AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSPECTION AND UNDERGROUND INSPECTIONS. 19. 100 PSI AIR TEST OR WATER PRESSURE REQUIRED ON WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING AT TIMES OF ROUGH INSPECTION. 20. ALL EXISTING PLUMBING THAT MAY POSE A HEALTH OR SAFETY HAZARD SHALL BE CORRECTED. CO GCO CD AFF VTR CLEAN OUT PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE (PRV) GRADE CLEAN OUT BALL VALVE CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNION PIPE TURNING UP PIPE TURNING DOWN VENT THROUGH ROOF SANITARY VENT PIPING SANITARY DRAIN PIPING COLD WATER PIPING HOT WATER PIPING (140°F) POINT OF CONNECTION PLUMBING SYMBOLS LEGEND G NATURAL GAS PIPING CHECK VALVE HOT WATER RETURN PIPING UNDERGROUND SANITARY PIPING CA COMPRESSED AIR PIPING BALANCE VALVE 45.1 WATER HEATER - TANKLESS EXISTING LOCATION; REFERENCE PLUMBING1● # BACK FLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS TYPE OF EQUIP. ON SYSTEM METHOD OF CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL MANUFACTURE AND MODEL NUMBER REMARKS CHEMICAL FEED 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL BACKFLOW PREVENTERS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. 2. EACH BACKFLOW PREVENTER MUST HAVE TESTING PORTS. 3. BRONZE BODIED BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ARE PERMISSABLE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODES. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES STAINLESS STEEL REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE ASSEMBLY CU199iN TABLE TO CALCULATE HOT WATER GPM (TANKLESS) INCOMING WATER TEMPERATURE (AVERAGE GROUND WATER TEMP) =55º HOT WATER TEMPERATURE =140º TEMPERATURE RISE =85º PLUMBING FIXTURE TOTAL FIXTURE OR FAUCET GPM MIXED TEMPERATURE HOT WATER GPM PER FIXTURE OR FAUCET NO. OF FIXTURES OR FAUCETS FULL HOT WATER FLOW (GPM) ESTIMATED PERCENT USAGE DESIGNED HOT WATER FLOW (GPM) 3-COMP SINK (S-1)2.0 140º2.00 1 2.00 100%2.00 MOP SINK 3.0 140º3.00 1 3.00 0%0.00 LAVATORIES/HAND SINKS 0.5 105º0.29 3 0.88 100%0.88 FULL HOT WATER FLOW FOR ALL FIXTURES RUNNING =5.88 GPM DESIGNED HOT WATER GALLONS PER MINUTE =2.9 GPM 2"1-1/2"4"W-1 -FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET FLUSH VALVE ADA COMPLIANT ELONGATED BOWL TOTO KOHLER GERBER TOTO KOHLER DELTA SLOAN 1.28 CT705ULN K-96057 25-733 TMT1NN K-7531 K-13517 TET1GA AEF801 MF700T G2 8111 111 REMARKS 1" MFR: J.R. SMITH WATER HAMMER ARRESTER SCHEDULE WHA-A 5005 5010 5020 1-11 12-32 33-60 THREADED NIPPLE CONNECTION TAG 1.BRANCH LINE LESS THAN 20 FEET: THE PREFERRED PLACEMENT LOCATION IS AT THE END OF THE BRANCH LINE BETWEEN THE LAST TWO FIXTURES. UP TO 20 FT. FIXTURE (TYP.) "L" 3/4" FIXTURE (TYP.) MODEL NO. CONNECTION SIZE FIXTURE UNIT RATING 2.BRANCH LINES GREATER THAN 20 FEET: SIZE EACH W.H.A. FOR SUM OF BRANCH W.S.FU., PLACE W.H.A. AS SHOWN. WHA-B WHA-C 1" THREADED NIPPLE CONNECTION THREADED NIPPLE CONNECTION WHA WHA WHA "L/2" 2.1 OVEN ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR1 2.0 HOOD ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR1 CP-1 CIRCULATION PUMP --3/4"3/4"GRUNDFOS ALPHA 15-55 HWR SF/T GAS LOAD SUMMARY SYSTEM DESIGNATION EQUIPMENT MBH PLUMBING DWH-1 WATER HEATER 199 KITCHEN LBC MODEL LRG-2G4 OVEN 290 TOTAL NATURAL GAS CONNECTED LOAD 489 GAS METER REQUIREMENTS MBH CAPACITY 489 TOTAL DEVELOPED LENGTH INCLUDING EQUIVALENT PIPE LENGTH FOR FITTING AND VALVE FRICTION LOSSES TO GAS METER. 77 FT X 1.2 104 FT CONSULT GAS UTILITY COMPANY FOR REGULATOR RATING SANITARY SEWER PIPING SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND MAY DIFFER SLIGHTLY FROM ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR (PC) SHALL COORDINATE WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS VIA A SANITARY VIDEO SURVEY/SCOPE TO DETERMINE THE EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, INVERT ELEVATIONS AT THE PROPOSED CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PLUMBING SERVICES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. IF ACTUAL FIELD FINDINGS VARY SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THOSE AS INDICATED ON PLANS, PC SHALL NOTIFY GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. THE OWNER SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS INCURRED BY FAILED COORDINATION AFTER CONSTRUCTION HAS BEGUN. PC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR UTILIZING A REPUTABLE UTILITY LOCATING SERVICE PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM EXACT SANITARY CONNECTION INVERT ELEVATION IS DEEP ENOUGH TO ACHIEVE GRAVITY FLOW AT CODE REQUIRED SLOPE FROM FURTHEST FIXTURE TO POINT OF CONNECTION PRIOR TO ANY FLOOR TRENCHING OR ROUGH IN WORK. CONTACT ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF GRAVITY DRAINAGE CAN NOT BE ACHIEVED WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. EXISTING SANITARY SEWER CONDITIONS NOTE: PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE JOMAR VALVE RECIRCSETTER™AUTOMATIC VARIABLE SET POINT BALANCING VALVE OR EQUIVALENT AT EACH HOT WATER CIRCULATION CONNECTION TO THE HOT WATER SYSTEM. ENSURE VALVES ARE INSTALLED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR ADJUSTMENT AND SERVICE. SYSTEM SHALL BE SET FOR A 5 DEGREE TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE FROM WATER HEATER SET POINT. CONSULT WITH THE CIRCULATING PUMP MANUFACTURER FOR ADDITIONAL CONTROLS AND BALANCING INSTRUCTION. HOT WATER BALANCING NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING GAS PRESSURE ON SITE AND WITH UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO ANY WORK AND PIPING ROUGH IN. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE EXISTING GAS METER BTU CAPACITY WITH LOCAL GAS COMPANY PRIOR TO ANY WORK. IF FOUND TO BE OF INADEQUATE SIZE FOR NEW DEMAND, COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF NEW METER WITH UTILITY COMPANY. MINIMUM REQUESTED DELIVERY PRESSURE OF 8.5"-10" WATER COLUMN. IF FOUND ON SITE THAT THE EXISTING TENANT SERVICE IS LOW PRESSURE (LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 7"W.C.) BUT IS SERVED BY A DEDICATED PRESSURE REGULATOR, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH UTILITY COMPANY IF EXISTING REGULATOR CAN BE INCREASED TO A MINIMUM OF 8.5"-10"WATER COLUMN. IF FOUND THAT THE EXISTING GAS SERVICE IS ONLY LOW PRESSURE (LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 7"W.C.), CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AN ALTERNATE BID FOR; 1) IF HIGHER PRESSURE IS AVAILABLE, PROVIDE NEW 2 PSI GAS SERVICE TO SPACE WITH NEW 2 PSI METER AND PRESSURE REGULATOR. 2) IF EXTREMELY LOW PRESSURE (LESS THAN 6"W.C.) WILL BE PROVIDED BY UTILITY COMPANY, PROVIDE BID FOR A 1/2 HP GAS BOOSTER PUMP FROM SPENCER TURBINE OR EQUIVALENT TO INCREASE PRESSURE TO 8"W.C. EXAMPLE SPEC #SYS0325 .5VS VS SERIES GAS CUBE. EXISTING GAS SERVICE CONDITIONS NOTE: RECOVERY 4.2 WATTS LF-919-QT LEAD FREE CAST COPPER WITH QUATER TURN NOTE: PLUMBER HAS THE OPTION TO USE PEX, CPVC, OR COPPER. AS LONG AS ALLOWED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION NOTE: 1" BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE FOR DOMESTIC PURPOSES PER STANDARD PLAN NO. 1432 S-1 2"2"1/2"1/2""E3S8-2D" - 3 COMPARTMENT "E-SERIES" SINKS WITH TWO DRAIN BOARDS AND GALVANIZED LEGS. E3S8-1824-14T24 ELKAY ANGLE STOP WITH INTEGRAL CHECK VALVE, MANUAL GOOSENECK FAUCET, GRID STRAINER LK406GN 27C4834 MS-1 2"2"1/2"1/2"MOP SINK MOLDED STONE FIAT EL MUSTEE ZURN MSB2424 63M Z1996-24 DELTA ZURN FIAT SAN.MARK FIXTURE VENT C.W.MANUFACTURERH.W.MODEL#VALVE MFG GPM/GPF REMARKS VALVE MODEL # BATTERY WIRED HYDRO MANUAL PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FLOOR SINK CAST IRON BODY 12" GRATEFS-1 3"2"-- ZURN Z1900-XNH/Z1 900-XNH-2 1.5 FLOOR DRAIN FD-1 3"2"--ZURN ZB415-XNH -7B-P-VP-Y TRENCH DRAINTD-1 3"2"--MIFAB T-200-13 GREASE INTERCEPTORGI-1 4"2"--SCHIER GB-250 SCHIER GB-250 FLOW RATE/GREASE CAPACITY 100GPM / 1895LBS LIQUID CAPACITY 277 GAL 22.1 POT FILLER FAUCET W/ 18" SWING ●INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR1 P-000: PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P-100: PLUMBING SUPPLY PLAN P-200: PLUMBING DWV PLAN P-300: PLUMBING DETAILS P-301: PLUMBING DETAILS P-400: PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P-500 TITLE 24 SHEET INDEX P-000 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS HEALTH COMMENTS 10-23-20251 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 CITY COMMENTS 01-05-20262 OVEN RACK CE L L O CE L L O OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK MI C R O RE F REMOVE EXISTING 3/4" WATER LINE AND 3/4" WATER METER. PROVIDE NEW 1" WATER METER AND 1" WATER SERVICE LINE BACK TO EXISTING MAIN. VERIFY EXACT SIZE, ROUTING, DELIVERY PRESSURE, AND WATER METER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL WATER UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO ANY WORK. PROVIDE ALTERNATE BID FOR A BOOSTER PUMP SYSTEM IF FOUND ON SITE DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 65 PSI STATIC. RECOMMENDED DOMESTIC METER SIZE 1" WITH A DISTRIBUTION SIZE OF 1" IMMEDIATELY AFTER DOMESTIC WATER METER TO THE FIXTURE IN TENANT SPACE. PROVIDE ASSE 1070 CERTIFIED APPROVED MIXING VALVE TO LAVATORY AND HAND SINKS. SET AT 105°. ROUTE TO CONNECT TO EXISTING CAPPED GAS LINE IN SPACE. VERIFY EXACT ROUTING, SIZE, DELIVERY PRESSURE AND METER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL GAS COMPANY AND LANDLORD PRIOR TO ANY WORK. DESIGN DELIVERY PRESSURE: 7" W.C. , TOTAL GAS DEMAND: 489 MBH , APPROXIMATE DEVELOPED LENGTH: 104 FEET. SANITARY WASTE PIPING SHALL ROUTE TO CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY WASTE PIPING LEAVING SPACE. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT SIZE, LOCATION, ROUTING AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BIDDING AND PERFORMING ANY EXCAVATION WORK CONNECT NEW SANITARY VENT PIPING TO EXISTING SANITARY VENT PIPING IN SPACE . VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO WORK. VERIFY EXACT ROUTING IN FIELD WITH OTHER DISCIPLINES. PROVIDE FLOOR DRAIN WITH HARD PIPED TRAP PRIMER FROM NEAREST SINK. GAS DOWN TO OVEN. ROUTE PIPING LOW IN WALL COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONDENSATE FROM COOLER TO SLOPE NO LESS THAN 1/8" PER FOOT AND DISCHARGE INDIRECTLY INTO FLOOR DRAIN PROVIDE CODE APPROVED AIR GAP . PROVIDE NEW GREASE INTERCEPTOR BELOW GRADE WITH TRAFFIC RATED COVER . COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR EXACT LOCATION INSTALL PER MANUFACTURES MANUALS. VERIFY LOCATION, INVERT ELEVATION AND DIRECTION OF FLOW PRIOR TO ANY WORK. IF BUILDING DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE IS NOT ALREADY PROTECTED BY A MAIN BACKFLOW PREVENTER, THEN PROVIDE A REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER (RPZ) AT AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE THE MOP SINK. RELIEF VALVE SHALL DRAIN INDIRECTLY INTO THE MOP SINK WITH A CODE-APPROVED AIR GAP. VERIFY IN FIELD PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT PURCHASE. VENT PIPING BELOW GRADE TO SERVE GREASE INTERCEPTOR. COORDINATE EXACT ROUTING IN FIELD AND VERIFY ALL EXISTING UTILITIES PRIOR TO ANY WORK. ROUTE TO CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY WASTE PIPING. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT SIZE, INVERT ELEVATION, LOCATION, ROUTING AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BIDDING AND PERFORMING ANY EXCAVATION WORK. PROVIDE ALTERNATE BID FOR A SEWAGE LIFT STATION IF EXISTING TIE IN CONNECTION IS FOUND TO NOT BE DEEP ENOUGH TO RECEIVE THE DISCHARGE FROM THE NEW SANITARY SYSTEM. FLOOR SINK SHALL RECEIVE OVEN INDIRECT WASTE FROM OVEN. FLOOR SINK SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR AND SHALL NOT CREATE A TRIPPING HAZARD. FINAL LOCATION, ROUTING, AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETS AND APPROVED BY AHJ PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1 2 PLUMBING SUPPLY KEYED NOTES OVEN RACK CE L L O CE L L O OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK MI C R O RE F 3 RPZBFP SEE SHEET MP-100 FOR CONTINUATION MS-1 77.1 WH-1 1/2" CW DOWN TO POT FILLER 45 2.12.0 21 20.120.2202 21 2 HS-1 HS-1 S-1 SHUT-OFF VALVE TYP. BALANCING VALVE TYP. CP-1 L-1 W-1 SEE SHEET MP-100 FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHEET MP-100 FOR CONTINUATION 4 5 6 PLUMBING SUPPLY PLAN1 P-100 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" PLUMBING DWV PLAN1 P-100 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" 1/2" CW TO CHEMICAL DISPENSER AT MOP SINK 1 2 MS-1 77.1 HS-121 HS-121 GCO FD-1 L-1 W-1 S-1 20.1 20.220 GI-1 FCO GCO 5 6 9 FS-1 7 7 8 8 FS-1 WALK IN COOLER 9 10 11 11 TD-1 FCO GWGW FCO SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN 10 12 12 CW HW HWR CW HW HWR CW HW HWR CWS CWS CWS POT FILLER 22.1 13 13 SV24 INSPECTION PORT FS-1 14 14 5 P-100 PLUMBING SUPPLY PLAN 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 HEALTH COMMENTS 10-23-20251 CITY COMMENTS 01-05-20262 HEALTH COMMENTS 01-19-20263 CITY COMMENTS 04-21-20265 REMOVE EXISTING 3/4" WATER LINE AND 3/4" WATER METER. PROVIDE NEW 1" WATER METER AND 1" WATER SERVICE LINE BACK TO EXISTING MAIN. VERIFY EXACT SIZE, ROUTING, DELIVERY PRESSURE, AND WATER METER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL WATER UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO ANY WORK. PROVIDE ALTERNATE BID FOR A BOOSTER PUMP SYSTEM IF FOUND ON SITE. DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 65 PSI STATIC. RECOMMENDED DOMESTIC METER SIZE 1" WITH A DISTRIBUTION SIZE OF 1" IMMEDIATELY AFTER DOMESTIC WATER METER TO THE FIXTURE IN TENANT SPACE. UPSIZE THE EXISTING 3/4" WATER METER TO 1" WATER METER FOR DOMESTIC USE. NEW 1" WATER METER TO BE INSTALLED BY CITY FORCES AFTER SUBMISSION OF A WATER METER APPLICATION AND PAYMENT OF FEES. CONTACT THE WATER RESOURCES DIVISION AT 714-647-3320 FOR ASSISTANCE. THE EXISTING 3/4" WATER METER IS TO BE PROTECTED IN PLACE UNTIL REMOVED BY CITY FORCES. PLEASE BE ADVISED THAT CITY FORCES WILL NOT INSTALL THE NEW WATER METER UNTIL 1" METER LAYING LENGTH REQUIREMENTS ARE MET PER STANDARD PLAN NO. 1401. 1 APPROVED AS NOTED WATER PRESSURE IS SHOWN AS DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING WATER PRESSURE IN FIELD PRIOR TO ANY WORK AND PIPING ROUGH IN. IF DISCOVERED ON SITE THAT EXISTING WATER PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 68 PSI, CONTACT ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY FOR PIPING DESIGN CHANGES. IF PRESSURE IS GREATER THAN 80 PSI PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE AND REDUCE DOWN TO 77 PSI. PRIOR TO WORK VERIFY INCOMING WATER QUALITY TO SPACE. WHEN INCOMING WATER IS ABOVE 3.5 GRAINS PER GALLON (60 PARTS PER MILLION) SCALE BUILD-UP WILL FORM INSIDE THE PLUMBING SYSTEM CAUSING DAMAGE TO SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COPPER PIPE. TO AVOID DAMAGE DUE TO SCALE BUILD-UP, EITHER A WATER SOFTENER OR ANTI-SCALE DEVICE SHOULD BE INSTALLED AT POINT-OF-ENTRY. APPLICATIONS WHERE THERE IS A CONCERN FOR WATER SPOTS ON GLASS SHOWER DOORS, GLASS DISHES, VEHICLES IN CARWASHES, ETC., AND/OR THE EFFECTS OF HARD WATER ON HUMAN SKIN, A WATER SOFTENER SHOULD BE USED INSTEAD OF AN ANTI-SCALE DEVICE. ANTI-SCALE DEVICES REDUCE THE FORMATION OF SCALE IN A PLUMBING SYSTEM BUT DO NOT REMOVE THE CALCIUM AND MAGNESIUM FROM THE WATER, WHICH WILL REMAIN ONCE THE WATER HAS EVAPORATE LEAVING WATER SPOTS AND/OR DRYING OUT HUMAN SKIN. WATER SOFTENERS REMOVE CALCIUM AND MAGNESIUM FROM THE WATER BUT REQUIRE ROUTINE REFILLING OF SALT LEVELS IN THE BRINE TANK. EXISTING WATER SERVICE CONDITIONS NOTE: NOTE: INSTALL 1" BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE FOR DOMESTIC PURPOSES PER STANDARD PLAN NO. 1432 OVEN RACK CE L L O CE L L O OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK MI C R O RE F CWS CWS CWS RPZBFP PLUMBING SITE PLAN PLAN1 P-100.1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" (EX)1" WATER METER DEDICATED TO NBC (EX) WATER MAIN M DOMESTIC COLD WATER SERVICE SHOWN IS BASED ON BEST AVAILABLE INFORMATION AND IS AN APPROXIMATE LOCATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF THE EXISTING WATER METER AND SERVICE MAIN PRIOR TO ANY WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL NECESSARY CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING SYSTEM AND PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE AHJ AND UTILITY REQUIREMENT IF BUILDING DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE IS NOT ALREADY PROTECTED BY A MAIN BACKFLOW PREVENTER, THEN TENANT AND OR LANDLORD SHALL PROVIDE A 1" REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER (RPZ) AT AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ABOVE THE MOP SINK. RELIEF VALVE SHALL DRAIN INDIRECTLY INTO THE MOP SINK WITH A CODE-APPROVED AIR GAP. VERIFY IN FIELD PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT PURCHASE. PLEASE SEE CONTUNATION OF INTERNAL PIPING ON P-100 1 PLUMBING SUPPLY KEYED NOTES 1 2 2 1"1"(EX)1" 3 3 5 BACK FLOW PREVENTER ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS TYPE OF EQUIP. ON SYSTEM METHOD OF CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL MANUFACTURE AND MODEL NUMBER REMARKS 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL BACKFLOW PREVENTERS FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. 2. EACH BACKFLOW PREVENTER MUST HAVE TESTING PORTS. 3. BRONZE BODIED BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ARE PERMISSABLE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODES. WATER SERVICE REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE ASSEMBLY WATTS LF-009-QT-S STAINLESS STEEL BODY WITH QUARTER TURN VALVE BRONZE STRAINER. 5 P-100.1 PLUMBING SITE PLAN 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 HEALTH COMMENTS 10-23-20251 CITY COMMENTS 01-05-20262 HEALTH COMMENTS 01-19-20263 CITY COMMENTS 03-10-20264 CITY COMMENTS 04-21-20265 PLUMBING SUPPLY RISERS1 P-200 NTS PLUMBING DWV RISERS2 P-200 NTS 1" CP RPZBFP MS-1 DOWN TO GWH-1 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" CW DOWN TO POT FILLER 3/4" 1/2" CW TO CHEMICAL FEED 1/2"3/4" 1/2" 3/4" BALANCING VALVE TYP. SHUT-OFF VALVE TYP. 3/4" 3/4" 1/2" 1/2"3/4" 1/2" 3/4" HS-1 S-1 L-1 W-1 HS-1 TMV-1 TMV-1 TMV-1 TO EXISTING COLD WATER PIPING TO EXISTING SANITARY VENT PIPING 2" 4" 4" 4" 4" 2" 3" L-1 W-1 FD-1 2" 2" 3" 2" 2" 2" 2" 3" MS-1 GCO FCO 3-COMP 3" HS-1 77.1 20.120.2 20 21 GI-1 1" 1" 1" 1" 1/2"1/2" FS-1 2" FLOOR PENETRATION M (EX) WATER MAIN (EX)1" WATER METER DEDICATED TO NBC 1" CW HW HWR CW HW HWR SAN SAN SAN SAN SAN 4" 4" 4" 4" 2"FCO FCO FS-1 2"3"4" 3" TD-13" SAN 2" SV24 INSPECTION PORT FS-13" 2" HS-121 P-200 PLUMBING DWV PLAN 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 HEALTH COMMENTS 10-23-20251 CITY COMMENTS 01-05-20262 HEALTH COMMENTS 01-19-20263 NOTE: TURN TRAP PRIMER DRAIN LINE INTO WALL ALL EXPOSED PIPING SHALL BE CHROME PLATED FLOOR DRAIN WITH TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION TYPE 'K' COPPER TUBING - NO JOINTS BELOW FLOOR SINK, EQUIPMENT OR RESTROOM LAVATORY COLD WATER KEEP MINIMUM STOP VALVE TRAP PRIMER WITH CHROME FINISH PPP# PRO1-ULP500 WITH DU-4 TRAP PRIMER PIPING DETAIL 1/2" SCALE: NONE SPOUT BRACE 36 " A F F H C DRAIN MOP SINK (MS-1) 36" HOSE HOSE HOOK TO BE INSTALLED AT A HEIGHT 2" LESS THAN FAUCET OUTLET AND SHALL BE POSITIONED TO DRAIN INTO MOP SINK H C HOSE HOOK TO BE INSTALLED AT A HEIGHT 2" LESS THAN FAUCET OUTLET 44" AFF SPOUT WITH HOSE END AND PAILHOOK SERVICE FAUCET WITH VACUUM BREAKER 4'-0" EQ. EQ. EXISTING SLAB NEW SLAB POUR-BACK - 12" SLOPE FROM EDGE OF SAW CUT TO DRAIN FLOOR DRAIN LINE OF SLOPE - TYP. 12" SLOPE 4'-0" EQ.EQ. NEW SLAB POUR-BACK - 12" SLOPE FROM EDGE OF SAW CUT TO DRAIN 2'-0"2'-0" 4'-0" SQ. NOTE: FLOOR FINISH (TILE) TO BE CUT TO ACCEPT SLOPE POTFILLER HOSE MOP SINK DETAIL SCALE: NONE 3" DIA. P-TRAP SPOUT BRACE SERVICE FAUCET WITH VACUUM BREAKER SPOUT WITH HOSE END AND PAILHOOK SIZE LARGER THAN PIPE. SEAL PIPE SLEEVE TO BE ONE PIPE MAIN SHUT-OFF BALL VALVE SLEEVE TO BE PVC SCH. 40 ONLY WITH APPROVED CAULKING ELECTRICAL GROUNDING CONNECTION FINISHED FLOOR "K" COPPER, SOFT TEMPER COLD WATER SERVICE TYPE FLOW ABOVE SLAB (TYPICAL). AND SHALL EXTEND 1/2" VALVE - WATTS PRESSURE REDUCING NO. U5B SET 80 SECURE PIPING TO WALL PSI MAX GRND PER NEC SECTION 250 OR EQUIVALENT JOSAM NO. 75003 ARRESTOR - WATER HAMMER ABOVE CEILING CW PIPING TO ACCESS DOOR FOR MAIN SHUT-OFF HALLMANN SALES, LLC #DSC-214M 12x12 4' - 6 " MI D - P O I N T O F V A L V E WATER SERVICE ENTRANCE LESS BACKFLOW DETAIL SCALE: NONE SUPPLY PIPING - INSULATED VENT PIPE NOTE: ALL EXPOSED PIPING, VALVES, EQUIPMENT, ECT. TO BE A.D.A. COMPLIANT. 2" WASTE, (MIN.), FOR LOCATION AND ROUTING OF WASTE, VENT & WATER PIPING REF. PLANS. 2"x1-1/2" FOR (SINKS AND LAVS); SANITARY TAPPED TEE. ADAPTOR AS NEEDED A.D.A. LAVATORY OFFSET, USE AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE A.D.A. COMPLIANCE LOCATE P-TRAP TO PROVIDE FOR MIN. KNEE CLEARANCE OF 8"(PER A.D.A.). HEAVY CHROME PLATED BRASS P-TRAP W/ CLEANOUT PLUG AND HEAVY CHROME PLATED BRASS ELBOW, INSULATE ALL EXPOSED SINK WASTE AND WATER OUTLET PIPING AND STOP VALVES, AS PER SPECIFICATIONS AND A.D.A. DWV TRAP ADAPTOR AS NEEDED. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEON PLATE, (TYP. AT WASTE AND WATER WALL PENETRATIONS). WALL CONSTRUCTION (REF. ARCH DWG'S). SUMMER POSIFIX SUPPORT BRACKETS OR APPROVED EQUAL GRID STRAINER SCALE: NONE TYP LAV/SINK CONNECTION DETAIL ADAPTOR AND CHROME PLATED BRASS ESCUTCHEON LAVATORY SUPPLY 1" H&CW, SEE PLANS FOR CONTINUATION 1-1/2" LOW PRESSURE NATURAL GAS SUPPLY, SEE PLANS FOR CONTINUATION 1" BALL VALVE IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION ASME RATED TEMPERATURE & PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE. EXTEND FULL-SIZED DISCHARGE TO SPILL INTO MOP SINK 3/4" DRAIN VALVE UNION (TYP X 3) 8" LONG CAPPED DIRT LEG WALL MOUNTED WATER HEATER CONTROLLER. LOCATE ON WALL NEAR WATER HEATER. PROVIDE ALL CONTROL WIRING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. THERMOMETER HWRP VENT - SEE HVAC DWGS SECURE TO WALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS 1-1/2" AGA RATED GAS VALVE IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION INSTANTANEOUS GAS HEATER 2 GALLON THERMAL EXPANSION TANK WITH NSF LINER. 1-1/2" 1" REDUCER, LOCATE WITHIN 3" OF WATER HEATER CONNECTION (TYP X 3) TANKLESS GAS WATER HEATER DETAIL N.T.S. DRILL HOLE IN SIDE OF BOX AND PROVIDE SILICONE SEAL AROUND PIPE PENETRATION. CO CO PROVIDE TRAP AT BOTTOM OF RISER AND DISCHARGE INTO FLOOR DRAIN OR FLOOR SINK WITH AIR GAP OF TWICE PIPE DIAMETER. FLOOR SINK OR HUB DRAIN PROVIDE CLEANOUT IN TURNS AND ENDS OF PIPE. MAKE CONNECTION TO COIL AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE ROUTING OF DRAIN WITH SHELVING IN WALK-IN BOX. NO INSULATION ON PIPE RISER. WALK-IN COOLER OR FREEZER BOX. SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR RECEPTACLE LOCATION. INSTALL PIPE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, ANCHORED TO WALL OF BOX WITH SUPPORTS AT MAXIMUM SIX FOOT CENTERS. USE TYPE "M" HARD COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS WITH LEAD-FREE SOLDER JOINTS. SLOPE HORIZONTAL PIPE AT MINIMUM TWO PERCENT. REFER TO LOCAL CODE FOR INDIRECT DRAIN REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE 1" ELASTOMERIC INSULATION OVER HEAT TRACING ON CONDENSATE LINE (FOR FREEZER BOX ONLY) BY WALK IN BOX INSTALLER, (ELECTRIC HEATING CABLE IS BY CONTRACTOR). 3/4"DX COIL WALK-IN BOX CONDENSATE DRAIN CW HW (2 PSI PRESSURE AT POINT OF CONNECTION) FULL Ø OF RTU CONNECTION UNION LBS TO INCHES PRV RT U DRIP LEG GAS COCK PRESSURE TAPS, MIN. 10 PIPE DIAMETERS SCALE: NONE GAS EQUIPMENT CONNECTON DETAIL SCALE: NONE GREASE INTERCEPTOR SCALE: NONE P-300 PLUMBING DETAILS 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 HEALTH COMMENTS 10-23-20251 CITY COMMENTS 01-05-20262 HOT OR COLD WATER SUPPLY THREADED PIPE ADAPTER ON CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION PROVIDE UNION ON EACH SIDE OF TRAP EQUIPMENT CURB 4" DEEP PIPE TRAP 1. PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST AS REQUIRED. VERIFY CONNECTION LOCATIONS BEFORE INSTALLING PIPE RUNS. DO NOT PROVIDE TRAP ON UNITS WHICH HAVE AN INTERNAL TRAP. 2. DRAIN LINES TO BE PVC. A.C. UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN N.T.S. VENT OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE, TERMINATE VENT 6" HIGHER THAN UNIT DRAIN PAN. RTU TYPICAL ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNIT PDI SIZE "A" INSTALL PER PDI STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SINGLE FIXTURE PDI SIZE A B F E D с PIPE SIZE 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 2" FIX TURE UNIT LOAD 1-11 12-32 33 - 60 61-113 114-154 154-33Ø IF BRANCH IS GREATER THAN 20' LONG, PROVIDE ANOTHER WHA IN MIDDLE, EACH SIZED FOR HALF THE FIXTURE UNITS. MULTIPLE FIXTURES FIXTURE UNIT TABULATION FIXTURE VALVE WATER CLOSET TANK WATER CLOSET SHOWER/BATHTUB JANITOR'S SINK LAVATORY/SINK URINAL сo LD 10 5 5 1.5 3 2 HOT -- -- -- 1.5 3 2 DO NOT PROVIDE AIR CHAMBERS. PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS BY SIOUX CHIEF PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS, WATTS OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT WITH PISTON AND O-RING CONSTRUCTION, HAVING PDI #WH-201, ASSE #1010 AND ANSI #A112.26.1M CERTIFICATION. INSTALL IN HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL POSITION, BUT NEVER UPSIDE DOWN. INSTALL IN LINE WITH WATER FLOW DIRECTION IF POSSIBLE. SIZE THE UNITS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND / OR PER THE TABLES SHOWN ABOVE. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS N.T.S. COVER VALVE BODIES WITH INSULATION, BUT NOT UNIOINS. IF HORIZONTAL BRANCH IS LESS THAN 20' LONG, PROVIDE ONE WHA AT END OF LINE PROVIDE CLEANOUTS IN TURNS/ENDS OF PIPE. DWV FITTINGS IF SIZE IS LARGER THAN 1". SLOPE PIPE AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE TOWARD DISCHARGE. MAKE CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. MAKE PIPE MINIMUM ONE SIZE LARGER THAN EQUIPMENT CONNECTION, MINIMUM 3/4". USE "M" OR "L" HARD COPPER UP TO 1" AND TYPE DWV FOR LARGER. PROVIDE TRAP AND 6" HIGH PIPE VENT OPEN TO ATMOSPHERE WHEN DRAIN LINE IS LONGER THAN 5' (IAPMO) OR 2' (BOCA). ROUTE PIPE INCONSPICUOUSLY AND UNOBTRUSIVELY. HANG PIPE AS REQUIRED. DO NOT INSULATE INDIRECT DRAIN PIPE WHEN INSTALLED IN FOOD SERVICE FACILITY. REFER TO LOCAL CODES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. INDIRECT DRAIN N.T.S. DISCHARGE INTO GRATE OF FLOOR SINK WITH AIR GAP SUFFICIENT TO REMOVE GRATE AND STRAINER. MINIMUM GAP = TWICE PIPE DIAMETER. PIPE HANGER NEXT TO ELBOW SECURE PIPE HANGER TO STRUCTURE (TYP) THREADED STEEL ROD WITH NUT AND WASHER BOTH SIDES (TYP) CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR COLD PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER PLUS INSULATION THICKNESS. DO NOT PENETRATE INSULATION WITH HANGER PROVIDE A SECTION OF HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS AT EACH HANGER OF COLD INSULATED PIPE CLEVIS HANGER, SHOWN FOR CLARITY. SIZE HANGER FOR JO PIPE OUTSIDE DIAMETER. 3/4" PIPE FROM COLD WATER SUPPLY TO WATER HEATER, WITH NO CHECK VALVES INTERVENING FDA-COMPLIANT BUTYL DIAPHRAGM WELDED STEEL EXPANSION TANK WITH POLYPROPYLENE LINING, NSF APPROVED FOR DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE PIPING ARRANGEMENT SHOWN IS SCHEMATIC. ADJUST TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION WHEN INSTALLED. PROVIDE SEISMIC STRAP OR BRACING WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. SMALL EXPANSION TANK N.T.S. NEW SLAB PROVIDE SHORT INSULATION SHIELD FOR LAPPING INSULATION JACKET OVER HIGH DENSITY INSULATION OR STYROFOAM BILLETS. MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER 6x6x10/10 W.W.M. EXIST. COLD PIPE HOT PIPE CUT INSULATION TO FIT AROUND HANGER SEAL EXPOSED INSULATION ENDS WITH JOINT SEALANT REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION TUBES, INSULATION THICKNESS, HANGER TYPES, HANGER ROD CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE AND HANGER SPACING. INSULATED PIPE HANGER DETAIL N.T.S. MIN. 4,000 P.S.I. CONC. SLAB INFILL DEPTH TO MATCH EXIST. NEW WASTE LINE ANY DISTURBED SOIL WILL BE RE-TREATED FOR TERMITE PROTECTION. TOP OF STRAINER TO BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR - COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS CUT OFF EXCESSIVE RING IF REQUIRED. ADJUSTABLE DRAIN HEAD TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION (WHEN REQUIRED) DRAIN BODY PIPE INSIDE CAULK DRAIN SUPPORT STRAP FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL N.T.S. FLOW NOTE: BALL VALVE OR LUG BUTTERFLY VALVE REDUCING TEE (OR TEST PLUG FOR INSERTION OF GAUGE) CHECK VALVE UNION FOR CONTINUATION AND SIZE, SEE FLOOR PLAN PROVIDE INSULATION AND SUPPORT SYSTEM FLOOR CLEANOUT DETAIL N.T.S. IN-LINE CIRCULATING PUMP DETAIL N.T.S. 1. CLEANOUT SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE PIPE TO WHICH IT IS CONNECTED UP TO 4". FOR PIPES LARGER THAN 4", THE MINIMUM SIZE OF THE CLEANOUT IS 4". SLAB REPAIR DETAIL N.T.S. FINISHED FLOOR ON REQUIRED SETTING BED (SEE ARCHITECTURAL FOR FLOOR SLOPES)CIRCULATION PUMP AQUASTAT FOR CONTROL OF PUMP FLOW STRAINER DIAL TYPE PRESSURE GAUGE (0-100 PSIG) PLUG VALVE (TYPICAL) PIG TAIL (TYPICAL)PIPING MAIN FLOW EXIST. 4"4"4"4"ADJACENT SLAB EXIST. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC PIPE UNION AT TANK CONNECTION FOR CONNECTION OF DISSIMILAR METALS AIR CHARGING VALVE. FILL TANK WITH AIR PRESSURE TO MATCH WATER PRESSURE. NOTE: MITER THE INSULATION AT TEES AND ELBOWS SO THAT THERE ARE NO GAPS AT JOINTS IF POSSIBLE, THEN TAPE THEM. OTHERWISE FILL THE GAPS WITH BLANKET FIBER-GLASS AND PROVIDE ONE-PIECE PREMOULDED PVC FITTING COVERS. PROVIDE 1/2" UNICELLULAR ELASTOMERIC INSULATION ON DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPES IN WALLS AND CHASES. MITER THE INSULATION AT TEES AND ELBOWS. SEAL AL JOINTS WITH ADHESIVE. TAPE JOINTS OF FIBERGLASS INSULATION. PROVIDE A ONE FOOT LENGTH OF NONCOMPRESSIBLE SIBLE INSULATION AT HANGERS FOR ALL PIPE 2" AND LARGER. REFER TO OTHER DETAILS FOR TREATMENT OF INSULATION AT PENETRATION OF WALLS, FIREFLOORS, FLOORS, AND FIREWALLS. PROVIDE 1/2" FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL-SERVICE JACKET WITH VAPOR BARRIER ON ALL COLD WATER, CONDENSATE, AND STORM DRAIN PIPE UP TO 4". PROVIDE 1" INSULATION ON STORM DRAIN PIPE ABOVE 4" SIZE. PROVIDE 1" FIBER-GLASS INSULATION WITH ALL-SERVICE JACKET ON DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION REGARDING INSULATION. INSTALL ALL ITEMS PER SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. MAINTAIN VAPOR BARRIER ON COLD PIPING BY MEANS OF SEALANT AND TAPE. FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEXES SHALL NOT EXCEED 25/50 SEAL EXPOSED ENDS OF FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ADHESIVE MASTIC. PIPE INSULATION N.T.S. #4 REBAR x8" @ 18" O.C. MIN. 4" SECURE RIM FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR EMBEDMENT HILTI HY150 ADHESIVE ANCHOR SYSTEM 6 MIL VIZQUEEN BARRIER W/ 4" COMPACTED GRANNULAR BASE BELOW ADJUSTABLE HOUSING FINISHED FLOOR P-301 PLUMBING DETAILS 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 1.GENERAL THE "ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL CONDITIONS" GOVERN WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. BEFORE SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE OF THE WORK AND SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT THIS PROPOSAL IS BASED ON THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS AND THAT IT COVERS EVERYTHING NECESSARY TO DO AND COMPLETE THE WORK. 2.INSPECTION AND COOPERATION NO DEVIATION FROM THE DRAWINGS AND /OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE OTHER CONTRACTORS TO ALLOW FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THEIR WORK AS WELL AS HIS OWN. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS WORK FITTING IN PLACE WITHOUT CONFLICT WITH THE OTHER TRADES, WHERE PROPER PLANNING COULD AVOID INTERFERENCE. 3.CODES AND PERMITS NOTHING IN THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO CONFLICT WITH ANY CITY OR PROVINCIAL LAW, REGULATION, CODE, ORDINANCE, RULING, OR FIRE UNDERWRITER'S REQUIREMENT APPLICABLE TO THIS CLASS OF WORK. SHOULD THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS CONFLICT WITH SUCH LAWS OR ORDINANCES, THE CONFLICTING PORTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED STRICTLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS AND ORDINANCES WITHOUT EXTRA COST. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED FOR THIS INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK. 4.ACCURACY OF DATA THE INFORMATION GIVEN HEREIN AND ON THE DRAWINGS IS AS EXACT AS COULD BE SECURED, BUT ITS EXTREME ACCURACY IS NOT GUARANTEED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE LOCATIONS AND VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS, DISTANCES, ELEVATIONS AND EXISTING PIPE SIZES BEFORE STARTING THE WORK AS ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS, RAISED AND DROPS IN PIPING AND DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS OR FOR TYPE OF MATERIAL USED. FOR EXACT BUILDING LAYOUT, DIMENSIONS AND BUILDING MATERIAL USED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 5.SHOP DRAWINGS SHOP OR INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, FOUNDATION PLANS, EQUIPMENT OR APPARATUS DRAWINGS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED INDICATING WHICH ITEMS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED AND SHALL STATE CAPACITIES, SIZES AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT. ANY CHANGES FROM THE SPECIFIED ITEMS SHALL BE NOTED ON THE SUBMITTALS. SHOP DRAWINGS OF SPECIAL APPARATUS OR EQUIPMENT WHICH IS TO BE FABRICATED INDIVIDUALLY FOR THIS PROJECT AND IS NOT DESCRIBED BY STANDARD MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS OR BULLETINS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR PROCESSING BEFORE FABRICATION. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN A TIMELY MANNER. IT SHALL BE THIS CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN LIAISON WITH ALL PARTIES CONCERNED WITH THE MATERIAL SUBMITTED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PURCHASE ANY EQUIPMENT UNTIL SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PROCESSED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY FEES ACCRUED FROM THE RETURN OF FIXTURES PURCHASED PRIOR TO THE REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND THAT ARE NOT APPROVED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT NO DRAWINGS WITHOUT NOTATION INDICATING DATE OF CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW AND SIGNATURE OF CHECK FOR CONTRACTOR TOGETHER WITH CONTRACTOR'S NAME AND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION. ARCHITECT'S PROCESSING WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE CHECK BUT WILL INDICATE ONLY THAT GENERAL METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION AND DETAILING IS SATISFACTORY. ARCHITECT'S PROCESSING WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS SINCE THIS CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS OF ADEQUATE CONNECTIONS, DETAILS AND SATISFACTORY CONSTRUCTION OF ALL WORK, AS WELL AS FURNISHING MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP REQUIRED BY DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WHICH MAY NOT BE INDICATED ON THE SUBMITTALS WHEN APPROVED. CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS DURING ENGINEER REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. REVIEW OF A SPECIFIC ITEM SHALL NOT INCLUDE REVIEW OF AN ASSEMBLY OF WHICH THE ITEM IS A COMPONENT. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: EQUIPMENT VOLTAGES AND DIMENSIONS TO BE CONFIRMED AND CORRELATED WITH ALL DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO PURCHASE; INFORMATION THAT PERTAINS SOLELY TO THE FABRICATION PROCESSES OR TO THE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES OF CONSTRUCTION; COORDINATION OF THE WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND PERFORMING ALL WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. 6.SUBSTITUTIONS OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL THE BRAND NAMES OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL ESTABLISH QUALITY, CAPACITY, TYPE AND DIMENSIONS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID. APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTED ITEMS WILL BE BASED ON ABILITY AND CAPACITY TO PERFORM FUNCTION SERVED, QUALITY AND AVAILABILITY OF PARTS AND SERVICE, QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT, DELIVERY SCHEDULE, ETC. THE ARCHITECT SHALL REVIEW ALL SUCH REQUESTS BUT RESERVES THE SOLE RIGHT OF JUDGEMENT TO APPROVE OR REJECT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL NOT CAUSE ADDITIONAL COST. ANY CHANGES OF PIPING, DUCTWORK, ELECTRICAL CONTROLS OR INSTALLATION REQUIRED BECAUSE OF THE SUBSTITUTION OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THIS CONTRACTOR PROPOSING THE SUBSTITUTION. 7.ERECTION OF APPARATUS ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE PERSONAL SUPERVISION OF THIS CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL PROVIDE A COMPETENT FOREMAN TO LAY OUT ALL WORK. ALL WORK SHALL BE LAID OUT WITH DUE REGARD FOR THE SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OTHER CONTRACTORS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ANY CONFLICTS OR DIFFICULTIES IN REGARD TO THE INSTALLATION IMMEDIATELY. WHERE CROWDED LOCATIONS EXIST OR WHERE THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF CONFLICT BETWEEN TRADES, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE COMPOSITE DRAWINGS SHOWING THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF PIPES, DUCT, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. DRAWINGS SHALL BE BASED ON FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND AFTER CONSULTATION AND AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE TRADES, SHALL BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. EQUIPMENT OF A TYPE TO REQUIRE REPLACEMENT, SERVICING, ADJUSTING OR MAINTENANCE SHALL BE LOCATED TO ALLOW EASY ACCESS AND SPACE FOR REMOVAL OF INTERNAL ASSEMBLIES, IT REQUIRED. 8.EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL EXCAVATION REQUIRED TO INSTALL PIPES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION. EXCESS EXCAVATION BELOW THE REQUIRED LEVEL SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH EARTH AND THOROUGHLY TAMPED. UTILITIES SERVICES LINES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE PROPER INSPECTION AUTHORITY BEFORE BACKFILLING. INSTALL PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE PIPE AND FITTINGS MANUFACTURER, APPENDIX X1 OF ASTM D2265 (STORAGE AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES FOR PLASTIC DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING) AND FOR BURIED PIPE ASTM D2321 (STANDARD PRACTICE FOR UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION OF THERMOPLASTIC PIPE FOR SEWERS AND OTHER GRAVITY-FLOW APPLICATIONS). SUCH INSTRUCTIONS SHALL INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO CUTTING, SOLVENT CEMENTING AND PRIMING, JOINTS, CONNECTIONS, TRANSITIONS, ALIGNMENT AND GRADE, TRENCHING, BEDDING, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION, SUPPORTS AND SPACING AND ALLOWANCE FOR THERMAL EXPANSION. CAST IRON PIPING TRENCHING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS HANDBOOK ISSUED BY THE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE. THE BOTTOM OF TRENCHES SHALL BE TAMPED HARD AN GRADED TO SECURE THE REQUIRED FALL. ROCK, WHERE ENCOUNTERED SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO A DEPTH OF SIX INCHES (6") BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPE, AND BEFORE THE PIPE IS LAID, THE SPACE BETWEEN BOTTOM PIPE AND ROCK SURFACE SHALL BE FILLED WITH GRAVEL. IF TRENCHES ARE DEEPER THAN BOTTOM OF FLOORING OR CLOSER THAN THREE FEET (3'0") TO FOOTING THEY MUST BE FILLED WITH COHESIVE SOIL AND COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY, STANDARD PROCTOR, ASTM D- 698. ALL OTHER EXCAVATIONS UNDER FLOOR SLABS COMPACTED TO 95% STANDARD PROCTOR. WHEN EXCESS DIRT HAS BEEN REMOVED, THE TRENCH SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE REQUIRED LEVEL WITH SAND AND GRAVEL FIRMLY COMPACTED. TRENCHES AND EXCAVATION SHALL BE BACKFILLED IN 6" LAYERS OF EARTH, FREE FROM CLODS, AND STONES THOROUGHLY TAMPED TO A DEPTH OF 12" ABOVE THE PIPE. AFTER THAT DEPTH HAS BEEN REACHED, BACKFILLING SHALL BE DONE IN 12" LAYERS, THOROUGHLY TAMPED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REPAIRS TO ANY DAMAGES OR SAGS TO THE PIPING SYSTEMS THAT OCCUR FROM THE IMPROPER EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL METHODS. 9.EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS ANY STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS REQUIRED TO ADAPT THE EQUIPMENT AND PIPING AS FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR, TO THE BUILDING STEEL OR STRUCTURE, SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID OF THE CONTRACTOR FURNISHING THE EQUIPMENT OR PIPING. HANGING OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND REQUIRED SUPPORTING STEEL AND BRACING SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR WHO SUPPLIES THE EQUIPMENT. 10.CUTTING AND PATCHING THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND PAINTING OF PATCHED AREAS REQUIRED FOR AND RESULTING FROM THE INSTALLATION OF ALL OF THIS CONTRACTOR'S WORK, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL OPENINGS AROUND PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH SMOKE OR FIRE-RATED FLOORS, CEILINGS OR WALLS SHALL BE SEALED AIRTIGHT WITH MATERIAL HAVING A RATING EQUAL TO THE MATERIAL OF THE WALL, CEILING AND/OR FLOOR PENETRATED. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE NEATLY FINISHED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 11.ACCESS PANELS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND FURNISH FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO VALVES, AND THE PROPER SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT AND LINES INSTALLED UNDER THE CONTRACT. ALL PANELS SHALL BE MILCOR, STYLE "M" FOR MASONRY, "A" FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND "K" FOR PLASTER; EXCEPT FOR FIRE-RATED UL 1-1/2 HOUR AND "B" LABEL ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE FURNISHED IN FIRE-RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE 12" X 12" MINIMUM SIZE FOR VALVES. 12.DIELECTRIC UNIONS FOR THE PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYTIC CORROSION AT CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PIPE OF DISSIMILAR METALS OR BETWEEN PIPE AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS OF DISSIMILAR METALS, PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS OR FLANGES. 13.MOTORS, STARTERS AND DISCONNECTS UNLESS SPECIFIED TO BE FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT, ALL MOTOR STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 14.JOINTS AND FITTINGS THREADS ON SCREWED PIPE SHALL BE STANDARD, CLEAN BUTT AND TAPERED. PIPE SHALL BE REAMED OF BURRS AND KEPT CLEAN OF SCALE, DIRT AND SHAVINGS. TREADS SHALL BE MADE WITH FLAKED GRAPHITE AND LUBRICATING OIL OR APPROVED PIPE COMPOUND ON THE MALE THREAD ONLY. COPPER-TO-STEEL AND COPPER-TO-BRASS JOINTS SHALL BE MADE WITH SILVER SOLDER. ALL OTHER COPPER-TO-COPPER JOINTS ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE MADE WITH LEAD FREE SOLDER. COPPER PIPE SHALL BE CUT SQUARE, BURRS REMOVED AND CARE SHALL BE GIVEN TO KEEP THE LINES FREE OF DIRT AND MOISTURE. ALL TUBING AND FITTINGS SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED. WELDED PIPE SHALL HAVE BUTT WELDED SINGLE "V" TYPE JOINTS FOR WHICH PIPE HAS BEEN BEVELED TO 45 DEGREES. WELD SHALL BE ONE-FOURTH GREATER THICKNESS THAN THE PIPE. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, ETC. SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF FLANGES AND/OR ADAPTERS. UNIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH SCREWED VALVE AND UNIONS OR FLANGES AT EACH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION. 15.EXPANSION JOINTS FURNISH AND INSTALL FLEXONICS EXPANSION JOINTS IN PIPING SYSTEM WHERE SHOWN OR NECESSARY FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. EXPANSION JOINTS IN PIPE 4" AND GREATER SHALL BE THE PACKLESS TYPE WITH STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS AND HAVE WELDED OR FLANGED END. JOINTS SHALL HAVE TRAVERSE AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE OF THE CONTROLLED FLEXING TYPE. EXPANSION JOINTS IN COPPER PIPE UNDER 4" IN SIZE SHALL BE OF THE COMPENSATOR TYPE CONSTRUCTED OF TWO-PLY STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS AND CARBON STEEL SHROUDS AND END FITTINGS, INTERNAL GUIDES AND ANTI-TORQUE DEVICES. EXPANSION JOINTS IN STEEL PIPE UNDER 4" IN SIZE SHALL BE OF THE COMPENSATOR TYPE CONSTRUCTED OF TWO-PLY STAINLESS STEEL ELBOWS AND CARBON STEEL SHROUDS AND END FITTINGS, INTERNAL GUIDES AND ANTI-TORQUE DEVICES. PROVIDE GUIDES ON EACH SIDE OF EXPANSION JOINT, AT 4 PIPE DIAMETERS, 14 PIPE DIAMETERS, AND A THIRD GUIDE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 16.PIPE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE RESISTOFLEX #R6904 OR APPROVED EQUAL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS MADE FROM TEFLON. PROVIDE FOR MOVEMENT IN PIPING BY USE OF SWING JOINTS AT CONNECTION OF ALL BRANCHES TO MAINS AND RISERS. ALL BRANCHES FROM MAINS AND RISERS SHALL HAVE 1/4" CLEARANCE BETWEEN PIPE INSULATION AND SLEEVE TO PERMIT PIPE MOVEMENT. 17.VALVES THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL VALVES OF ONE MANUFACTURER, FIGURE NUMBER AND TYPE THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. VALVES OF REPUTABLE MANUFACTURERS, SUCH AS HAMMOND, NIBCO, JOMAR AND/OR APOLLO. ALL VALVES SHALL BE BUILT FOR A MINIMUM OF 125 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE. ISOLATION VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES AND FIXTURE GROUPS. CHECK VALVES 2-1/2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE (SCREWED ENDS) OR (SOLDER-JOINT ENDS) SWING-TYPE WITH BRONZE BODY AND BRONZE TRIM. BUTTERFLY VALVES 2" AND LARGER SHALL BE, IRON BODY, CAST-IRON WAFER W/LOCK LEVER. BALL VALVE UP TO 3" IN SIZE SHALL BE BRONZE VALVE WITH CHROME-PLATED BALL AND TEFLON SEAT. GAS LINE COCKS UP TO 4" SHALL BE 1/2 PSI FOR INDOOR APPLIANCE CONNECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI Z21.15 AND CSA 9.1, 5 PSI FOR INDOOR SHUTOFF SHALL CONFORM TO CGA 91-002 AND ASME B16.44 HOSE END VALVES SHALL BE GATE VALVES WITH HOSE END NIPPLES 18.PIPE SLEEVES AND COLLARS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL LAY OUT ALL HIS WORK AND SET SLEEVES IN NEW CONSTRUCTION AS CONCRETE FORMS AND WALL ARE ERECTED SO AS TO BE ABLE TO INSTALL HIS WORK WITHOUT CUTTING OR BREAKING OF FLOORS OR WALLS. ALL SLEEVES FOR INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW INSULATION TO PASS THROUGH SLEEVE. ALL SLEEVES PASSING THROUGH FLOORS WHICH ARE WATERPROOFED SHALL BE COPPER TUBING SLEEVES EXTENDING 1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL OTHER SLEEVES SHALL BE 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED PIPES AND SLEEVES TO BE THOROUGHLY PACKED WITH WATERPROOF SEALANT AND THE REMAINING SPACE FILLED WITH MASTIC AND MUST BE WATERTIGHT. ALL SLEEVES PASSING THROUGH INNER WALLS SHALL BE STANDARD PIPE THIMBLES EQUAL TO THE THICKNESS OF THE WALL. SPACES BETWEEN PIPES AND SLEEVES THROUGH OUTSIDE WALLS, ABOVE GRADE, SHALL BE CAULKED WITH CAULKING COMPOUND; THOSE BELOW GRADE SHALL BE MADE WATERTIGHT. SPACE AROUND ALL PIPING THROUGH FIRE OR SMOKE RATED PARTITIONS OR FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED AIRTIGHT WITH MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED UNDER FIRESTOPPING. ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH #15 BUILDING FELTS OR FOAM WRAP. 19.HANGERS A.PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT PRODUCTS INSTALLATION a.VERTICAL PIPING: MSS TYPE 8 OR 42 CLAMPS. b.INDIVIDUAL, STRAIGHT, HORIZONTAL PIPING RUNS: 100 FEET AND LESS: MSS TYPE 1, ADJUSTABLE, STEEL CLEVIS HANGERS. LONGER THAN 100 FEET: MSS TYPE 43, ADJUSTABLE ROLLER HANGERS. LONGER THAN 100 FEET IF INDICATED: MSS TYPE 49, SPRING CUSHION ROLLS. c.MULTIPLE, STRAIGHT, HORIZONTAL PIPING RUNS 100 FEET OR LONGER:MSS TYPE 44, PIPE ROLLS. SUPPORT PIPE ROLLS ON TRAPEZE. d.BASE OF VERTICAL PIPING: MSS TYPE 52, SPRING HANGERS. B.SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPING AND TUBING AT BASE AND AT EACH FLOOR. C.ROD DIAMETER MAY BE REDUCED ONE SIZE FOR DOUBLE-ROD HANGERS, TO A MINIMUM OF 3/8 INCH D.INSTALL HANGERS FOR ALL PIPING PER MSS SP-69, MANUFACTURERS MANUALS AND AS PER HANGER SUPPORT DETAIL ON DRAWINGS E.INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL COPPER TUBING EVERY 10 FEET. F.INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL STEEL PIPING EVERY 15 FEET. G.SUPPORT PIPING AND TUBING NOT LISTED IN THIS ARTICLE ACCORDING TO MSS SP-69 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 20.DAMAGE BY LEAKS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO THE GROUNDS, WALKS, ROADS, ALL BUILDING COMPONENTS AND FINISHES, PIPING SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND THEIR EQUIPMENT AND CONTENT, CAUSED BY LEAKS IN THE PIPING SYSTEMS BEING INSTALLED OR HAVING BEEN INSTALLED HEREIN. ALL REPAIRS WILL BE MADE AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 21.PIPE MARKERS FURNISH AND INSTALL BRADY #B-350 THIN FILM OR APPROVED EQUAL PIPE MARKERS. MARKERS SHALL BE 1-1/8" HIGH FOR PIPES 3" AND UNDER AND 2-1/4" HIGH FOR PIPES OVER 3". MARKERS SHALL INDICATE TYPE OF SERVICE AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. PIPE MARKERS SHALL BE LOCATED: ·AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS ·AT ACCESS DOORS ·AT BRANCH MAINS ·ON ALL ACCESSIBLE PIPE A MAXIMUM OF 75' BETWEEN MARKERS. ·AT ALL PENETRATIONS ON EITHER SIDE OF PENETRATION 22.FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES PIPES PASSING THROUGH FLOORS AND FINISHED CEILINGS, FITTED WITH CHROME- PLATED PLATES OR ESCUTCHEONS LARGE ENOUGH TO COMPLETELY CLOSE OPENING AROUND PIPE OR PIPE COVERING AND FLOOR SUPPORT IN THE CASE OF VERTICAL PIPING, SECURELY HELD IN PLACE; CAULK WATERTIGHT AROUND PIPE IN UNFINISHED ROOMS. 23.FIRE STOPPING THE PENETRATIONS OF FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED WALLS OR FLOORS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A UL APPROVED MATERIAL TO RETAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE TIME-RATED CONSTRUCTION BY MAINTAINING AS EFFECTIVE BARRIER AGAINST THE SPREAD OF FLAME, SMOKE AND GASES. IT SHALL BE USED IN ALL DUCT CABLE, CONDUIT AND PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOOR SLABS AND TIME-RATED WALLS, AND/OR FLOORS. THE RATING OF THE FIRESTOPPING SHALL EQUAL THE RATING OF THE TIME-RATED ASSEMBLY. FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL SHALL BE 3M FIRE BARRIER SEALING SYSTEM OF APPROVED EQUAL. FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL SHALL CONSTITUTE ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS: ·CAULK: CP-25 ·PUTTY: #303 ·WRAP/STRIP: FS195 ·COMPOSITE SHEET: CS195 ·PENETRATING SEALING SYSTEMS: 7900 SERIES INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND IN STRICT CONFORMITY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AS TO SURFACE PREPARATION, INSTALLATION AND QUALITY CONTROL. AREAS OF WORK SHALL REMAIN ACCESSIBLE UNTIL INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY THE APPLICABLE CODE AUTHORITIES. ON INSULATED PIPES, THE FIRE-RATING CLASSIFICATION SHALL NOT REQUIRE REMOVAL OF THE INSULATION. QUALITY ASSURANCE: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA, LETTER OF CERTIFICATION OR CERTIFIED LABORATORY TEST REPORT THAT THE MATERIAL OR COMBINATION OF MATERIALS MEET THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E814 AND ARE SO CLASSIFIED IN UL'S BUILDING MATERIALS DIRECTORY. MATERIALS SHALL MEET AND BE ACCEPTABLE FOR USE BY ALL MODEL BUILDING CODES. MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPME61- LIFE SAFETY CODE AND NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, CERTIFICATES AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA FOR ALL MATERIALS AND PREFABRICATED DEVICES, PROVIDING DESCRIPTIONS SUFFICIENT FOR IDENTIFICATION AT THE JOB SITE. INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING PROPOSED MATERIAL, REINFORCEMENT, ANCHORAGE, FASTENINGS, AND METHOD OF INSTALLATION. CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SHALL ACCURATELY REFLECT ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS. 24.CLEANUP AND ADJUSTMENT ALL PARTS WORK LEFT CLEAN: EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, VALVES, PIPES AND FITTINGS CLEANED OF GREASE AND METAL CUTTINGS. ANY DISCOLORATION OR OTHER DAMAGE TO PORTIONS OF BUILDING, ITS FINISH OR FURNISHING DUE TO THIS CONTRACTORS FAILURE TO PROPERLY CLEAN INTERIOR OF PIPING, REPAIRED AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. ALL AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVISES ADJUSTED FOR PROPER OPERATION. ALL SURPLUS MATERIALS AND ANY RUBBISH REMOVED AS IT ACCUMULATES. ALL EQUIPMENT LEFT IN SAFE, PROPER OPERATING CONDITION. DAMAGE TO ANY PORTIONS MUST BE REPAIRED OF THE PART REPLACED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND ALL PARTS LEFT WITHOUT DENTS, SCRATCHES, THROUGH THE FINISH PAINT, LOOSE PLASTER, STAINS OR OTHER BLEMISHES. 25.PIPE TESTING AND START-UP ALL PIPING TO BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: ·WATER - 100 PSI WATER PRESSURE ALL TESTING MUST HOLD FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS WITHOUT LOSS OF PRESSURE OR VACUUM. ALL CONCEALED PIPING SHALL BE TESTED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO COVERING. BEFORE STARTING ANY SYSTEM, ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LUBRICATED PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS BY THIS CONTRACTOR. TEST ENTIRE BUILDING SYSTEMS UNDER FULL LOAD CONDITIONS FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAT ONE (1) WEEK DURING WHICH TIME THE OPERATING PERSONNEL SHALL BE FULLY INSTRUCTED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PLANT. AFTER THE PLANT IS IN FULL OPERATION, THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH WHATEVER ADDITIONAL SERVICE IS REQUIRED TO RECALIBRATE AND RESET CONTROLS, VALVES, BALANCING COCKS, ETC. TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OF THIS SYSTEM. 26.TESTING AND BALANCING THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION ENSURE THAT ALL DEVICES TO COMPLETE TESTING AND BALANCING AS DIRECTED HEREIN ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED DURING FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF WORK. THIS WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO TURNOVER TO BUILDING OCCUPANT AND WITH AMPLE TIME TO MAKE ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS OR CHANGES TO ACHIEVE A PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. 27.SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEISMIC RESTRAINING SERVICES AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE LOCAL BUILDING OFFICE REVIEW EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WHEN INSTALLED AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL REQUIRED TIE DOWN, ANCHORS, STRAPS OR OTHER DEVICES REQUIRED. 28.GUARANTEE THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND LABOR FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL WHICH IS DEFECTIVE OR IMPROPERLY INSTALLED. IN ADDITION, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE BUILDINGS AND ITS CONTENTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT, CAUSED BY DEFECTS OR IMPROPER INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 29.TEMPORARY WATER TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE (IF REQUIRED) TO THE BUILDING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR TO THE BUILDING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. THIS CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN WATER SERVICE AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 30.DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT AVAILABLE DELIVERY PRESSURE AND PROVIDE ALTERNATE FEE FOR A PRESSURE BOOSTING SYSTEM IF PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 65PSI STATIC. PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE WITH STRAINER IN SERVICE LINE IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES OR PRESSURE IS ABOVE 80 PSI. JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED AND DEBURRED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND PRESS FITTINGS ARE AN ACCEPTABLE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL AHJ. WHERE PRESS FITTING S ARE NOT ALLOWED SOLDERED AS LISTED BELOW. FLUX SHALL BE NON-CORROSIVE. VICTAULIC GROUVED COUPLINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL AHJ. ABOVE GRADE - WHERE FITTINGS ARE SOLDERED BOTH FITTINGS AND TUBING SHALL BE CLEANED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL DISSIMILAR METALS COME INTO DIRECT CONTACT WITH COPPER TUBING; E.G., GALVANIZED STRAPPING, HANGERS, OR CLAMPS TO SECURE THE TUBING. BELOW GRADE, OR FLOOR SLAB ON EARTH OR STONE FILL - HIGH TEMPERATURE, SOLDER, 1200 DEG. F OR GREATER MELTING POINT. NOTE: WATER PIPE TO BE PROPERLY SECURED AND ALIGNED SO AS NOT TO EXERT VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL STRESSES ON THE SEATING OF THE MATING (MALE AND FEMALE) SURFACES OF THE UNIONS. MATERIALS - UNDERGROUND: TYPE "K" COPPER TUBE, SOFT TEMPER MATERIALS - ABOVEGROUND: TYPE "L" COPPER TUBE, HARD DRAWN. ALTERNATE MATERIALS - PEX-A PIPING IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE IF NOT INSTALLED IN A PLENUM AND APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. VIEGA, PROPRESS COPPER ½-INCH THROUGH 4-INCH WITH EPDM SEALING ELEMENT AND/OR VIEGA, PROPRESS 304 OR 316 STAINLESS ½-INCH THROUGH 4-INCH WITH EPDM OR FKM SEALING ELEMENT IS ACCEPTABLE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODE 31.STERILIZATION OF DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM THE ENTIRE DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED CLEAR OF ANY DEBRIS AND THOROUGHLY STERILIZED WITH A SOLUTION CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 100 PARTS PER MILLION OF AVAILABLE CHLORINE. THE SOLUTION SHALL REMAIN IN THE SYSTEM FOR TWO (2) HOURS DURING WHICH TIME ALL VALVES AND FAUCETS SHALL BE OPENED AND CLOSED SEVERAL TIMES. AFTER STERILIZATION, THE SOLUTION SHALL BE FLUSHED FROM THE SYSTEM WITH CLEAN WATER UNTIL THE RESIDUE CHLORINE CONTENT IS NOT GREATER THAN THE CHLORINE LEVEL OF THE AVAILABLE WATER SUPPLY. STERILIZATION SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO TURNOVER TO OCCUPANT AS TO NOT ALLOW FOR THE WATER SYSTEM TO REMAIN STAGNANT FOR LONGER THAN 24 HOURS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE WATER TESTED AND APPROVED BY THE HEALTH DEPARTMENT. 32.SANITARY SEWERS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT SANITARY SEWER AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. VERIFY DIRECTION OF FLOW PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN WORK. EACH PIPE SHALL BE LAID TO THE LINE AND GRADE INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND SUCH A MANNER AS TO FORM A CLOSE CONCENTRIC JOINT WITH THE ADJOINING PIPE AND TO PRESENT OFFSETS IN FLOW LINE. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID WITH THE BELLS UPHILL. THE SUB-GRADES SHALL BE KEPT FREE FROM WATER WHILE PIPES ARE BEING LAID. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID WITH ENDS ABUTTING AND TRUE TO LINE AND GRADE. THEY SHALL BE FITTED AND MATCHED SO THAT THEY WILL FORM A SEWER WITH A SMOOTH AND UNIFORM INVERT. EACH JOINT SHALL BE CLEANED AS IT IS LAID AND ALL BELLS SHALL BE CLEANED BEFORE PIPES ARE JOINED. PVC SEWER PIPE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF THAT SPECIFIED ABOVE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODES. ABS AND FOAM CORE PVC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. SDR 35 IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR UNDER BUILDING USE. 33.WASTE, SOIL, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING THE DRAINS, SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS INCLUDING EXTENSIONS TO SEWERS SHALL BE OF THE SIZES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PIPE AND FITTINGS TO BE, CYLINDRICAL AND FREE FROM CRACKS OR OTHER DEFECTS. ALL TRENCHES TO BE DUG WITH GRADUAL FALL, THE PIPING TO BE STRAIGHT AND FREE FROM ANY SAGS. THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS DIRECT AS POSSIBLE, AVOIDING ALL UNNECESSARY OFFSETS. THE STACKS SHALL BE FIRMLY SECURED IN POSITION WITH WROUGHT IRON CLAMPS AT EACH FLOOR. ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF SOIL OR WASTE PIPE SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF "Y" BRANCHES AND 1/8 BENDS. NINETY DEGREE SHORT TURN FITTINGS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED EXCEPT TO INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE CONNECTIONS OR WHERE THE FLOW IS FROM THE HORIZONTAL TO THE VERTICAL. SANITARY CLEANOUTS ARE TO BE PROVIDED AT EVERY TURN GREATER THAN 45°, AT INTERVALS OF NO GREATER THAN 50', AT ANY STACK ROUTING BELOW GRADE. NOT ALL CLEANOUTS LOCATIONS MAY BE SHOWN ON THE DRAWING. ALL TRAP SCREWS MUST BE OF FULL SIZE OF PIPE UP TO 4" AND 4" FOR ALL OVER THIS SIZE. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN OUTLETS OF FIXTURES AND SOIL OR WASTE PIPE SHALL BE MADE WITH "Y" BRANCHES TO "TY" BRANCHES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. ALL HORIZONTAL SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPE SHALL BE GRADED TOWARD OUTLETS AND PIPE NOT BURIED SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE THE CEILING OR CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE CONSTRUCTION ABOVE WHERE THERE IS NO CEILING. THE STACKS SHALL BE EXTENDED THROUGH ROOF OF BUILDING TO POINTS NOT LESS THAT 12" ABOVE ROOF. EXTENSIONS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE MADE WATER- TIGHT BY MEANS OF A LEAD FLASHING OF FOUR POINTS SHEET LEAD SPREAD OVER A DISTANCE OF NOT LESS THAN TWELVE INCHES (12") AROUND PIPE. THIMBLE TO BE SOLDERED TO BASE AND EXTENDED OVER AND TURNED DOWN INTO END OF PIPE IN AN APPROVED MANNER. ALL CLEANOUTS IN FLOORS TO BE JOSAM #58360 OR EQUAL. ADJUSTABLE CLEANOUT WITH BODY TO MATCH THE PIPING MATERIAL, CAST BRASS SCORIATED COVER WITH LETTERS C.O. CAST IN TOP AND CONCEALED BRASS PLUG. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN BASE OF EACH STACK. CONCEALED CLEANOUTS SHALL HAVE JOSAM #58600 OR EQUAL. CAST BRASS CHROMIUM PLATED FLAT ACCESS COVER PLATES. ALL JOINTS OF CAST IRON PIPE SHALL BE MADE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED JOINING MATERIAL. AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION HE MAY USE NO-HUB PIPE, FITTINGS, COUPLING AND GASKETS IN LIEU OF CAULKED JOINTS IF APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. IF APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODES, SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE WITH DWV FITTINGS MAY BE USED FOR THE WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM. PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. ENCASEMENT OF PVC PIPES WITHIN RATED SHAFTS SHALL BE THE COST OF THIS CONTRACTOR. SCHEDULE 40 PVC SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN A PLENUM. ABS AND FOAM CORE PVC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. SDR 35 IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR UNDER BUILDING USE. 34.VENT FLASHING EACH VENT FLASHING SHALL BE MADE WATER-TIGHT WITH THE ROOF BY PROPER WATER PROOF FLASHING. 35.WASTE, VENT AND WATER CONNECTIONS THE MINIMUM SIZE OF WASTE, VENT, AND WATER CONNECTION TO THE INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. WHERE FIXTURES ARE GROUPED PIPES SHALL BE INCREASED IN PROPORTION: IN ALL CASES THE SIZE ARRANGEMENTS AND CONNECTIONS OF WATER AND VENT PIPING SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SIZE OF OPENINGS SPECIFIED FOR FIXTURES AND APPEARING IN FIXTURE LIST. NO WATER PIPE LESS THAN 1/2" SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONCEALED PLACES SUCH AS IN PARTITIONS OR WALLS ETC. 36.PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER WITH PROPER CONNECTIONS TO SUPPLY AND DRAINAGE PIPING. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE FREE OF FLAWS AND DEFECTS OF ANY SORT IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP AND SHALL OPERATE PERFECTLY WHEN INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION. MATERIALS: FIXTURES SHALL BE THE STANDARD PRODUCT OF ONE OF THE MANUFACTURER'S LISTED IN THE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, OR ANY EQUAL UNIT APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. INSTALLATION: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION OF THE PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES DURING CONSTRUCTION. HE SHALL REPLACE AT HIS EXPENSE ANY MATERIAL THAT IS MARRED, SCRATCHED, DEFACED AND/OR BROKEN. FIXTURES SHALL BE COVERED WITH BUILDING PAPER AND WOODEN CRATES DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT AND PROVIDE ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS AND PLANS PRIOR TO ANY WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT ALL FIXTURES TO THE PLUMBING SYSTEM. ALL FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED TO DIMENSIONS WITH CHROME-PLATED SUPPLIES WITH STOPS. ALL FIXTURES INSTALLED TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL WATER CLOSETS SHALL HAVE CAULKING BETWEEN THE FLOOR AND UNDERSIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT: (REFER TO SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS) 37.INSULATION ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE COMPOSITE (INSULATION, JACKET OR FACINGS AND ADHESIVE USED TO ADHERE THE FACING OR JACKET TO THE INSULATION) FIRE AND SMOKE HAZARD RATINGS AS TESTED BY PROCEDURE ASTM E-84, NFPA 225 UL 723 NOT EXCEEDING: FLAME SPREAD 25 SMOKE DEVELOPED 50 ALL ACCESSORIES SUCH AS ADHESIVES, MASTICS, CEMENTS, TAPES AND CLOTH FOR FITTINGS SHALL HAVE THE SAME COMPONENTS RATINGS AS LISTED ABOVE. INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED ON CLEAN, DRY SURFACES AND AFTER INSPECTION AND RELEASE FOR INSULATION APPLICATION. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH WALL AND CEILING OPENINGS AND SLEEVES. INSULATION ON ALL COLD SURFACES WHERE VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS ARE USED, WILL BE APPLIED WITH A CONTINUOUS, UNBROKEN VAPOR SEAL, INCLUDING ALL FITTINGS AND VALVES. ALL INSULATION TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S. FITTINGS SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 1/4" COAT OF INSULATING CEMENT AND CANVAS. INSULATION SCHEDULE: DOMESTIC COLD WATER - 1/2" THICK ARMAFLEX (FLAME SPREAD 25/ SMOKE DEVELOPED 50) DOMESTIC HOT WATER - 1" THICK ARMAFLEX (FLAME SPREAD 25/ SMOKE DEVELOPED 50) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN- 1" THICK ARMAFLEX (FLAME SPREAD 25/ SMOKE DEVELOPED 50) EXPOSED STORM WASTE AND SANITARY WASTE - 1/2" THICK ARMAFLEX (FLAME SPREAD 25/ SMOKE DEVELOPED 50) ALL MATERIALS USED SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1712 AND 1713 OF THE UBC. 38.NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM ALL PIPING FROM GAS METER TO GAS-FIRED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. ALL GAS PIPING TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES, NFPA-54, IFGC AND UPC ALL GAS PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-54, LOCAL CODES, AND REGULATIONS. ALL GAS PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK OR GALVANIZED STEEL WITH BLACK OR GALVANIZED WITH MALLEABLE SCREWED FITTINGS. USE TEFLON TAPE ON ALL THREADED JOINTS. FITTINGS LARGER THAN TWO INCHES (2") SHALL BE WELDED. PROVIDE UNIONS AND GAS SHUT-OFF VALVES AT EACH PIECE OF GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT OR APPLIANCE. ANY GAS PIPING CONCEALED IN CHASES AND/OR INACCESSIBLE CEILING IS TO BE WELDED WITH WELDED FITTINGS. FLEXIBLE CSST PIPING MATERIAL IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE ONLY IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL AHJ AND RESIZED PER MANUFACTURERS SIZING GUIDELINES. ALL FLEXIBLE GAS PIPING SYSTEM COMPONENTS MUST BE: A.1 CSA INTERNATIONAL CERTIFIED CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL TUBING (CSST) FLEXIBLE GAS PIPING WITH MECHANICAL ATTACHMENT AUTOFLARE® FITTINGS THAT CONFORM TO THE LATEST ANSI STANDARDS FOR SAFE PERFORMANCE ANSI LC-1 /CSA 6.26. A.2 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES CLASSIFICATION LISTED FOR THRU PENETRATION FIRE STOP REQUIREMENTS RATINGS TO INCLUDE ONE, TWO, THREE AND FOUR HOUR TESTS. A.3 LISTED WITH FM (FACTORY MUTUAL) REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAMMABLE GAS PIPING SYSTEMS. FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE. A.4 TUBING SHALL BE TESTED AND LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC LC-1024. FOR RESISTANCE TO ARCING FROM TRANSIENT ENERGY. P-302 PLUMBING DETAILS 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. 7/9/2025 Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 1.GENERAL THE "ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL CONDITIONS" GOVERN WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. BEFORE SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE OF THE WORK AND SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD THAT THIS PROPOSAL IS BASED ON THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS AND THAT IT COVERS EVERYTHING NECESSARY TO DO AND COMPLETE THE WORK. 2.INSPECTION AND COOPERATION NO DEVIATION FROM THE DRAWINGS AND /OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE OTHER CONTRACTORS TO ALLOW FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THEIR WORK AS WELL AS HIS OWN. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS WORK FITTING IN PLACE WITHOUT CONFLICT WITH THE OTHER TRADES, WHERE PROPER PLANNING COULD AVOID INTERFERENCE. 3.CODES AND PERMITS NOTHING IN THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO CONFLICT WITH ANY CITY OR PROVINCIAL LAW, REGULATION, CODE, ORDINANCE, RULING, OR FIRE UNDERWRITER'S REQUIREMENT APPLICABLE TO THIS CLASS OF WORK. SHOULD THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS CONFLICT WITH SUCH LAWS OR ORDINANCES, THE CONFLICTING PORTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED STRICTLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS AND ORDINANCES WITHOUT EXTRA COST. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED FOR THIS INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK. 4.ACCURACY OF DATA THE INFORMATION GIVEN HEREIN AND ON THE DRAWINGS IS AS EXACT AS COULD BE SECURED, BUT ITS EXTREME ACCURACY IS NOT GUARANTEED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE LOCATIONS AND VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS, DISTANCES, ELEVATIONS AND EXISTING PIPE SIZES BEFORE STARTING THE WORK AS ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS, RAISED AND DROPS IN PIPING AND DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DIMENSIONS OR FOR TYPE OF MATERIAL USED. FOR EXACT BUILDING LAYOUT, DIMENSIONS AND BUILDING MATERIAL USED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 5.SHOP DRAWINGS SHOP OR INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, FOUNDATION PLANS, EQUIPMENT OR APPARATUS DRAWINGS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED INDICATING WHICH ITEMS ARE TO BE SUPPLIED AND SHALL STATE CAPACITIES, SIZES AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT. ANY CHANGES FROM THE SPECIFIED ITEMS SHALL BE NOTED ON THE SUBMITTALS. SHOP DRAWINGS OF SPECIAL APPARATUS OR EQUIPMENT WHICH IS TO BE FABRICATED INDIVIDUALLY FOR THIS PROJECT AND IS NOT DESCRIBED BY STANDARD MANUFACTURER'S DRAWINGS OR BULLETINS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR PROCESSING BEFORE FABRICATION. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN A TIMELY MANNER. IT SHALL BE THIS CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN LIAISON WITH ALL PARTIES CONCERNED WITH THE MATERIAL SUBMITTED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PURCHASE ANY EQUIPMENT UNTIL SHOP DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN PROCESSED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY FEES ACCRUED FROM THE RETURN OF FIXTURES PURCHASED PRIOR TO THE REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND THAT ARE NOT APPROVED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT NO DRAWINGS WITHOUT NOTATION INDICATING DATE OF CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW AND SIGNATURE OF CHECK FOR CONTRACTOR TOGETHER WITH CONTRACTOR'S NAME AND PROJECT IDENTIFICATION. ARCHITECT'S PROCESSING WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE CHECK BUT WILL INDICATE ONLY THAT GENERAL METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION AND DETAILING IS SATISFACTORY. ARCHITECT'S PROCESSING WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS SINCE THIS CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR DIMENSIONS AND DESIGNS OF ADEQUATE CONNECTIONS, DETAILS AND SATISFACTORY CONSTRUCTION OF ALL WORK, AS WELL AS FURNISHING MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP REQUIRED BY DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS WHICH MAY NOT BE INDICATED ON THE SUBMITTALS WHEN APPROVED. CORRECTIONS OR COMMENTS MADE ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS DURING ENGINEER REVIEW DO NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. REVIEW OF A SPECIFIC ITEM SHALL NOT INCLUDE REVIEW OF AN ASSEMBLY OF WHICH THE ITEM IS A COMPONENT. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR: EQUIPMENT VOLTAGES AND DIMENSIONS TO BE CONFIRMED AND CORRELATED WITH ALL DISCIPLINES PRIOR TO PURCHASE; INFORMATION THAT PERTAINS SOLELY TO THE FABRICATION PROCESSES OR TO THE MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES OF CONSTRUCTION; COORDINATION OF THE WORK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES AND PERFORMING ALL WORK IN A SAFE AND SATISFACTORY MANNER. 6.SUBSTITUTIONS OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL THE BRAND NAMES OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL ESTABLISH QUALITY, CAPACITY, TYPE AND DIMENSIONS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE BASE BID. APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTED ITEMS WILL BE BASED ON ABILITY AND CAPACITY TO PERFORM FUNCTION SERVED, QUALITY AND AVAILABILITY OF PARTS AND SERVICE, QUALITY OF EQUIPMENT, DELIVERY SCHEDULE, ETC. THE ARCHITECT SHALL REVIEW ALL SUCH REQUESTS BUT RESERVES THE SOLE RIGHT OF JUDGEMENT TO APPROVE OR REJECT THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL NOT CAUSE ADDITIONAL COST. ANY CHANGES OF PIPING, DUCTWORK, ELECTRICAL CONTROLS OR INSTALLATION REQUIRED BECAUSE OF THE SUBSTITUTION OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THIS CONTRACTOR PROPOSING THE SUBSTITUTION. 7.ERECTION OF APPARATUS ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE PERSONAL SUPERVISION OF THIS CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL PROVIDE A COMPETENT FOREMAN TO LAY OUT ALL WORK. ALL WORK SHALL BE LAID OUT WITH DUE REGARD FOR THE SPACE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OTHER CONTRACTORS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPORT ANY CONFLICTS OR DIFFICULTIES IN REGARD TO THE INSTALLATION IMMEDIATELY. WHERE CROWDED LOCATIONS EXIST OR WHERE THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF CONFLICT BETWEEN TRADES, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE COMPOSITE DRAWINGS SHOWING THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF PIPES, DUCT, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. DRAWINGS SHALL BE BASED ON FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND AFTER CONSULTATION AND AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE TRADES, SHALL BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER BEFORE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. EQUIPMENT OF A TYPE TO REQUIRE REPLACEMENT, SERVICING, ADJUSTING OR MAINTENANCE SHALL BE LOCATED TO ALLOW EASY ACCESS AND SPACE FOR REMOVAL OF INTERNAL ASSEMBLIES, IT REQUIRED. 8.EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL EXCAVATION REQUIRED TO INSTALL PIPES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION. EXCESS EXCAVATION BELOW THE REQUIRED LEVEL SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH EARTH AND THOROUGHLY TAMPED. UTILITIES SERVICES LINES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE PROPER INSPECTION AUTHORITY BEFORE BACKFILLING. INSTALL PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE PIPE AND FITTINGS MANUFACTURER, APPENDIX X1 OF ASTM D2265 (STORAGE AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES FOR PLASTIC DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING) AND FOR BURIED PIPE ASTM D2321 (STANDARD PRACTICE FOR UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION OF THERMOPLASTIC PIPE FOR SEWERS AND OTHER GRAVITY-FLOW APPLICATIONS). SUCH INSTRUCTIONS SHALL INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO CUTTING, SOLVENT CEMENTING AND PRIMING, JOINTS, CONNECTIONS, TRANSITIONS, ALIGNMENT AND GRADE, TRENCHING, BEDDING, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION, SUPPORTS AND SPACING AND ALLOWANCE FOR THERMAL EXPANSION. CAST IRON PIPING TRENCHING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS HANDBOOK ISSUED BY THE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE. THE BOTTOM OF TRENCHES SHALL BE TAMPED HARD AN GRADED TO SECURE THE REQUIRED FALL. ROCK, WHERE ENCOUNTERED SHALL BE EXCAVATED TO A DEPTH OF SIX INCHES (6") BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE PIPE, AND BEFORE THE PIPE IS LAID, THE SPACE BETWEEN BOTTOM PIPE AND ROCK SURFACE SHALL BE FILLED WITH GRAVEL. IF TRENCHES ARE DEEPER THAN BOTTOM OF FLOORING OR CLOSER THAN THREE FEET (3'0") TO FOOTING THEY MUST BE FILLED WITH COHESIVE SOIL AND COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY, STANDARD PROCTOR, ASTM D- 698. ALL OTHER EXCAVATIONS UNDER FLOOR SLABS COMPACTED TO 95% STANDARD PROCTOR. WHEN EXCESS DIRT HAS BEEN REMOVED, THE TRENCH SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE REQUIRED LEVEL WITH SAND AND GRAVEL FIRMLY COMPACTED. TRENCHES AND EXCAVATION SHALL BE BACKFILLED IN 6" LAYERS OF EARTH, FREE FROM CLODS, AND STONES THOROUGHLY TAMPED TO A DEPTH OF 12" ABOVE THE PIPE. AFTER THAT DEPTH HAS BEEN REACHED, BACKFILLING SHALL BE DONE IN 12" LAYERS, THOROUGHLY TAMPED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY REPAIRS TO ANY DAMAGES OR SAGS TO THE PIPING SYSTEMS THAT OCCUR FROM THE IMPROPER EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL METHODS. 9.EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS ANY STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS REQUIRED TO ADAPT THE EQUIPMENT AND PIPING AS FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR, TO THE BUILDING STEEL OR STRUCTURE, SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID OF THE CONTRACTOR FURNISHING THE EQUIPMENT OR PIPING. HANGING OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND REQUIRED SUPPORTING STEEL AND BRACING SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR WHO SUPPLIES THE EQUIPMENT. 10.CUTTING AND PATCHING THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL CUTTING, PATCHING AND PAINTING OF PATCHED AREAS REQUIRED FOR AND RESULTING FROM THE INSTALLATION OF ALL OF THIS CONTRACTOR'S WORK, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL OPENINGS AROUND PIPE PENETRATIONS THROUGH SMOKE OR FIRE-RATED FLOORS, CEILINGS OR WALLS SHALL BE SEALED AIRTIGHT WITH MATERIAL HAVING A RATING EQUAL TO THE MATERIAL OF THE WALL, CEILING AND/OR FLOOR PENETRATED. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE NEATLY FINISHED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 11.ACCESS PANELS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND FURNISH FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR, ALL ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO VALVES, AND THE PROPER SERVICING OF EQUIPMENT AND LINES INSTALLED UNDER THE CONTRACT. ALL PANELS SHALL BE MILCOR, STYLE "M" FOR MASONRY, "A" FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND "K" FOR PLASTER; EXCEPT FOR FIRE-RATED UL 1-1/2 HOUR AND "B" LABEL ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE FURNISHED IN FIRE-RATED WALLS AND CEILINGS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE 12" X 12" MINIMUM SIZE FOR VALVES. 12.DIELECTRIC UNIONS FOR THE PREVENTION OF ELECTROLYTIC CORROSION AT CONNECTIONS BETWEEN PIPE OF DISSIMILAR METALS OR BETWEEN PIPE AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS OF DISSIMILAR METALS, PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS OR FLANGES. 13.MOTORS, STARTERS AND DISCONNECTS UNLESS SPECIFIED TO BE FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT, ALL MOTOR STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 14.JOINTS AND FITTINGS THREADS ON SCREWED PIPE SHALL BE STANDARD, CLEAN BUTT AND TAPERED. PIPE SHALL BE REAMED OF BURRS AND KEPT CLEAN OF SCALE, DIRT AND SHAVINGS. TREADS SHALL BE MADE WITH FLAKED GRAPHITE AND LUBRICATING OIL OR APPROVED PIPE COMPOUND ON THE MALE THREAD ONLY. COPPER-TO-STEEL AND COPPER-TO-BRASS JOINTS SHALL BE MADE WITH SILVER SOLDER. ALL OTHER COPPER-TO-COPPER JOINTS ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE MADE WITH LEAD FREE SOLDER. COPPER PIPE SHALL BE CUT SQUARE, BURRS REMOVED AND CARE SHALL BE GIVEN TO KEEP THE LINES FREE OF DIRT AND MOISTURE. ALL TUBING AND FITTINGS SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED. WELDED PIPE SHALL HAVE BUTT WELDED SINGLE "V" TYPE JOINTS FOR WHICH PIPE HAS BEEN BEVELED TO 45 DEGREES. WELD SHALL BE ONE-FOURTH GREATER THICKNESS THAN THE PIPE. CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, ETC. SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF FLANGES AND/OR ADAPTERS. UNIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH SCREWED VALVE AND UNIONS OR FLANGES AT EACH EQUIPMENT CONNECTION. 15.EXPANSION JOINTS FURNISH AND INSTALL FLEXONICS EXPANSION JOINTS IN PIPING SYSTEM WHERE SHOWN OR NECESSARY FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. EXPANSION JOINTS IN PIPE 4" AND GREATER SHALL BE THE PACKLESS TYPE WITH STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS AND HAVE WELDED OR FLANGED END. JOINTS SHALL HAVE TRAVERSE AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE OF THE CONTROLLED FLEXING TYPE. EXPANSION JOINTS IN COPPER PIPE UNDER 4" IN SIZE SHALL BE OF THE COMPENSATOR TYPE CONSTRUCTED OF TWO-PLY STAINLESS STEEL BELLOWS AND CARBON STEEL SHROUDS AND END FITTINGS, INTERNAL GUIDES AND ANTI-TORQUE DEVICES. EXPANSION JOINTS IN STEEL PIPE UNDER 4" IN SIZE SHALL BE OF THE COMPENSATOR TYPE CONSTRUCTED OF TWO-PLY STAINLESS STEEL ELBOWS AND CARBON STEEL SHROUDS AND END FITTINGS, INTERNAL GUIDES AND ANTI-TORQUE DEVICES. PROVIDE GUIDES ON EACH SIDE OF EXPANSION JOINT, AT 4 PIPE DIAMETERS, 14 PIPE DIAMETERS, AND A THIRD GUIDE AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 16.PIPE FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE RESISTOFLEX #R6904 OR APPROVED EQUAL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS MADE FROM TEFLON. PROVIDE FOR MOVEMENT IN PIPING BY USE OF SWING JOINTS AT CONNECTION OF ALL BRANCHES TO MAINS AND RISERS. ALL BRANCHES FROM MAINS AND RISERS SHALL HAVE 1/4" CLEARANCE BETWEEN PIPE INSULATION AND SLEEVE TO PERMIT PIPE MOVEMENT. 17.VALVES THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL VALVES OF ONE MANUFACTURER, FIGURE NUMBER AND TYPE THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. VALVES OF REPUTABLE MANUFACTURERS, SUCH AS HAMMOND, NIBCO, JOMAR AND/OR APOLLO. ALL VALVES SHALL BE BUILT FOR A MINIMUM OF 125 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE. ISOLATION VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES AND FIXTURE GROUPS. CHECK VALVES 2-1/2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE (SCREWED ENDS) OR (SOLDER-JOINT ENDS) SWING-TYPE WITH BRONZE BODY AND BRONZE TRIM. BUTTERFLY VALVES 2" AND LARGER SHALL BE, IRON BODY, CAST-IRON WAFER W/LOCK LEVER. BALL VALVE UP TO 3" IN SIZE SHALL BE BRONZE VALVE WITH CHROME-PLATED BALL AND TEFLON SEAT. GAS LINE COCKS UP TO 4" SHALL BE 1/2 PSI FOR INDOOR APPLIANCE CONNECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI Z21.15 AND CSA 9.1, 5 PSI FOR INDOOR SHUTOFF SHALL CONFORM TO CGA 91-002 AND ASME B16.44 HOSE END VALVES SHALL BE GATE VALVES WITH HOSE END NIPPLES 18.PIPE SLEEVES AND COLLARS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL LAY OUT ALL HIS WORK AND SET SLEEVES IN NEW CONSTRUCTION AS CONCRETE FORMS AND WALL ARE ERECTED SO AS TO BE ABLE TO INSTALL HIS WORK WITHOUT CUTTING OR BREAKING OF FLOORS OR WALLS. ALL SLEEVES FOR INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW INSULATION TO PASS THROUGH SLEEVE. ALL SLEEVES PASSING THROUGH FLOORS WHICH ARE WATERPROOFED SHALL BE COPPER TUBING SLEEVES EXTENDING 1" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. ALL OTHER SLEEVES SHALL BE 24 GAUGE GALVANIZED PIPES AND SLEEVES TO BE THOROUGHLY PACKED WITH WATERPROOF SEALANT AND THE REMAINING SPACE FILLED WITH MASTIC AND MUST BE WATERTIGHT. ALL SLEEVES PASSING THROUGH INNER WALLS SHALL BE STANDARD PIPE THIMBLES EQUAL TO THE THICKNESS OF THE WALL. SPACES BETWEEN PIPES AND SLEEVES THROUGH OUTSIDE WALLS, ABOVE GRADE, SHALL BE CAULKED WITH CAULKING COMPOUND; THOSE BELOW GRADE SHALL BE MADE WATERTIGHT. SPACE AROUND ALL PIPING THROUGH FIRE OR SMOKE RATED PARTITIONS OR FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED AIRTIGHT WITH MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED UNDER FIRESTOPPING. ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH #15 BUILDING FELTS OR FOAM WRAP. 19.HANGERS A.PIPE HANGER AND SUPPORT PRODUCTS INSTALLATION a.VERTICAL PIPING: MSS TYPE 8 OR 42 CLAMPS. b.INDIVIDUAL, STRAIGHT, HORIZONTAL PIPING RUNS: 100 FEET AND LESS: MSS TYPE 1, ADJUSTABLE, STEEL CLEVIS HANGERS. LONGER THAN 100 FEET: MSS TYPE 43, ADJUSTABLE ROLLER HANGERS. LONGER THAN 100 FEET IF INDICATED: MSS TYPE 49, SPRING CUSHION ROLLS. c.MULTIPLE, STRAIGHT, HORIZONTAL PIPING RUNS 100 FEET OR LONGER:MSS TYPE 44, PIPE ROLLS. SUPPORT PIPE ROLLS ON TRAPEZE. d.BASE OF VERTICAL PIPING: MSS TYPE 52, SPRING HANGERS. B.SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPING AND TUBING AT BASE AND AT EACH FLOOR. C.ROD DIAMETER MAY BE REDUCED ONE SIZE FOR DOUBLE-ROD HANGERS, TO A MINIMUM OF 3/8 INCH D.INSTALL HANGERS FOR ALL PIPING PER MSS SP-69, MANUFACTURERS MANUALS AND AS PER HANGER SUPPORT DETAIL ON DRAWINGS E.INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL COPPER TUBING EVERY 10 FEET. F.INSTALL SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL STEEL PIPING EVERY 15 FEET. G.SUPPORT PIPING AND TUBING NOT LISTED IN THIS ARTICLE ACCORDING TO MSS SP-69 AND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 20.DAMAGE BY LEAKS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO THE GROUNDS, WALKS, ROADS, ALL BUILDING COMPONENTS AND FINISHES, PIPING SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND THEIR EQUIPMENT AND CONTENT, CAUSED BY LEAKS IN THE PIPING SYSTEMS BEING INSTALLED OR HAVING BEEN INSTALLED HEREIN. ALL REPAIRS WILL BE MADE AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 21.PIPE MARKERS FURNISH AND INSTALL BRADY #B-350 THIN FILM OR APPROVED EQUAL PIPE MARKERS. MARKERS SHALL BE 1-1/8" HIGH FOR PIPES 3" AND UNDER AND 2-1/4" HIGH FOR PIPES OVER 3". MARKERS SHALL INDICATE TYPE OF SERVICE AND DIRECTION OF FLOW. PIPE MARKERS SHALL BE LOCATED: ·AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS ·AT ACCESS DOORS ·AT BRANCH MAINS ·ON ALL ACCESSIBLE PIPE A MAXIMUM OF 75' BETWEEN MARKERS. ·AT ALL PENETRATIONS ON EITHER SIDE OF PENETRATION 22.FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PLATES PIPES PASSING THROUGH FLOORS AND FINISHED CEILINGS, FITTED WITH CHROME- PLATED PLATES OR ESCUTCHEONS LARGE ENOUGH TO COMPLETELY CLOSE OPENING AROUND PIPE OR PIPE COVERING AND FLOOR SUPPORT IN THE CASE OF VERTICAL PIPING, SECURELY HELD IN PLACE; CAULK WATERTIGHT AROUND PIPE IN UNFINISHED ROOMS. 23.FIRE STOPPING THE PENETRATIONS OF FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED WALLS OR FLOORS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY A UL APPROVED MATERIAL TO RETAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE TIME-RATED CONSTRUCTION BY MAINTAINING AS EFFECTIVE BARRIER AGAINST THE SPREAD OF FLAME, SMOKE AND GASES. IT SHALL BE USED IN ALL DUCT CABLE, CONDUIT AND PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH FLOOR SLABS AND TIME-RATED WALLS, AND/OR FLOORS. THE RATING OF THE FIRESTOPPING SHALL EQUAL THE RATING OF THE TIME-RATED ASSEMBLY. FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL SHALL BE 3M FIRE BARRIER SEALING SYSTEM OF APPROVED EQUAL. FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL SHALL CONSTITUTE ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS: ·CAULK: CP-25 ·PUTTY: #303 ·WRAP/STRIP: FS195 ·COMPOSITE SHEET: CS195 ·PENETRATING SEALING SYSTEMS: 7900 SERIES INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND IN STRICT CONFORMITY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AS TO SURFACE PREPARATION, INSTALLATION AND QUALITY CONTROL. AREAS OF WORK SHALL REMAIN ACCESSIBLE UNTIL INSPECTION AND APPROVAL BY THE APPLICABLE CODE AUTHORITIES. ON INSULATED PIPES, THE FIRE-RATING CLASSIFICATION SHALL NOT REQUIRE REMOVAL OF THE INSULATION. QUALITY ASSURANCE: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA, LETTER OF CERTIFICATION OR CERTIFIED LABORATORY TEST REPORT THAT THE MATERIAL OR COMBINATION OF MATERIALS MEET THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN ASTM E814 AND ARE SO CLASSIFIED IN UL'S BUILDING MATERIALS DIRECTORY. MATERIALS SHALL MEET AND BE ACCEPTABLE FOR USE BY ALL MODEL BUILDING CODES. MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPME61- LIFE SAFETY CODE AND NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, CERTIFICATES AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA FOR ALL MATERIALS AND PREFABRICATED DEVICES, PROVIDING DESCRIPTIONS SUFFICIENT FOR IDENTIFICATION AT THE JOB SITE. INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING PROPOSED MATERIAL, REINFORCEMENT, ANCHORAGE, FASTENINGS, AND METHOD OF INSTALLATION. CONSTRUCTION DETAILS SHALL ACCURATELY REFLECT ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS. 24.CLEANUP AND ADJUSTMENT ALL PARTS WORK LEFT CLEAN: EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, VALVES, PIPES AND FITTINGS CLEANED OF GREASE AND METAL CUTTINGS. ANY DISCOLORATION OR OTHER DAMAGE TO PORTIONS OF BUILDING, ITS FINISH OR FURNISHING DUE TO THIS CONTRACTORS FAILURE TO PROPERLY CLEAN INTERIOR OF PIPING, REPAIRED AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. ALL AUTOMATIC CONTROL DEVISES ADJUSTED FOR PROPER OPERATION. ALL SURPLUS MATERIALS AND ANY RUBBISH REMOVED AS IT ACCUMULATES. ALL EQUIPMENT LEFT IN SAFE, PROPER OPERATING CONDITION. DAMAGE TO ANY PORTIONS MUST BE REPAIRED OF THE PART REPLACED BY THIS CONTRACTOR AND ALL PARTS LEFT WITHOUT DENTS, SCRATCHES, THROUGH THE FINISH PAINT, LOOSE PLASTER, STAINS OR OTHER BLEMISHES. 25.PIPE TESTING AND START-UP ALL PIPING TO BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING: ·WATER - 100 PSI WATER PRESSURE ALL TESTING MUST HOLD FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS WITHOUT LOSS OF PRESSURE OR VACUUM. ALL CONCEALED PIPING SHALL BE TESTED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO COVERING. BEFORE STARTING ANY SYSTEM, ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LUBRICATED PER MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS BY THIS CONTRACTOR. TEST ENTIRE BUILDING SYSTEMS UNDER FULL LOAD CONDITIONS FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAT ONE (1) WEEK DURING WHICH TIME THE OPERATING PERSONNEL SHALL BE FULLY INSTRUCTED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PLANT. AFTER THE PLANT IS IN FULL OPERATION, THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH WHATEVER ADDITIONAL SERVICE IS REQUIRED TO RECALIBRATE AND RESET CONTROLS, VALVES, BALANCING COCKS, ETC. TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OF THIS SYSTEM. 26.TESTING AND BALANCING THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION ENSURE THAT ALL DEVICES TO COMPLETE TESTING AND BALANCING AS DIRECTED HEREIN ARE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED DURING FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF WORK. THIS WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO TURNOVER TO BUILDING OCCUPANT AND WITH AMPLE TIME TO MAKE ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS OR CHANGES TO ACHIEVE A PROPERLY OPERATING SYSTEM. 27.SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEISMIC RESTRAINING SERVICES AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE LOCAL BUILDING OFFICE REVIEW EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WHEN INSTALLED AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL REQUIRED TIE DOWN, ANCHORS, STRAPS OR OTHER DEVICES REQUIRED. 28.GUARANTEE THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND LABOR FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ANY EQUIPMENT OR MATERIAL WHICH IS DEFECTIVE OR IMPROPERLY INSTALLED. IN ADDITION, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DAMAGE TO THE BUILDINGS AND ITS CONTENTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT, CAUSED BY DEFECTS OR IMPROPER INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 29.TEMPORARY WATER TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE (IF REQUIRED) TO THE BUILDING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR TO THE BUILDING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. THIS CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN WATER SERVICE AS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 30.DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT AVAILABLE DELIVERY PRESSURE AND PROVIDE ALTERNATE FEE FOR A PRESSURE BOOSTING SYSTEM IF PRESSURE IS LESS THAN 65PSI STATIC. PROVIDE PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE WITH STRAINER IN SERVICE LINE IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES OR PRESSURE IS ABOVE 80 PSI. JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED AND DEBURRED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL CODES AND PRESS FITTINGS ARE AN ACCEPTABLE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL AHJ. WHERE PRESS FITTING S ARE NOT ALLOWED SOLDERED AS LISTED BELOW. FLUX SHALL BE NON-CORROSIVE. VICTAULIC GROUVED COUPLINGS ARE ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL AHJ. ABOVE GRADE - WHERE FITTINGS ARE SOLDERED BOTH FITTINGS AND TUBING SHALL BE CLEANED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL DISSIMILAR METALS COME INTO DIRECT CONTACT WITH COPPER TUBING; E.G., GALVANIZED STRAPPING, HANGERS, OR CLAMPS TO SECURE THE TUBING. BELOW GRADE, OR FLOOR SLAB ON EARTH OR STONE FILL - HIGH TEMPERATURE, SOLDER, 1200 DEG. F OR GREATER MELTING POINT. NOTE: WATER PIPE TO BE PROPERLY SECURED AND ALIGNED SO AS NOT TO EXERT VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL STRESSES ON THE SEATING OF THE MATING (MALE AND FEMALE) SURFACES OF THE UNIONS. MATERIALS - UNDERGROUND: TYPE "K" COPPER TUBE, SOFT TEMPER MATERIALS - ABOVEGROUND: TYPE "L" COPPER TUBE, HARD DRAWN. ALTERNATE MATERIALS - PEX-A PIPING IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE IF NOT INSTALLED IN A PLENUM AND APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. VIEGA, PROPRESS COPPER ½-INCH THROUGH 4-INCH WITH EPDM SEALING ELEMENT AND/OR VIEGA, PROPRESS 304 OR 316 STAINLESS ½-INCH THROUGH 4-INCH WITH EPDM OR FKM SEALING ELEMENT IS ACCEPTABLE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODE 31.STERILIZATION OF DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM THE ENTIRE DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED CLEAR OF ANY DEBRIS AND THOROUGHLY STERILIZED WITH A SOLUTION CONTAINING NOT LESS THAN 100 PARTS PER MILLION OF AVAILABLE CHLORINE. THE SOLUTION SHALL REMAIN IN THE SYSTEM FOR TWO (2) HOURS DURING WHICH TIME ALL VALVES AND FAUCETS SHALL BE OPENED AND CLOSED SEVERAL TIMES. AFTER STERILIZATION, THE SOLUTION SHALL BE FLUSHED FROM THE SYSTEM WITH CLEAN WATER UNTIL THE RESIDUE CHLORINE CONTENT IS NOT GREATER THAN THE CHLORINE LEVEL OF THE AVAILABLE WATER SUPPLY. STERILIZATION SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO TURNOVER TO OCCUPANT AS TO NOT ALLOW FOR THE WATER SYSTEM TO REMAIN STAGNANT FOR LONGER THAN 24 HOURS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE WATER TESTED AND APPROVED BY THE HEALTH DEPARTMENT. 32.SANITARY SEWERS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT SANITARY SEWER AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. VERIFY DIRECTION OF FLOW PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-IN WORK. EACH PIPE SHALL BE LAID TO THE LINE AND GRADE INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND SUCH A MANNER AS TO FORM A CLOSE CONCENTRIC JOINT WITH THE ADJOINING PIPE AND TO PRESENT OFFSETS IN FLOW LINE. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID WITH THE BELLS UPHILL. THE SUB-GRADES SHALL BE KEPT FREE FROM WATER WHILE PIPES ARE BEING LAID. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID WITH ENDS ABUTTING AND TRUE TO LINE AND GRADE. THEY SHALL BE FITTED AND MATCHED SO THAT THEY WILL FORM A SEWER WITH A SMOOTH AND UNIFORM INVERT. EACH JOINT SHALL BE CLEANED AS IT IS LAID AND ALL BELLS SHALL BE CLEANED BEFORE PIPES ARE JOINED. PVC SEWER PIPE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF THAT SPECIFIED ABOVE IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL CODES. ABS AND FOAM CORE PVC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. SDR 35 IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR UNDER BUILDING USE. 33.WASTE, SOIL, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING THE DRAINS, SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS INCLUDING EXTENSIONS TO SEWERS SHALL BE OF THE SIZES INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PIPE AND FITTINGS TO BE, CYLINDRICAL AND FREE FROM CRACKS OR OTHER DEFECTS. ALL TRENCHES TO BE DUG WITH GRADUAL FALL, THE PIPING TO BE STRAIGHT AND FREE FROM ANY SAGS. THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS DIRECT AS POSSIBLE, AVOIDING ALL UNNECESSARY OFFSETS. THE STACKS SHALL BE FIRMLY SECURED IN POSITION WITH WROUGHT IRON CLAMPS AT EACH FLOOR. ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION OF SOIL OR WASTE PIPE SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF "Y" BRANCHES AND 1/8 BENDS. NINETY DEGREE SHORT TURN FITTINGS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED EXCEPT TO INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE CONNECTIONS OR WHERE THE FLOW IS FROM THE HORIZONTAL TO THE VERTICAL. SANITARY CLEANOUTS ARE TO BE PROVIDED AT EVERY TURN GREATER THAN 45°, AT INTERVALS OF NO GREATER THAN 50', AT ANY STACK ROUTING BELOW GRADE. NOT ALL CLEANOUTS LOCATIONS MAY BE SHOWN ON THE DRAWING. ALL TRAP SCREWS MUST BE OF FULL SIZE OF PIPE UP TO 4" AND 4" FOR ALL OVER THIS SIZE. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN OUTLETS OF FIXTURES AND SOIL OR WASTE PIPE SHALL BE MADE WITH "Y" BRANCHES TO "TY" BRANCHES WHEREVER POSSIBLE. ALL HORIZONTAL SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPE SHALL BE GRADED TOWARD OUTLETS AND PIPE NOT BURIED SHALL BE INSTALLED ABOVE THE CEILING OR CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE CONSTRUCTION ABOVE WHERE THERE IS NO CEILING. THE STACKS SHALL BE EXTENDED THROUGH ROOF OF BUILDING TO POINTS NOT LESS THAT 12" ABOVE ROOF. EXTENSIONS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE MADE WATER- TIGHT BY MEANS OF A LEAD FLASHING OF FOUR POINTS SHEET LEAD SPREAD OVER A DISTANCE OF NOT LESS THAN TWELVE INCHES (12") AROUND PIPE. THIMBLE TO BE SOLDERED TO BASE AND EXTENDED OVER AND TURNED DOWN INTO END OF PIPE IN AN APPROVED MANNER. ALL CLEANOUTS IN FLOORS TO BE JOSAM #58360 OR EQUAL. ADJUSTABLE CLEANOUT WITH BODY TO MATCH THE PIPING MATERIAL, CAST BRASS SCORIATED COVER WITH LETTERS C.O. CAST IN TOP AND CONCEALED BRASS PLUG. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN BASE OF EACH STACK. CONCEALED CLEANOUTS SHALL HAVE JOSAM #58600 OR EQUAL. CAST BRASS CHROMIUM PLATED FLAT ACCESS COVER PLATES. ALL JOINTS OF CAST IRON PIPE SHALL BE MADE WITH MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED JOINING MATERIAL. AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OPTION HE MAY USE NO-HUB PIPE, FITTINGS, COUPLING AND GASKETS IN LIEU OF CAULKED JOINTS IF APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. IF APPROVED BY THE LOCAL CODES, SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE WITH DWV FITTINGS MAY BE USED FOR THE WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM. PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. ENCASEMENT OF PVC PIPES WITHIN RATED SHAFTS SHALL BE THE COST OF THIS CONTRACTOR. SCHEDULE 40 PVC SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN A PLENUM. ABS AND FOAM CORE PVC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS. SDR 35 IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR UNDER BUILDING USE. 34.VENT FLASHING EACH VENT FLASHING SHALL BE MADE WATER-TIGHT WITH THE ROOF BY PROPER WATER PROOF FLASHING. 35.WASTE, VENT AND WATER CONNECTIONS THE MINIMUM SIZE OF WASTE, VENT, AND WATER CONNECTION TO THE INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. WHERE FIXTURES ARE GROUPED PIPES SHALL BE INCREASED IN PROPORTION: IN ALL CASES THE SIZE ARRANGEMENTS AND CONNECTIONS OF WATER AND VENT PIPING SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN SIZE OF OPENINGS SPECIFIED FOR FIXTURES AND APPEARING IN FIXTURE LIST. NO WATER PIPE LESS THAN 1/2" SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONCEALED PLACES SUCH AS IN PARTITIONS OR WALLS ETC. 36.PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER WITH PROPER CONNECTIONS TO SUPPLY AND DRAINAGE PIPING. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE FREE OF FLAWS AND DEFECTS OF ANY SORT IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP AND SHALL OPERATE PERFECTLY WHEN INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTION. MATERIALS: FIXTURES SHALL BE THE STANDARD PRODUCT OF ONE OF THE MANUFACTURER'S LISTED IN THE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE, OR ANY EQUAL UNIT APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. INSTALLATION: THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTION OF THE PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES DURING CONSTRUCTION. HE SHALL REPLACE AT HIS EXPENSE ANY MATERIAL THAT IS MARRED, SCRATCHED, DEFACED AND/OR BROKEN. FIXTURES SHALL BE COVERED WITH BUILDING PAPER AND WOODEN CRATES DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE EXACT AND PROVIDE ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS WITH FIELD CONDITIONS AND PLANS PRIOR TO ANY WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT ALL FIXTURES TO THE PLUMBING SYSTEM. ALL FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED TO DIMENSIONS WITH CHROME-PLATED SUPPLIES WITH STOPS. ALL FIXTURES INSTALLED TO DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. ALL WATER CLOSETS SHALL HAVE CAULKING BETWEEN THE FLOOR AND UNDERSIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT: (REFER TO SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS) 37.INSULATION ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE COMPOSITE (INSULATION, JACKET OR FACINGS AND ADHESIVE USED TO ADHERE THE FACING OR JACKET TO THE INSULATION) FIRE AND SMOKE HAZARD RATINGS AS TESTED BY PROCEDURE ASTM E-84, NFPA 225 UL 723 NOT EXCEEDING: FLAME SPREAD 25 SMOKE DEVELOPED 50 ALL ACCESSORIES SUCH AS ADHESIVES, MASTICS, CEMENTS, TAPES AND CLOTH FOR FITTINGS SHALL HAVE THE SAME COMPONENTS RATINGS AS LISTED ABOVE. INSULATION SHALL BE APPLIED ON CLEAN, DRY SURFACES AND AFTER INSPECTION AND RELEASE FOR INSULATION APPLICATION. ALL INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH WALL AND CEILING OPENINGS AND SLEEVES. INSULATION ON ALL COLD SURFACES WHERE VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS ARE USED, WILL BE APPLIED WITH A CONTINUOUS, UNBROKEN VAPOR SEAL, INCLUDING ALL FITTINGS AND VALVES. ALL INSULATION TO BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S. FITTINGS SHALL BE FINISHED WITH 1/4" COAT OF INSULATING CEMENT AND CANVAS. INSULATION SCHEDULE: DOMESTIC COLD WATER - 1/2" THICK ARMAFLEX (FLAME SPREAD 25/ SMOKE DEVELOPED 50) DOMESTIC HOT WATER - 1" THICK ARMAFLEX (FLAME SPREAD 25/ SMOKE DEVELOPED 50) DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN- 1" THICK ARMAFLEX (FLAME SPREAD 25/ SMOKE DEVELOPED 50) EXPOSED STORM WASTE AND SANITARY WASTE - 1/2" THICK ARMAFLEX (FLAME SPREAD 25/ SMOKE DEVELOPED 50) ALL MATERIALS USED SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTIONS 1712 AND 1713 OF THE UBC. 38.NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM ALL PIPING FROM GAS METER TO GAS-FIRED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. ALL GAS PIPING TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES, NFPA-54, IFGC AND UPC ALL GAS PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA-54, LOCAL CODES, AND REGULATIONS. ALL GAS PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK OR GALVANIZED STEEL WITH BLACK OR GALVANIZED WITH MALLEABLE SCREWED FITTINGS. USE TEFLON TAPE ON ALL THREADED JOINTS. FITTINGS LARGER THAN TWO INCHES (2") SHALL BE WELDED. PROVIDE UNIONS AND GAS SHUT-OFF VALVES AT EACH PIECE OF GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT OR APPLIANCE. ANY GAS PIPING CONCEALED IN CHASES AND/OR INACCESSIBLE CEILING IS TO BE WELDED WITH WELDED FITTINGS. FLEXIBLE CSST PIPING MATERIAL IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE ONLY IF ALLOWED BY LOCAL AHJ AND RESIZED PER MANUFACTURERS SIZING GUIDELINES. ALL FLEXIBLE GAS PIPING SYSTEM COMPONENTS MUST BE: A.1 CSA INTERNATIONAL CERTIFIED CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL TUBING (CSST) FLEXIBLE GAS PIPING WITH MECHANICAL ATTACHMENT AUTOFLARE® FITTINGS THAT CONFORM TO THE LATEST ANSI STANDARDS FOR SAFE PERFORMANCE ANSI LC-1 /CSA 6.26. A.2 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES CLASSIFICATION LISTED FOR THRU PENETRATION FIRE STOP REQUIREMENTS RATINGS TO INCLUDE ONE, TWO, THREE AND FOUR HOUR TESTS. A.3 LISTED WITH FM (FACTORY MUTUAL) REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAMMABLE GAS PIPING SYSTEMS. FOR SEISMIC RESISTANCE. A.4 TUBING SHALL BE TESTED AND LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICC LC-1024. FOR RESISTANCE TO ARCING FROM TRANSIENT ENERGY. P-400 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 P-500 TITLE 24 79 6 M e r u s C o u r t St . L o u i s , M O 6 3 0 2 6 T 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 6 0 0 F 6 3 6 . 3 4 9 . 1 7 3 0 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval TI T E M P L A T E V 1 . 0 , 10 - 1 1 - 2 0 1 1 SANTA ANA - SOUTH (#0972) 3313 S. BRISTOL ST. SANTA ANA, CA 92704 AS INDICATED 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 ISSUED FOR PERMIT #Description Date These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Matthew R. Case, Engineer CA # M41121 CITY COMMENTS 01-05-20262 OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK MEDIA PLAYER AMP POINT OF SALES COMPUTER RECEIPT / TICKET PRINTER TELEPHONE ALL IN ONE PURPOSE PRINTER / FAX / SCAN RACK MOUNTED CABINET JACK AND OUTLET IN CEILING FOR IP (SECURITY) CAMERA WITH COILED 10' FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR SECURITY CAMERA ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT (IF REQUIRED) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE (1) DATA OUTLET (4) DATA OUTLET CEILING SPEAKER S S ABOVE CEILING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT / PANEL LOCATION 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 563 SF DRY STORAGE 124 SF EMPLOYEE AREA 175 SF OFFICE 150 SF UTILITY 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 286 SF CRAFT AREA 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING 183 SF SALES 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 47 SF RESTROOM PO S PO S COMM. BOARD RACK MOUNTED CABINETS ON SHELF ABOVE OV E N 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 563 SF DRY STORAGE 175 SF OFFICE 124 SF EMPLOYEE AREA 150 SF UTILITY 47 SF RESTROOM 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING 286 SF CRAFT AREA 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 183 SF SALES 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 3 : 5 5 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 R-100 PHONE / DATA / CABLE NETWORKING ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 CABLE SPECIFICATIONS: ALL ITEMS LISTED BELOW, INCLUDING TERMINATIONS, ARE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S GC. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC: • TRIPP LITE 9U WALL MOUNT RACK ENCLOSURE SERVER CABINET: SECURES 9U OF 19 IN. RACK EQUIPMENT UP TO 16.5" DEEP MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY OF 200 LB. LOCKING STEEL CABINET VENTED AT SIDES, FRONT, TOP, AND BOTTOM. • 2 -1U SHELF • 4 -4 PORT WALL PLATES • 4 -1 PORT WALL PLATES • 20 BLUE CAT6 KEYSTONES • J-HOOKS • BACKBOARD FOR 9U RACK • MISC. SCREWS / HARDWARE FOR MOUNTING SCOPE OF WORK PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC: • PULL 20 CAT6 COPPER DATA LINES FROM THE 9U RACK TO ALL WALL JACKS AT DESIGNATED LOCATIONS IN THE PLANS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHOULD COPPER CLAD ALUMINUM CABLES BE USED. • ALL CABLE TERMINATIONS SHOULD BE TERMINATED USING THE T568B STANDARD. • CABLE RUNS SHOULD BE NO LONGER THAN 300 FEET AND SHOULD NOT BE RUN NEAR ELECTRICAL MOTORS, COMPRESSORS, OR FLUORESCENT LIGHTING. • INSTALL ALL NECESSARY J-HOOKS FOR CABLE SUPPORT ABOVE CEILING. • CABLE DROPS MUST BE TERMINATED WITH A BLUE CAT6 RJ45 FEMALE JACK TO THE T568B WIRING SCHEME INTO A WHITE WALL PLATE. SIX TO TEN FEET OF SLACK SHOULD BE LEFT ON EACH END OF EACH CABLE. • INSTALL 9U NETWORK CABINET, UPS, SHELVES, AND PATCH PANEL TO SPEC "BAKERY NETWORK RACK CUT SHEET". • LABEL ALL WALL JACKS WITH A P-TOUCH LABEL MAKER TO COINCIDE WITH PATCH PANEL PORT NUMBER. • ALL CABLING WILL BE INSTALLED / TERMINATED / LABELED AND TESTED TO ANSI / TIA / EIA SPEC. • CONDUIT CONTINUITY TEST ON ALL DATA LINES TO ENSURE FULLY FUNCTIONING CABLES. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS: • 1U UPS (500VA / 300W OR SIMILAR) • 2 -12" OR SIMILAR Y EXTENSION CORDS (5 -15R OUTLET) • 20 -BLACK CAT6 PATCH CABLES 3FT (USED TO PLUG IN PATCH PANEL TO ROUTER / SWITCH) (EXTRA CABLES SHOULD BE LEFT IN THE BOTTOM SHELF OF THE NETWORK RACK) (SEE "BAKERY NETWORK") • 1 -YELLOW CAT6 PATCH CABLE 3FT (USED TO PLUG IN MODEM TO ROUTER) (SEE "BAKERY NETWORK") • 1 -RED CAT6 PATCH CABLE 3FT (USED TO PLUG IN ROUTER TO SWITCH) (SEE "BAKERY NETWORK" • 20 -BLACK CAT6 PATCH CABLES 7FT (USED TO PLUG IN EQUIPMENT TO THE WALL JACKS) (EXTRA CABLES SHOULD BE LEFT IN THE BOTTOM SHELF OF THE NETWORK RACK) (SEE "BAKERY NETWORK") • CAT6 CABLE SCOPE OF WORK PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS: • INSTALL UPS FOR REFERENCE ONLY COMMUNICATIONS SYMBOL LEGEND: 1/4" = 1'-0"F1 CABLING / WIRING 1/4" = 1'-0"L1 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT # Description Date 07/09/2025 OVEN RACK OVEN RACK OVEN RACK NOTE: WHEN MOUNTING J-BOXES, BE CAREFUL NOT TO SCREW THROUGH FACE OF P.O.S. STATIONS THIS AREA RESERVED FOR REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASE PHONE TICKET PRINTER SHELF FOR TICKET BASKETS CASH DRAWER MONITOR PHONE TICKET PRINTER MONITOR CASH DRAWER ELEC/DATA CONFIGURATION MOUNTED ON INSIDE PANEL, TYP. BOTTOM AT 1'-6" AFF. 3' - 8 " RE F E R E N C E E L E C T R I C A L CL E A R 1' - 8 " 3' - 4 " MONITOR POS STATION ALL IN ONE PRINTER RUN ABOVE CEILING TO RNS BOARD RACK MOUNTED CABINET AMP PROFUSION US UPS R-101 F1 R-101 L1 1 288 SF CUSTOMER LOBBY 183 SF SALES 286 SF CRAFT AREA 345 SF BAKING / FROSTING 82 SF WALK-IN COOLER 289 SF WALK-IN CHILLER 563 SF DRY STORAGE124 SF EMPLOYEE AREA 175 SF OFFICE 150 SF UTILITY 47 SF RESTROOM 2 3 2 3 4 5 2 1 3 67 8 9 1 5 1 16842136571210911141315 84213657 1210911 1413 15 16 a b c d e f g h j k l m n p r s Checked by These drawings/specifications are the property of Oculus Inc. They are furnished as contract documents only. The seal(s) and signature(s) apply only to the document to which they are affixed, and expressly disclaim any responsibility for all other plans, specifications, estimates, reports or other documents or instruments relating to or intended to be used for any part or parts of the architectural or engineering project. Additionally these drawings and seal(s) shall in no way convey or imply any type of warranty or certification relating to the performance of products and materials beyond those provided by their respective manufacturer. © 2025 Oculus Inc. Drawn by Issue Date Project # Scale Client Approval As indicated 3/ 1 9 / 2 0 2 6 5 : 2 4 : 0 3 P M MT BJK 07/09/2025 69325-CA03 R-101 PHONE / DATA / CABLE NETWORKING ISSUED FOR PERMIT 33 1 3 S . B R I S T O L S T . SA N T A A N A , C A 9 2 7 0 4 SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) SA N T A A N A ( # 0 9 7 2 ) 07/09/2025 COMMUNICATIONS KEYNOTES: KEY # KEYNOTE TEXT 1 1" DIAMETER CONDUIT FOR P.O.S. CABLING ROUTED IN WALL AND TERMINATE 6" ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE CABLING; REFERENCE ELEVATIONS. 2 (1) 1" DIAMETER CONDUIT w/ DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR P.O.S. (TERMINATE IN A SINGLE ORANGE OUTLET AT 1'-6" A.F.F.) 3 (1) 1" DIAMETER CONDUIT FOR DATA / COMMUNICATIONS CABLING. 4 (1) 1" DIAMETER CONDUIT w/ DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR REFRIGERATOR UNIT (TERMINATE IN DUPLEX OUTLET) 1'-6" A.F.F. 5 1" DIAMETER CONDUIT ROUTED IN WALL TO P.O.S. J BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR DEDICATED P.O.S. POWER. 6 NETWORK SOLUTIONS BOARD. 7 MEDIA PLAYER AND AMP FOR MUSIC SYSTEM 8 HOMERUN TO ELECTRICAL PANEL 9 PROVIDE POWER/DATA ROUGH-IN FOR DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDER. 1/2" = 1'-0"F1 POS STATION 1/2" = 1'-0"L1 MANAGERS DESK FOR REFERENCE ONLY 1/4" = 1'-0"P1 COMMUNICATIONS PLAN # Description Date 07/09/2025 Rev: 03/18/2025 Page 1 of 2 DISABLED ACCESS COMPLIANCE ACC-01 CBC 2022 A. PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION: (check one) Finding of unreasonable hardship for projects UNDER the valuation threshold* Finding of unreasonable hardship for projects OVER the valuation threshold* Certification of Full Compliance with the 2022 California Building Code * Valuation threshold as defined in the 2022 California Building Code, Section 11B-202.4 (Exception #8) and Section 202 is $203,611.00 (as of January 2025) B. PROJECT INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY PETITIONER: Project Address: $ $ 1. The cost of all construction contemplated in the determination of the valuation of improvement threshold based on the valuation of site and building improvements for the last three-year period. 2. 20% of Total Construction Cost or Project Valuation: $ 3. The actual amount to be spent to provide disabled access: $ 4. Describe the impact of the proposed improvements on financial feasibility of the project. 5. Describe the proposed improvements related to accessibility upgrades on this project. Planning & Building Agency Building Safety Division 20 Civic Center Plaza P.O. Box 1988 (M-19) Santa Ana, CA 92702 (714) 647-5800 www.santa-ana.org 6. Identify the accessibility features and equivalent facilities that WILL be brought into compliance with the latest edition of Title 24 as a part of this project and an estimate of the cost of each item: (Documentation may be required) Accessible Features to be Made Accessible Cost of Improvement a. Entrance: Door Landing Stairway/Steps Ramp $ b. Path of Travel: Path of travel from accessible parking to the building entrance and area of remodel $ $ Path of travel from the public way to the building entrance $ c. Sanitary facilities ( Floor no. ) $ d. Public phone(s) $ e. Drinking fountain(s) $ f. Parking $ g. Signage & Alarms $ i. Other: $ Total: $ 7. Identify the accessibility features that WILL NOT comply if a request for unreasonable hardship is granted. Provide an estimated cost of compliance for each item: (Documentation may be required) Accessible Features Not to be Improved Cost of Improvement a. $ b. $ c. $ Total: $ 8. Petitioner must be the legal property owner or his/her legal representative: I certify that the above noted information is true and correct. Legal Property Owner Architect/Engineer Contractor Other: Print Name: Phone No. Address: Signature: Date: FOR AGENCY USE ONLY Approved by: Date: GREASE INTERCEPTOR MEMORANDUM To: Lupita Mendoza – Applicant Date: October 9, 2025 Yolanda G Cervantes – Associate Engineer From: PWA, Water Resources Location: 3313 S BRISTOL ST – NOTHING BUNDT CAKES The above referenced food service establishment (FSE) must comply with the Fats, Oils, and Grease (FOG) Control Program Rules and Regulations as identified in Ordinance NS-2921 and as follows: A Hydro-Mechanical Grease Interceptor (HGI) is required at this FSE. ☒ This FSE shall install a Hydro-Mechanical Grease Interceptor (HGI). ☐ This FSE shall maintain the existing Hydro-Mechanical Grease Interceptor (HGI). This FSE qualifies for at least one of the following condition(s): The FSE discharges to a documented Enhanced Maintenance Location sewer but the proposed FSE’s FOG discharges are projected to be negligible and will not likely cause a significant impact to the sewer system, or; A gravity grease interceptor (GGI) cannot be installed due to physical site limitations or inadequate slope between the interceptor and private and/or public sewer lines. C/c: Water Resources Division Planning & Building Agency OC Health Care Agency Public Works Agency (Development) EEC Environmental Applicant YES NO INSTRUCTIONS: ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY Plan Submittal Criteria COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments · Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place. · Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section. · If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA. · In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations. · Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602. Address Suite City Project Scope/Business Description 1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways, curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within 300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145) 2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation? Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124) 3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170) 4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475) 5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000 sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285) 6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card, button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520) 7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment; industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations? Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382) 8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240) 9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330) 10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335) Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement: 11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications. 12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327— Initials the building department will determine specific requirements. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true: Print Name Signature Phone Number ( ) Date / / Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE COM O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y Plan Referral Form Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”. City / County Official Requesting Review: City / County Reference #: Date: __________________________________ City / County: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________ Contact Name: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________ Title: _____________________________________ ** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. ** Reason(s) for Review: Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County : OCFA COMMENTS:  No further action required on this specific plan type, based on information provided on: ____/______/______.  Project to be taken in for OCFA Review. Other: Name: _________________________________________ Contact #: ______________________________________ Date: _________________________________ OCFA Authorization Updated: 06/02/2020 rs